GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION 
 
 ADAPTED TO THE 
 
 USE OF TEACHERS AND LEARNERS 
 
 IN THE 
 
 %xt of J^abing; 
 
 BEING 
 
 A DIGEST OF THE PRINCIPLES OF VOCAL DELIVERY. 
 
 AN INDUCTIVE SYSTEM, IN THREE PARTS: 
 ARTICULATION, INTONATIOJJ, AND MEASURE. 
 
 AS TAUGHT AT THE VOCAL INSTITUTE, PHILADELPHIA. 
 
 H. 0. APTHORP, A.M., M.D., 
 t * 
 
 PROFESSOR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Istis quicunque laborat 
 Edico propere ingenuas descendere ad artes. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA: 
 
 PUBLISHED BY II. COWPERTHWAIT & CO. 
 
 BOSTON: 
 
 SHEPARD, CLARK & BROWN. 
 
 1858. 
 
T^ 
 
 
 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1858, by 
 
 II. 0. APT1I0RP, 
 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States, in and for 
 the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. 
 
 PRINTED BY SMTilf & PETERS, 
 
 Franklin Buildings, Sixth Stroet, below Arcb, 
 
 Philadelphia. 
 
rrt 
 
 tf 
 
 AUTHOE'S PEEFACE. 
 
 It is not necessary, at this late day, to speak of the 
 a^portac of learning to read. 
 
 Tha* this department of education suffers general 
 neglect, seems also to be conceded. But he that shall 
 be successful in discovering the best mode of teaching 
 this elegant Art, will deserve to be accounted a benefac- 
 tor to his race. 
 
 The teacher of this branch has difficulties to encoun- 
 ter which do not appear to beset the path of those who 
 undertake the instruction of pupils in other departments 
 of learning ; the most serious of these difficulties, how- 
 ever, do not show themselves in that department which 
 I have chosen to constitute the First Part of my system 
 of instruction ; although it is certain that these difficul- 
 ties are not only diminished, but in a great measure dis- 
 appear under that thorough and rigid training of the 
 voice which the pupil should undergo before he reaches 
 the Second Part. 
 
 They disappear, in part, without being made a subject 
 1* (v) 
 
VI AUTHOR S PREFACE. 
 
 of his attention, and at a period of his progress when it 
 would be difficult to make him understand what they 
 are. 
 
 The way is prepared for their removal. It is prepared 
 by the mechanical discipline which the voice undergoes 
 during the training of the First Part, to encounter the 
 task which would otherwise have seemed so formidable. 
 
 It is true that carelessness of pronunciation, incorrect 
 utterance, hurried and imperfect articulation, and gene- 
 ral misuse of the physical organ of voice, are the faults 
 which first meet the ear, and stand out prominent among 
 the defects of common speech and bad reading ; and 
 these are indeed the vices which must be attacked at the 
 outset ; the reforming of which must engage the teacher 
 from the very commencement of his instructions. 
 
 But the reform of these defects does not present so 
 difficult a problem to solve as the subject of Intonation, 
 which follows. Articulation is indeed the first essen- 
 tial, the foundation indispensable for anything like a tole- 
 rable style of reading : but where there is no natural im- 
 pediment or physical imperfection in the organs, this may 
 usually be taught, and later graces of pronunciation 
 likewise, without insuperable difficulty, and without un- 
 usual powers. But I am constrained to acknowledge 
 that great imperfection exists in the common modes of 
 teaching the inflections or slides of voice (as they are 
 sometimes called), in regulating the pitch and melody 
 of sentences, and that difficulties occur which do not 
 attach to other subjects, or to other branches of this 
 department in education. 
 
 I. The first part of this book consists chiefly in a 
 
AUTHOR S PREFACE. Vll 
 
 series of exercises for the mechanical training of the 
 voice. These exercises are progressive, and the method 
 is strictly inductive throughout ; a thorough command 
 of each successive stage of progress being requisite to 
 prepare the pupil advantageously to enter upon the 
 next. 
 
 It is obvious that the puerile and tedious character of 
 these exercises must render them the least interesting 
 or agreeable part of this beautiful study ; but they are 
 not the less important on this account ; and if asked at 
 this late stage of my experience as a teacher, what par- 
 ticular part I esteem of the most vital importance in 
 making a reader, I should be compelled to admit, nay, 
 should most emphatically declare, "this First Part." 
 
 The essential element of fine reading, the necessary 
 basis of excellence, must be a perfectly correct, clear, 
 and distinct Articulation. To this subject, then, is the 
 first portion of this book devoted ; the training of the 
 voice and ear to the correct utterance and the nice dis- 
 crimination of sound. No one can enter upon the study 
 of this branch without discovering, at a very early stage 
 of his progress, that Vocal Gymnastics, or exercises for 
 exploding, must be the means of discipline for the voice. 
 All teachers have agreed upon this, and have prepared 
 exercises for the purpose, whether constituted of con- 
 nected language in sentences, or of the elementary 
 sounds, and syllables made up of these sounds. Such 
 practice has been emphatically enjoined by the most 
 distinguished and able masters. Professors Thehvcll 
 and Barber regarded it as indispensable. Dr. Comstock 
 has constructed exercises involving all the elements of 
 speech, which are admirably arranged in syllables and 
 
AUTHOR S PREFACE. 
 
 imaginary words, and has used them with great success 
 in developing and bringing out the voice. 
 
 To this species of exercises I have given the prefer- 
 ence over all others, for the same reason that pupils in 
 music are required to practise upon written exercises or 
 " etudes/' which are likewise progressive to the extent 
 of involving all possible successions, at least such as are 
 likely to be encountered in the common course of musi- 
 cal composition. In the same way and for the same 
 reason the various syllabic combinations and sequences 
 of our very difficult language must be practised by 
 themselves ; and thus the organs become accustomed to 
 each, so that no syllable will be likely to be mispro- 
 nounced when occurring in literature, in whatsoever 
 position it may be found. 
 
 Pronunciation is of course a prominent subject of 
 study and practice taught in the first division, or that 
 we are now speaking of. As soon as any teacher under- 
 takes this branch, he is at once necessarily driven to 
 consider language under its elementary form, and he 
 therefore resolves it into those ultimate elements, so to 
 speak, from which it seems to have been formed. 
 
 Philologists differ a little in regard to the number of 
 these ; but they are usually said to be about forty. No 
 one counts more than forty -three, and I believe none 
 less than thirty seven. Out of the largest number, 
 several may be regarded as being made up of two sounds ; 
 and if so, are not strictly entitled to the name of ele- 
 ments. But, as it is not necessary or useful for practi- 
 cal purposes to resolve the acknowledged elements still 
 further, we give them this name, with perhaps equal 
 
author's preface. ix 
 
 propriety to that with which water is thus designated, 
 although in fact resolvable into two distinct gases. 
 
 I have made it a principle not to " cavil on the ninth 
 part of a hair," and will not hold an argument with any 
 man on such questions as whether the sound of " d" 
 enters into the word " bridge" more than it does into 
 'he word " George." I therefore suppose my Table of 
 Elements, as it differs but slightly from those of other 
 modern masters, will not be seriously objected to on the 
 score of its imperfections, either from deficiency or re- 
 dundance. 
 
 The chapter on Pronunciation I hope to render more 
 complete in a later edition. In this I have shown, as 
 far as I am able to do, how we may best meet the want 
 (certainly not a small one) of a general standard of 
 pronunciation ; and I am convinced that no one who is 
 familiar with its contents, and has formed his habits 
 accordingly, need ever be charged with vulgarity of 
 pronunciation ; nor is there any reason why he should 
 fall into the errors of the illiterate. In the chapter just 
 spoken of, much will be found which may seem to be 
 more suitable for the preface, or which might have been 
 embodied with introductory remarks. But as the preface 
 is not always read by pupils, I have seen fit to include 
 it in my text. 
 
 II. The subject of Intonation has engaged the 
 thoughts and occupied the study of earnest and able 
 scholars. Men of taste and those having an appre- 
 ciating ear for sound have always been offended by 
 gross violations of it ; by monotony, or by indiscrimi- 
 nate shifting of pitch. They have always recognised 
 
AUTHOR 6 PREFACE. 
 
 the beauty of agreeable intonation ; but few writers 
 have even hinted at a practical mode of inculcating a 
 chaste melody in the utterance of language. 
 
 It is true that Dr. John Walker, the distinguished 
 author of a pronouncing dictionary, devoted much time 
 to the study of inflections ; and carefully investigated 
 the principles of the upward and downward slides of 
 voice. He was a writer of the last century ; and in the 
 second edition of his treatise he explained the circum- 
 flex as a combination of the two inflections upon the 
 same syllable. But the measure of these inflections, 
 how far the voice should be carried in its upward or 
 downward movement, did not enter into the conditions 
 prescribed by this accomplished and excellent philologist. 
 His theory of inflections was new, original, and highly 
 interesting. And his rules are the only ones, so far as 
 I have been able to learn, which have been in vogue for 
 considerably more than half a century. That is to say, 
 nothing which can claim to be a system of inflection, 
 and usually taught as such, has had its origin, and been 
 generally adopted, used, or referred to, since the publi- 
 cation of Dr. Walker's book. 
 
 " The Philosophy of the Human Voice" was published 
 in 1827 in Philadelphia by Dr. James Rush. In this most 
 interesting and valuable treatise the principles of Inflec- 
 tion have been further investigated ; and the science of 
 the voice may date a new era of its progress, from the 
 publication of this work. Not, however, that the edu- 
 cational world was impelled immediately to avail itself 
 of whatever light might have been thrown upon vocal 
 science, or the subject of inflection, by the writings of 
 this author ; but that men of science, if such there were, 
 
AUTHOR S PREFACE. ■ XI 
 
 and all curious students of the voice, learned in " The 
 Philosophy of the Human Voice" that the measure of 
 inflections, as well as their direction, might be deter- 
 mined by an infallible guide, and subjected to rules both 
 scientific and practical in their character. The true 
 measure of vocal inflections must be the musical scale ; 
 there can be no other. Sound is essentially music, or 
 the substratum of music. Music is only a modification 
 of sound. Sound may indeed be estimated in quantity, 
 or by its greater or less degree of intensity, if you please, 
 without any reference to musical science, or the laws of 
 melody; but when we speak of inflections, we mean 
 change of 'pitch ; and in no possible way can this pro- 
 perty in sound, this change of pitch, be estimated, other 
 than by referring it to the musical scale. 
 
 To do this with accuracy, it may be replied, must be 
 attended with difliculty. To this I answer, first, that 
 excellence in any science is not to be obtained without 
 encountering difficulties. And, secondly, that such is 
 the condition of taste in this regard, at the present day, 
 and so low the standard of excellence, as to admit of 
 much improvement, even without aspiring to a perfectly 
 accurate measurement of the inflections, even if this 
 were to be desired ; and to this I add that no such unde- 
 viating coincidence is necessary, or even desirable 
 between the vocal inflections and the intervals of the 
 musical scale. But it will be readily admitted that 
 nothing worthy the name of science can be written on 
 the subject of Intonation, without having something in 
 view as a measure or guide which may be referred to, to 
 test the width or measure of inflections. That such a 
 measure is found in the intervals of music, must be at 
 
AUTHOR 8 PREFACE. 
 
 once conceded by every one who will take the pains to 
 examine the valuable work above referred to. And the 
 mode of making the application of those intervals to the 
 vocal inflections in speech, is carefully taught in the 
 pages of this little book. 
 
 I would finally remark, with especial reference to the 
 subject of appropriating musical intervals to the voice 
 in reading, that it is a matter on which a broad latitude 
 of opinion may reasonably exist. That is, it may be 
 thought unnecessary, at the present stage of progress in 
 education, to carry science very far into instructions in 
 reading. It may be said, perhaps, by many, that it is 
 all-sufficient for the wants of education in the present 
 day, to inculcate a style of reading by common method, 
 which shall be free from palpable defects in regard to 
 Intonation, without an adjustment according to science, 
 of such points as the precise measure of the inflections 
 of the voice. Such an opinion finds all charity, even 
 among those who believe in the expediency of making 
 these subjects more a matter of science than they have 
 yet been considered. But this does not alter the fact 
 that a step of advancement is made in vocal science. 
 And whenever it shall please the philologist or the philo- 
 sopher, or the educational world, if you please, to apply 
 strict scientific principles to the subject of speech ; 
 whenever the study of elocution and the practice of 
 oratory shall become a science, and subjected to rules 
 of excellence as other branches have been ; it must and 
 can only be so taught by the method and principles above 
 referred to and inculcated by Dr. Rush. 
 
 III. Measure of Speech, or that property in language 
 
AUTHOR S PREFACE. Xlll 
 
 which is usually treated under the head of Rhythm, con- 
 stitutes one of the most interesting features in language, 
 when considered with reference to the effect of reading 
 on the ear, of the various styles and character of com- 
 position. 
 
 Joshua Steele, an English writer of the last century, 
 published an ingenious work, in which he explained the 
 principles of measure. And, although Mr. John Thel- 
 well, of London, a very distinguished elocutionist, has 
 subsequently made use of this principle, and scored 
 exercises in written composition for the instruction of 
 his pupils, yet I am constrained to believe that very little 
 attention has been since paid to the subject by practical 
 teachers in this country. 
 
 I am led to this conclusion by an examination of the 
 books which mention it at all, as well as by personal 
 conversation with teachers of more or less eminence, 
 many of whom declare it to be irreconcilable with a 
 tasteful and correct reading of language, and therefore 
 useless. 
 
 Some teachers, either for want of correctness in ear, or 
 from the inability, from some cause or other, to appreciate 
 harmonious utterance, are unable to read scored exer- 
 cises according to the principles in question ; and there- 
 fore unable to teach it. Others contend that the practice 
 of such reading must inevitably have an unfavorable 
 effect upon the manner of reading, as it imposes a cer- 
 tain restraint, and produces a measured regularity in all 
 sorts of reading, both poetry and prose. 
 
 This last objection is worthy of a candid consideration, 
 and were it not contradicted by the daily experience of 
 many years, would certainly have an important bearing 
 2 
 
XIV AUTHOR S PREFACE, 
 
 upon my future practice in teaching. But it surely does 
 not exonerate a teacher from the obligation of explaining 
 to his pupils one of the most beautiful laws of relation 
 (so to speak) between the functional requirements of 
 respiration and the harmonious utterance of language, 
 which can be found in the records of philosophical in- 
 vestigation. 
 
 The use of machinery in matters of education is open 
 to some reasonable objections ; while it is opposed with 
 a conservative pertinacity which frequently wants the 
 sanction of reason. Practical teachers find a stringent 
 necessity for system. Modes and methods must be em- 
 ployed, if it were only to render their tasks endurable. 
 But it devolves upon them to divest their systems, as 
 far as possible, of the objectionable features and harmful 
 results which may be in a degree incident to the nature 
 of modes and methods. 
 
 This prejudice against systems and mechanical aids is 
 not wholly without foundation. It is, doubtless, to be 
 ascribed in part, to the injudicious application which has 
 been made, of some systems. But "usus non tollit 
 abusum" — the abuse of a thing does not abrogate the just 
 and proper application of it. And when we consider 
 the nature of the principle now in question, that it is 
 not a fanciful contrivance gotten up as a plausible expe- 
 dient ; nor an illustration merely of some analogous 
 facts in nature ; but simply the statement of our inner 
 organization ; the necessary result of our physical 
 economy ; the written exponent of what takes place 
 beyond our control ; I see no proper light in which to 
 view this plan of scoring language, other than that of 
 a beautiful adaptation of our physical powers to the 
 
AUTHOR S PREFACE. XV 
 
 harmonious flow of speech ; or to speak, perhaps, more 
 definitely, it is the accommodating to the necessities of 
 our system with regard to respiration, the best possible 
 utterance of written language. 
 
 The perfect correctness of Mr. Steele's theory is ad- 
 mitted by the most distinguished philologists alive ; and 
 the value of objections raised against its application, or 
 rather of the prejudices existing, has been sufficiently 
 tested by my own experience, to warrant me in continu- 
 ing to teach it, and to recommend it to others. 
 
 I have therefore made the subject so plain, as to enable 
 almost any student to put it in practice without much 
 aid from a teacher ; or so simple, that any person at all 
 familiar with music, may master the art of reading 
 scored language, in less than an hour. At all events, 
 those to whom it may not seem desirable to study the 
 subject of Rhythm at all, of course may neglect or ignore 
 this scoring of language ; while those who admit that 
 this property in the movement of voice should be treated 
 scientifically, will find themselves reduced to the alter- 
 native of accepting this theory, founded as it is in 
 nature ; or they must despair of deriving benefit from 
 any one having a less exalted origin. 
 
 My daily experience has constantly taught me that 
 what is wanted in the present condition of education in 
 order to produce a reform in reading, is first a thorough 
 training of the voice by suitable exercise, in order to 
 lay a foundation for after instruction. 
 
 My argument in favor of such a series of exercises 
 as the book before us contains, is that the ear is in no 
 danger of being misled by the various inflections which 
 are so inseparable from expressive language ; and thus 
 
XVI AUTHOR S PREFACE. 
 
 the teacher is enabled to lead the voice both as regards 
 pitch and inflection, until it is divested of the latter 
 property, and utters an element or a syllable, almost like 
 a note of music. Now, I maintain that this subject of 
 inflection can be taught in no other way, than by first 
 divesting the utterance of all inflection. 
 
 Written sentences are no adequate substitute for 
 vocal exercises upon unmeaning syllables ; and cannot 
 supply their place in rudimental teaching, the opinion 
 of a writer of great taste and culture to the contrary 
 notwithstanding. "For," says Dr. Porter, "as vocal 
 sounds are intended to convey thought, and these simple 
 elements signify nothing of themselves, the pupil is re- 
 luctant to exercise his voice upon them with sufficient 
 force to answer the purpose." The pupil must overcome 
 his reluctance, for the simple reason that expressive 
 language conveys thought and involves inflection ; which 
 must now be dispensed with. 
 
 It is not an answer to this remark to say that many 
 speakers inflect well, judiciously, and agreeably to the 
 ear who never knew the meaning of the term. This 
 may be true ; but will such a speaker easily succeed in 
 transferring his habits of inflection to a pupil ? Can he 
 teach the necessary arts for the management of the voice 
 by the rule suggested by the learned Dr. Walker, " Read 
 as I read?" This is a question upon which I am not 
 about to pronounce "ex cathedra." And if I should 
 do so, my reasoning might fail to convince the multitude 
 of sceptics as to the imperative need of science, in car- 
 rying forward all sorts of reform. 
 
 Neither would I be understood to say that I esteem 
 it an easy thing to reduce the practical teaching of elo- 
 
AUTHOR S PREFACE. XV11 
 
 cution wholly to a system of rules, which may be incul- 
 cated and enforced with the same certainty and success 
 which attends the teaching of the exact sciences (so 
 called). Yet it may be maintained with confidence, that 
 whenever it shall seem to those who have culture and 
 conscience, and can command influence in education, to 
 be expedient to place the acquisition of good reading 
 upon an equal footing in importance, with other arts, it 
 will be found necessary to commence the study of it by 
 a course of simple exercises, elementary at first and 
 wholly detached from the sentiments involved in lan- 
 guage. The mechanical training of the voice must first 
 be thoroughly performed in order to prepare it for that 
 perfection hinted at in the chapter on Emphasis, where 
 it is maintained in effect that the acme of excellence 
 must consist in having such a command of the legitimate 
 and normal use of the voice in its chaste simplicity, as 
 to be able safely to dispense with the unnatural subter- 
 fuges of ranting and noise. 
 
 With these preliminary remarks, the following pages 
 are offered to the educational world, not claiming the 
 originality of a work of discovery, but as a practical 
 system of teaching, drawn together from the whole 
 range of the literature of Elocution, thoroughly tested 
 by long experience in its use, and freed of everything 
 which is not necessary and useful in its direct application 
 to the instruction of readers. 
 
 H. 0. A. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 GENERAL DIVISION. 
 
 Page 25. 
 
 PART I. 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 ANALYSIS OF LANGUAGE. 
 
 ELEMENTS OP SPEECH — VOCALITY — VOWELS — SOB-YOWELS — ASPIRATES 
 
 — SIGNS — EXPLOSION . .27 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 TABLE OF ELEMENTS. 
 NOTATION OP SIGNS 30 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 FAULTS OF THE ALPHABET. 
 
 THE SAME SIGN USED FOR DIFFERENT SOUNDS — THE SAME ELEMENT RE- 
 PRESENTED BY DIFFERENT SIGNS 33 
 
 (19) 
 

 XX CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 EXERCISES IN ARTICULATION. 
 
 Page 38. 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 LIST OF WORDS DISPLAYING THE USE OF ALL THE ELEMENTS — ANALYSIS 
 
 OF SYLLABLES — STRESS 42 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 COGNATES. 
 
 Page 47. 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 ACCENT. 
 
 Page 51. 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 COMBINATIONS OF CONSONANT ELEMENTS. 
 
 Page 59. 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 SOUNDS OF ' W ; AND ' WE..' 
 
 THE LETTER ' h' — THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE AND THE PARTICLE AN — 
 
 PROMISCUOUS SENTENCES FOR EXERCISES IN PRONUNCIATION . . 66 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 QUALITY OF VOICE. 
 NASALITY — ASPIRATION — HEAD TONES 74 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 GRACES OF DELIVERY. 
 
 THE RHETORICAL PAUSE — EVENNESS OF TONE — NATURE OF HEAVY OR 
 ACCENTED SYLLABLES — QUANTITY — SHORT ACCENTED SYLLABLES — 
 FORCE OF PERCUSSION — LIST OF WORDS ADAPTED TO THE DISPLAY OF 
 QUANTITY — THE VANISH — ABRUPTNESS — TRANSITION . . .77 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 STANDARD OF PRONUNCIATION — ERRORS OP THE VULGAR — ERRORS OF 
 
 THE ERUDITE — CUSTOM — COMMON ERRORS CLASSIFIED — LIST OF WORDS 
 
 IN COMMON USE, ACCENTUATED ACCORDING TO THE MOST APPROVED 
 
 AUTHORITY 
 
 PART II. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 INFLECTION PITCH CADENCES. 
 
 RULE FOR ASCERTAINING KEY-NOTE OR NAT ORAL PITCH OF VOICE . . 97 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 CADENCE. 
 
 Page 100. 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 DISCRETE AND CONCRETE INTERVALS — MEASURE OF INFLECTIONS . .102 
 
 CHAPTER IY. 
 
 THE INTERVALS OF THE MUSICAL SCALE. 
 THEIR APPLICATION AND SIGNIFICATION — CLOSE INTONATION — "WIDE INTO- 
 NATION — NOTATION OF INFLECTION — EXAMPLES OF PASSAGES MARKED 
 FOR INFLECTION — EXCELLENT ILLUSTRATION FROM SCRIPTURE — MEA- 
 SURE OF INFLECTIONS SOMEWHAT PRECARIOUS — NO UNALTERABLE 
 PRESCRIPTION OF INTERVALS POSSIBLE 107 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 EMPHASIS. 
 
 ERRONEOUS VIEWS OF EMPHASIS — INFLECTION A MEANS OF EMPHASIS 
 
 TOO FREQUENT EMPHASIS OBJECTIONABLE, AS DESTROYING THE HAR- 
 MONY OF LANGUAGE — A RETURNING MELODY TO BE AVOIDED — DIATONIC 
 MELODY OF SPEECH 113 
 
XXU CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 TRANSITION OF VOICE. 
 PARENTHESIS — PASSAGE FROM "RICHARD II." MARKED FOR INFLECTION 1J6 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 THE STAGE WHISPER. 
 QUOTATIONS FROM " TWELFTH NIGHT," FOR PRACTICE UPON STAGE WHIS- 
 
 118 
 
 PART III. 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS INTRODUCTORY TO THE SUBJECT OF 
 MEASURE. 
 
 POWER OF APPRECIATING RHYTHM — MONOSYLLABIC PROPERTY OF THE 
 ENGLISH LANGUAGE — CLASSICAL TERMS: — BEAUTY — THE ANGLO-SAXON 
 ELEMENT — STRENGTH — REQUISITES FOR A MODEL STYLE OF COMPOSI- 
 TION — PERTINENT QUOTATION FROM " MACBETH" . . . .121 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 PHILOSOPHICAL INVESTIGATION OF MEASURE. 
 
 DOUBLE FUNCTION OF THE LARYNX — NECESSITY OF THE APPORTION- 
 MENT EXPLAINED — TWO ACCENTED SYLLABLES CANNOT BE UTTERED 
 BY A SINGLE EFFORT OF VOICE — ONE ACCENTED AND FOUR UNAC- 
 CENTED SYLLABLES MAY BE UTTERED BY A SINGLE EFFORT OF VOICE 
 
 REQUISITES TO CONSTITUTE A MEASURE — A SINGLE SYLLABLE MAY 
 
 CONSTITUTE A MEASURE — SYLLABLES OF INDEFINITE QUANTITY — DIS- 
 TINCTION BETWEEN ACCENTED SYLLABLES — NOTATION OF MEASURE, 
 OR SCORING OF LANGUAGE — BEATING TIME — DIFFICULTY OF BREAKING 
 UP THE ASSOCIATION — RESOURCE TO OBVIATE THIS DIFFICULTY — REST 
 IN THE SECOND MEMBER OF A MEASURE NOT DIFFICULT TO OBSERVE — 
 REST IN THE FIRST MEMBER DIFFICULT — REASON EXPLAINED — DETAIL- 
 ED ANALYSIS OF MEASURE ILLUSTRATED BY PASSAGE FROM " YOUNG" 126 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 XX111 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 OBJECTIONS TO THE PRACTICE OF READING SCORED EXERCISES. 
 
 OBJECTION ANSWERED — DIRECTIONS FOR ACQUIRING THE ART OF READ- 
 ING SCORED EXERCISES — HOW THE SENSE IS AFFECTED BY NEGLECT 
 OF THE PRINCIPLES OF MEASURE 133 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 ANALYSIS OF QUOTATION FROM " YOUNG" CONTINUED. 
 
 ADVANTAGES TO BE DERIVED FROM THE PRACTICE OF READING SCORED 
 LANGUAGE — DANGERS INCIDENT TO MECHANICAL AIDS — SUCH PRAC- 
 TICE TO BE USED UNDER LIMITATIONS — NO PRESCRIBED SCORING CAN 
 INDICATE THE ONLY POSSIBLE CORRECT READING — THE PRINCIPLES 
 NOT THE LESS BINDING AND INCONTROVERTIBLE .... 137 
 
 EXERCISES 
 
 CATHARINA. ADDRESSED TO MISS STAPLETON 
 
 EXTRACT FROM JUNIUS 
 
 DR. FRANKLIN'S JOURNEY FROM BOSTON TO PH 
 
 FROM SHAKSPEARE'S HENRY IV. 
 
 STORY AND SPEECH OF LOGAN . 
 
 LOVE OF A FATHER 
 
 MINOR MORALS .... 
 
 PSALM CXXXIX. .... 
 
 SUMNER ON WAR 
 
 CATO's SOLILOQUY ON IMMORTALITY 
 
 AGAINST PROCRASTINATION 
 
 THE GRAVE ..... 
 
 HARVARD COLLEGE 
 
 INDUSTRY NECESSARY TO THE ATTAINMENT OF 
 
 TO THE URSA MAJOR 
 
 HYMN TO THE DEITY 
 
 WARREN'S ADDRESS 
 
 CHAPIN ON REFORM 
 
 NINTH CHAPTER OF JOHN 
 
 
 . 143 
 
 . 
 
 146 
 
 ILADELPHIA 
 
 . 148 
 
 . 
 
 153 
 
 . 
 
 . 154 
 
 . 
 
 156 
 
 . 
 
 . 160 
 
 . 
 
 166 
 
 . 
 
 . 167 
 
 . 
 
 170 
 
 . 
 
 . 171 
 
 . 
 
 173 
 
 . 
 
 . 177 
 
 ELOQUENCE 
 
 ISO 
 
 
 . 183 
 
 . 
 
 190 
 
 . 
 
 . 195 
 
 . 
 
 196 
 
 
 . 198 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 EXTRACT PROM COWPER S " TASK" 
 
 ON THE BEING OP A GOD ..... 
 
 ADAM AND EVE'S MORNING HYMN .... 
 
 SPEECH OF THE EARL OP CHATHAM .... 
 
 TIMON's ADDRESS TO THE THIEVES 
 
 C-iESAR'S PASSAGE OP THE RUBICON .... 
 
 SPEECH OP PATRICK HENRY .... 
 
 ADDRESS OF HENRY V. TO HIS TROOPS BEFORE THE GATES OF HAR 
 FLEUR ....... 
 
 SIR WALTER RALEIGH TO HIS SON .... 
 
 WHAT'S HALLOWED GROUND? .... 
 
 WHAT HAVE WE TO DO WITH SLAVERY ? 
 
 THE OLD MAN'S SONG ..... 
 
 SOLILOQUY OF RICHARD III. ..... 
 
 OTHELLO'S ADDRESS TO THE SENATE 
 
 FREEDOM ....... 
 
 leonato's grief for the loss of his daughter 
 
 charity of opinion ...... 
 
 barnes on slavery ..... 
 
 credibility op miracles ..... 
 
 cost of war ...... 
 
 marot's ode to his mistress ..... 
 
 the study of elocution ..... 
 
 reflections at sea ...... 
 
 st. peter's ...... 
 
 "she had outlived her usefulness" 
 
 abou ben adhem ...... 
 
 my native land . 
 
 speak gently ...... 
 
 JAFFAR ....... 
 
 king Claudius's soliloquy .... 
 
 hamlet's soliloquy ...... 
 
 garden scene from romeo and juliet . 
 
 reading with spectacles ..... 
 
 the apple-dumplings and george iii. . 
 
 201 
 208 
 
 212 
 215 
 220 
 222 
 224 
 
 229 
 231 
 233 
 236 
 238 
 240 
 241 
 244 
 246 
 248 
 251 
 254 
 257 
 261 
 263 
 266 
 267 
 269 
 275 
 275 
 276 
 278 
 283 
 284 
 287 
 294 
 296 
 
GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 GENERAL DIVISION. 
 
 ARTICULATION — INTONATION — MEASURE. 
 
 The subject under consideration in this volume, is divided 
 into three several branches or heads. The first of these is 
 Articulation; and by it is meant the clear and distinct 
 utterance of language. This, it will be perceived, is mainly 
 important ; as a habit of distinct enunciation of words and 
 syllables must lie at the bottom of all excellence in delivery. 
 And no superstructure can have value which is built upon any 
 other basis than this. 
 
 The second division of our subject will embrace all that 
 relates to the pitch and inflections of the voice in uttering 
 words, language, and audible sound. And this branch we call 
 Intonation. The song or musical effect which characterizes 
 the utterance of language, whether it regards the pitch* of 
 
 • Elevation on the musical scale. 
 
 (25) 
 
26 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 voice in which sentences are uttered, or the inflection of single 
 syllables, belongs to the subject of Intonation. 
 
 The third division we call Measure. And it relates to the 
 rliytlim of language — the movement of words or syllables ac- 
 cording to certain groups. The utterance of metrical lines will 
 display a rhythmical movement of the voice, and give an idea 
 of measure. But it is not only_ poetry which admits of 
 measure; as we shall show that the most harmonious and 
 agreeable utterance of all language is performed in accordance 
 with a law of our nature, which requires an apportionment 
 of syllables that we call measure of speech. 
 
PART I. 
 
 ARTICULATION. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 ANALYSIS OF LANGUAGE. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF SPEECH — VOCALITY — VOWELS — SUB-VOWELS — ASPIRATES — 
 SIGNS — EXPLOSION. 
 
 Language is made up of sentences; sentences are com- 
 posed of words ; words consist of syllables ; and syllables may 
 be still further resolved into the ultimate sounds which we call 
 Elements of Speech. The short word 'man/ is clearly 
 resolvable into the three several elements represented in our 
 language by the letters ' m/ i a/ and ' n.' The names given 
 to these letters do not give a correct idea of the province which 
 they fulfil in the spelling of words. 
 
 The sound represented by the letter l m/ has no open vowel 
 sound like the syllable l em j it is merely a smothered sound 
 made while the mouth is closed ; the second sound is that of 
 ' a' in the word l at -/ and the third sound is that represented 
 by * n' in the word ' now.' 
 
 (27) 
 
28 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Now these elements differ more or less widely in their 
 nature ; the middle one, that represented by our ' a,' possess- 
 ing in abundance a property which we call vocality, by 
 virtue of which it is susceptible of very loud utterance, is 
 called a vowel ; but the first and last elements entering into 
 the composition of this syllable, and represented by the letters 
 ' m' and ' n/ being smothered sounds having but little vocality, 
 are therefore called sub-vowels. 
 
 In the words l pin] ' time,' ( cape/ &c, we have yet another 
 kind of element. The sound represented by the letters ' p/ 
 1 1/ and ' c/ has no more vocality than a whisper, and is there- 
 fore called aspirate. We have then elements of three kinds, 
 distinguished from one another by the different degrees of 
 their vocality ; and every element which enters into our lan- 
 guage may be classed accordingly. They are either vowels, 
 sub-vowels, or aspirates. The vowels having this pro- 
 perty (vocality) in abundance, the sub-vowels having but little 
 of it, and the aspirates being merely whispered sounds. 
 
 These elements are represented in our language, each by 
 one or more letters. 
 
 In a perfect alphabet there would be a sign or letter for 
 every element, and no element would have two signs. Neither 
 of these conditions is fulfilled by our alphabet. In that we 
 use the same sign to represent several elements; as the same 
 letter l a' stands for one sound in the word ' ale/ for another 
 in the word ' arm/ for a still different element in the word 
 ' all/ and for yet another in the word ' man.' 
 
 On the other hand the same element is often represented by 
 different signs, letters, or combinations of letters. Thus the 
 
ARTICULATION. 29 
 
 vowel sound in the first syllable of the word * jewel/ and that 
 in the first syllable of the word ( beauty/ are identical ; so also 
 is that in the first syllable of the word ' ruin / and yet they 
 are represented respectively by the different signs l ew/ ( eau/ 
 and <u/ 
 
 The sub-vowel element, which is represented by the sign 
 * gs' in the word c rags/ is identical with that which is repre- 
 sented by the sign ' x' in the word f exact/ 
 
 The aspirate element ' f ' in ' fancy* is the same which ' in 
 1 phantom' is represented by ' ph/ &c. In our alphabet, then, 
 the same sign may he used to stand for several different ele- 
 ments or sounds ; , and the same sound may be represented by 
 several different signs. But in a perfect alphabet this would 
 not be the case. 
 
30 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 TABLE OF ELEMENTS. 
 
 NOTATION OP SIGNS. 
 
 Below will be found a table of the elements classed in three 
 columns according to their vocality. It will be observed that 
 syllables or well known words of the English language, the 
 pronunciation of which is so generally agreed upon as to leave 
 no room for dispute, have been selected and placed in order in 
 the 2d, 4th, and 6th of the columns of the table ; each of 
 these syllables or words contains an element, and the 1st, 3d, 
 and 5th columns contain the signs of these elements ; the letter 
 or letters which in these syllables or words represent each 
 element respectively. 
 
 These elements then are to be exploded in the order in 
 which they are placed. That is, they are to be uttered with 
 fullness, with intensity, with abruptness, and force. In this 
 practice two distinct objects are to be had in view, viz. the 
 training of the voice to the perfect utterance, and of the ear 
 to the nice and accurate distinction of sounds. 
 

 
 ARTICULATION. 
 
 
 
 
 
 TABLE OF ELEMENTS. 
 
 
 
 Vowels. 
 
 Sub-vowels. 
 
 Aspirates. 
 
 A 
 
 Ale. 
 
 B 
 
 Bow. 
 
 P 
 
 Pit. 
 
 A 
 
 Arm. 
 
 D 
 
 Z)ay. 
 
 T 
 
 Tin. 
 
 A 
 
 All. 
 
 G 
 
 Gale. 
 
 K 
 
 Kind. 
 
 A 
 
 An. 
 
 V 
 
 File. 
 
 F 
 
 Pane. 
 
 E 
 
 Eve. 
 
 TH* Then. 
 
 TH 
 
 Thin. 
 
 E 
 
 End. 
 
 Z 
 
 Zone. 
 
 S 
 
 Sin. 
 
 I 
 
 Isle. 
 
 ZH 
 
 Azure. 
 
 SH 
 
 Shade. 
 
 I 
 
 In. 
 
 J 
 
 Job. 
 
 CH 
 
 Chess. 
 
 
 
 Old. 
 
 x* 
 
 Exact. 
 
 X 
 
 Excel. 
 
 00 
 
 Lose 
 
 W 
 
 Wall. 
 
 WH 
 
 " What. 
 
 
 
 On. 
 
 L 
 
 Love. 
 
 H 
 
 Hut. 
 
 V 
 
 Tube. 
 
 R 
 
 Roll. 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 Un. 
 
 M 
 
 3fmd. 
 
 
 
 u 
 
 Ml. 
 
 N 
 
 No. 
 
 
 
 ou 
 
 Our. 
 
 NG 
 
 "Long. 
 
 
 
 01 
 
 Oil. 
 
 Y 
 
 Yoke. 
 
 
 
 81 
 
 In default of a Phonetic Alphabet, as most readers may be 
 unacquainted with any such, our own letters, either singly or 
 in combination, are used, and the marks which are adopted by 
 Dr. Webster in his pronouncing dictionary, so far as they are 
 required to represent the sounds of the elements. 
 
 This arrangement would be dispensed with by the use of a 
 
 * It will be observed that the sub-vowel sounds of th and z, both 
 in the table and the exercises which follow, are represented by italics, 
 while the aspirates corresponding to them are in roman letters. 
 
32 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Phonetic Alphabet, wherein every element would have a sign 
 or letter, and no two signs should represent the same sound. 
 Such an alphabet would be an aid in teaching pronunciation. 
 (See Comstock's System of Elocution.) 
 
 NOTATION OF SIGNS. 
 
 The four sounds of A respectively, as heard in the words 
 ' ale/ ' arm/ ' all/ ' an/ are represented thus : a a a a. The 
 sounds of E in the words Eve and end are marked thus : e e. 
 The sounds of I in the words ' isle' and * in' are 1 1. Of 
 in the words 'old/ 'lose/ and 'on/ are marked o oo o. The 
 second sound of is represented by oo. The sounds of U in 
 the words ' tube/ ' up/ and ' full/ are represented respectively 
 thus: uuu. The combinations 'eu' and 'ew' have likewise 
 the same sound precisely with the first u. The letters 'ou' 
 in these exercises have always the vowel sound in i our/ and 
 oi is pronounced as in 'oil/ 
 
 The sign Gr in our table and subsequent exercises has always 
 the hard sound as in 'gay.' 
 
 The sub-vowel in the word ' then' is represented by italic 
 letters to distinguish it from the aspirate th in the word ' thin.' 
 The sounds of Z and S are well known, as distinguishing the 
 sub-vowel and aspirate sounds of ' S/ as in the words ' reason' 
 and ' sadness/ The sound of 'Z' in the word 'azure' is repre- 
 sented by 'zh/ that of the corresponding aspirate by 'sh.' 
 
 The sub-vowel in 'Job', 'George/ &c, by ' J7 
 
 The sub-vowel sound of X in ' exact/ is that marked by 
 italic x. 
 
 The aspirate X in ' excel' is roman. 
 
ARTICULATION. 33 
 
 The sound of W in ' watch' is well known. Its correspond- 
 ing aspirate in the word ' what' is commonly represented by 
 ' wh/ but would be better represented by ' hw.' 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 FAULTS OP THE ALPHABET. 
 
 THE SAME SIGN USED FOB DIFFERENT SOUNDS — THE SAME ELEMENT REPRE- 
 SENTED BY DIFFERENT SIGNS. 
 
 It will be seen by the following tables that in the use of 
 our alphabet, the same sign is employed to represent several 
 different elements or sounds ; and also that the same element 
 is represented by different signs ; as follows : — * 
 
 * It will be seen that the author has been at some pains to prepare 
 these tables ; but all that is to be illustrated by them must be wholly 
 lost unless the reader assure himself of the name of each element 
 spoken of. The elements are simple sounds. The names of the let- 
 ters are not usually the names of the elements. But an element is 
 the sound represented by a letter or sign as found in a certain posi- 
 tion or word; and we can only represent and distinguish the elements 
 in our tables by conventional signs. Thus the vowel element in the 
 word ale, is represented by the sign a ; and this sign should not, in 
 reading the tables, be sounded like the sign a in the word 'arm.' 
 The sign oo or 6* in the word * move' should not be pronounced as the 
 
34 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 1st. The same sign is employed to represent several different 
 sounds. 
 
 The sign or letter a stands for the element a in the word ale. 
 For a in arm. For a in all. 
 
 For a in at. And for o in what. 
 
 The letter e stands for the element e in the word we. 
 For e in met. For a in grey. 
 
 The letter i stands for 1 in the word vile. 
 For I in fit. For e in marine. 
 
 And for u in bird, virtue, &c. 
 
 The letter o stands for o in the word roll. 
 For o or oo in move, who, bosom, &c. 
 For u in wolf. For ii in cover, one, &c. 
 
 For o in pot. For I in women. 
 
 The letter u stands for u in the word duty. 
 For u in full. For u in but. 
 
 For e in bury. And for I in business. 
 
 vowel element in the word ' duty.' And these tables will read as 
 nonsense unless the reader first make himself acquainted with the 
 sound intended to be represented by each sign. 
 
 This he will easily do by referring to the Table of Elements, and 
 learning the sound of each element by observing the sign for the true 
 sound of the vowel element in the well known syllables Ale, arm, all, 
 at, &c, as they are rightly pronounced. 
 
 Unless this caution be carefully observed, the reader will do much 
 better to omit these tables entirely, which are designed merely to 
 show the imperfections of our alphabet, and the eccentricities of 
 English pronunciation. 
 
ARTICULATION. 
 
 35 
 
 And 2dly. The same element 
 signs. 
 
 The element a is represented 
 By a in the word ale. 
 By ei in weight and heinous. 
 By ay in lay. 
 By aigh in straight. 
 
 The element a is represented 
 By a in the word drama. 
 By au in daunt. 
 
 The element a is represented 
 By a in the word all. 
 By au in vault. 
 By al in qualm. 
 By augh in caught. 
 
 The element e is represented 
 By e in the word evening. 
 By ee in meet. 
 By ie in believe. 
 
 is represented by different 
 
 By ai in aid. 
 By ey in grey. 
 By au in gauge. 
 
 By ea in heart. 
 By ah in hurrah. 
 
 By o in border. 
 
 By aw in law. 
 
 By ough in thought. 
 
 By ea in leave. 
 By ei in leisure. 
 By i in marine. 
 
 And formerly by M in iEolian, and by ce in oeconoiny, 
 pcenal, &c. 
 
 The element e is represented 
 By e in the word ever. 
 By ai in again. 
 By u in burial. 
 
 By ea in weather. 
 By a in Thames. 
 By ei in heifer. 
 
86 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION 
 
 The element 1 is represented 
 By i in the word bile. 
 By ie in lie. 
 By y in tythe. 
 By ye in lye. 
 
 The element I is represented 
 By i in the word pin. 
 By ei in surfeit. 
 By u in business. 
 
 The element o is represented 
 By o in the word tone. 
 By ough in dough. 
 By oe in aloes. 
 
 The element oo is represented 
 By o in the word tomb. 
 By ou in uncouth. 
 By wo in two. 
 
 The element o is represented 
 By o in the word on. 
 By ow in knowledge. 
 
 The element u is represented 
 By u in the word duty. 
 By eu in deuce. 
 By ue in blue. 
 By ieu in purlieu. 
 
 By ei in eider. 
 By ui in guide. 
 By uy in buy. 
 By ey in ley. 
 
 By y in nymph. 
 By o m. women. 
 By ia in parliament. 
 
 By ow in bow. 
 By oa in foam. 
 By ot in depot. 
 
 By oo in doom. 
 By ew in jewel. 
 By ough in through. 
 
 By a in wallet. 
 
 By ew in dew. 
 By ui in suit. 
 By iew in review. 
 By eau in beauty. 
 
ARTICULATION. 37 
 
 The element u is represented 
 By u in the word but. By o in love. 
 
 By ou in touch. 
 
 The element u is represented 
 By u in the word put. By oo in foot. 
 
 By ou in would. 
 
 The element ou is represented 
 By ou in the word gout. By ow in cow. 
 
 By ough in slough. 
 
 Oi and oy are pronounced alike. 
 
 But in order to construct our exercises we use the signs as 
 indicated in the Table of Elements, and proceed to form syl- 
 lables, by placing successively before all the vowel elements 
 each sub-vowel and aspirate (excepting ' ng/ which is only a 
 final sound). This gives us the syllables. 
 
GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 EXERCISES IN ARTICULATION. 
 
 Exercise No. 1. 
 
 A a a 8, e 8, 1 i, 6 oo 5, u fi u, ou, oi. 
 Ba b'a ba ba, be be, bi bi, bo boo bo, bti bu bu, bou, boi. 
 Da da da da, de de, di di, do doo do, du du du, dou, doi. 
 Ga ga ga ga, ge ge, gl gi, go goo go, gu gu gu, gou. goi. 
 Va va va va, ve ve, vl vi, vo voo vo, vu vu vu, vou, voi. 
 Tha, th'sb tha. tliii, the the, thi thi, tlio thoo tJw, thii thii thu, thou, thoi. 
 Za z'a za za, ze ze, zi zi, zo zoo zo, zu zti zu, zou, zoi. 
 Zka zha zha zha, zhe zhe, zhi zhi, zho zhoo zho, zhii zhti zhu, 
 
 zhou, zboi. 
 Ja ja ja ja, je jg, ji ji, jo joo jo, ju ju ju, jou, joi. 
 .Za x& xsl #a, xe xe, x\ xi, xo xoo xo, xu. xu xu, xou, #oi. 
 Wa wa wa wa, we we, wi wi, wo woo wo, wu wii wu, wou. woi. 
 La la la la, le le, li II, lo loo lo, lu Iti lu, lou, loi. 
 Ra ra ra. ra, re re, rl ri, ro roo ro, ru ru ru, rou, roi. 
 Ma ma ma ina, me me, ml mi, mo moo mo, mti mii mu, mou, moi. 
 Na n'a na, n&, ne ne\ ui ni, no noo n5, nu nti du, nou, uoi. 
 
ARTICULATION. 89 
 
 Ya ya ya ya, ye yg, yi yi, yo yoo yo, yu yfi yu, you, yoi. 
 
 Pa pa pa pa, pe pe, pi pi, po poo po„ pii pu pu, pou, poi. 
 
 Ta ta ta ta, te te, ti ti, to too to, tu tu tu, tou, toi. 
 
 Ka ka ka ka, ke ke, ki ki, ko koo ko, kti ku ku, kou, koi. 
 
 Fa fa fa fa, fe fe, fl f I, fo foo, f o, fii fu fu, fou, foi. 
 
 Tha th'a tha tha, the the, thi thi, tho thoo tho, thu thii thu, 
 
 thou, thoi. 
 Sa sa sa sa, se se, si si, so soo so, sti six su sou, soi. 
 Sha sh'a sha sha, she shg, shi shi, sho shoo sho, shu shu shu, 
 
 shou, shoi. 
 Cha cha cha cha, che che, chl chi, cho choo cho, chti chu 
 
 chu, chou, choi. 
 Xa xa xa xa, xe xS, xi xi, xo xoo x5, xu xu xu, xou, xoi. 
 Wha wh'a wha wha, whe whe, whi whi, who whoo who, whii 
 
 whii whu, whou, whoi. 
 Ha ha ha ha, he he, hi hi, ho hoo ho, hu hu hu, hou, hoi. 
 
 The pupil who shall learn this under the disadvantage of 
 having no teacher, must be very careful to get the sound of 
 every vowel most perfectly. And in order to do this, he is 
 merely to refer to the syllables used in the tables. 
 
 In the next exercise we may introduce the element repre- 
 sented by the letter 1 1/ between the two elements of each 
 syllable in the foregoing, as follows. 
 
 Exercise No. 2. 
 Bla bl"a bla bla, ble ble, bll bli, bio bloo bio, blu blii blu, 
 
 blou, bloi. 
 Dla dla dla dla, die die, dli dli, dlo dloo dlo, dlii dlu dlu, 
 
 dlou, dloi. 
 
40 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Gla gla gla gla, gle gle, gll gli, glo gloo glo, glu glQ glu, 
 
 glou, gloi. 
 Via via via via, vie vie, vli vli, vlo vloo vlo, vlu vlu vlu, vlou, 
 
 vloi. 
 TIM thla th\z thU, t7i\e tide, thli thli, thlo tJioo thlo, thlu th\\i 
 
 thlu, thlou, tJihi. 
 Zhla zhla zhla zhla, zlile zhle, zhli zhli, zhlo zhloo zhlo, &c. 
 
 It is not necessary to follow the sub-vowels any further in 
 this connection, as they would not only form syllables somewhat 
 unpronounceable, but combinations most of which never occur 
 in our language. 
 
 We proceed then with the same exercise, going at once to 
 the aspirate elements. 
 
 Pla pla pla pla, pie pie, pli pli, plo ploo plo, plu plii plu, plou, 
 
 ploi. 
 Tla tla tla tla, tie tie, til tli, tlo tloo tlo, tlu tlu tlu, tlou, tloi. 
 Kla kl'a kla kla, kle kle, kli kli, klo kloo klo, klu klu klu, klou, 
 
 kbi. 
 
 Fla, fla fla fla, fle fle, fli fli, flo floo flo, flu flu flu, flou, flloi. 
 Thla thla thla thla, thle thle, thli, thli, thlo thloo thlo, thlu 
 
 thlu thlu, thlou, thloi. 
 Sla sla sla sla, sle sle, sli sli, slo sloo slo. slu slu slu, slou, sloi. 
 Shla shl'a shla shla, shle shle, shli shli, shlo shloo shlo, shlii 
 
 shlii shlu, shlou, shloi, &c. 
 
 The rest of the aspirates may safely be omitted for the 
 reasons given for omitting the use of many sub-vowels in this 
 connection. The letter ' R/ may next be used in plaoe of ' L/ 
 and then wo shall have 
 
ARTICULATION. 41 
 
 Exercise No. 3. 
 Bra bra bra bra, br§ brg, bri bri, bro broo bro, bru bru bru, 
 
 brou broi. 
 Dra dra dra dra, dre drg, dri dri, dro droo dr5, drii dru. dm, 
 
 drou, droi. 
 Gra gra gra gra, gre" gre, gri gri, gro groo gro, gru gru, grou, groi. 
 Vra vr'a vra vra, vre vre, vri vri, vro vroo vro, vrti vru vm, 
 
 vrou, vroi. 
 Thra, thfii this. thv&, thre thre, thri thri, thro throo thro, thru 
 
 thru thru, throu throi. 
 Zra zra zra zrS, zre zre, zrl zri, zro zroo zro, zru zru zru, zrou, 
 
 zroi. 
 Zhra zhra zhra zhra, zhre zhre, zhri zhri, zhro zhroo zhro, zhru. 
 
 zhrii zhru, zhrou, zhroi. 
 
 Then we use the aspirates. 
 
 Pra pra pra pra, pre pre, pri pri, pro proo pro, pru pru pm, 
 
 prou, proi. 
 Tra tra tra tra, tre tre, tri tri, tro troo tro, tru tru tra, trou, troi. 
 Kra kra kra kra, kre kre, krl krl, kro kroo kro, km krti km, 
 
 krou, kroi. 
 Fra fra. fra fra, fre fre, fri fri, fro froo fro, fru fru fra, frou, froL 
 Thra thr'a thra thra, thre thre, thri thri, thro throo thro, thru 
 
 thru thru, throu, throi. 
 Sra sra sra sra, sre sre, sri sri, sro sroo sro, sru sru sru, srou, 
 
 sroi. 
 
 Shra shr'a shra shra, shre shre, shri shri, shro shroo shro, shm 
 
 shru shru, shrou, shroi. 
 4* 
 
42 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 LIST OP WOHDS DISPLAYING THE USE OF ALL THE ELEMENTS — ANALYSIS OP 
 SYLLABLES — STRESS. 
 
 In the following list of words the use of all the elements is 
 seen ; and the principle upon which they were selected shows 
 the vowel elements placed successively in contact with the 
 different suh-vowels and aspirates. In the first column, for 
 instance, the vowel element a is used before and after the 
 various sub-vowels and aspirates. It is represented by various 
 signs - } but whether it be by a, ai, ei, or any other letter or 
 combination of letters, ever employed for that purpose, still it 
 is the same element, and can only be pronounced in one way. 
 In the second column the second sound of A (a), as in ' arm/ 
 and whatever may be the sign by which this element is repre- 
 sented it is still the same sound ; thus, ' ua' in its sign in the 
 word ( guard/ <ea' in the word ( heart/ &c, but the same 
 element is meant. In the third column the element ■ a' is 
 given, the third sound of ( A/ sometimes represented by ■ a' 
 as in ' walks/ sometimes by ' au/ and ' ou/ ' ua/ &c, but pro- 
 nounced alike. This, then, is a guide to the pronunciation of 
 
ARTICULATION. *o 
 
 the same sounds ; and such a table might easily be constructed 
 to embrace all the sub-vowel and aspirate elements. But as 
 they are far less likely to be mistaken or mispronounced, than 
 the vowel sounds, because less variously represented, this step 
 has been thought unnecessary. 
 
 LIST OF WORDS DISPLAYING THE USE OF ALL THE VOWEL 
 ELEMENTS. 
 
 
 
 Exercise No. 4. 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 E 
 
 E 
 
 Babe 
 
 Arm 
 
 Orb 
 
 As 
 
 Bean 
 
 Evermore 
 
 aid 
 
 barn 
 
 daub 
 
 ban 
 
 dean 
 
 bwrial 
 
 dale 
 
 dart 
 
 border 
 
 dash 
 
 evening 
 
 debt 
 
 gave 
 
 guard 
 
 gall 
 
 gas 
 
 demon 
 
 get 
 
 vague 
 
 starve 
 
 vault 
 
 valid 
 
 geese 
 
 very 
 
 lathe 
 
 jars 
 
 northern 
 
 lather 
 
 venal 
 
 weather 
 
 raze 
 
 large 
 
 gauze 
 
 as 
 
 these 
 
 besom 
 
 heinous 
 
 snarl 
 
 jaws 
 
 jagged 
 
 easy 
 
 pleasure 
 
 gauge 
 
 marred 
 
 exalt 
 
 hazard 
 
 leisure 
 
 ledger 
 
 plagues 
 
 darn 
 
 wall 
 
 exact 
 
 legion 
 
 pegs 
 
 assuage 
 
 yarn 
 
 law 
 
 rags 
 
 leagues 
 
 wedge 
 
 weight 
 
 sharp 
 
 enthrall 
 
 waggish 
 
 mean 
 
 leather 
 
 retail 
 
 heart 
 
 maw 
 
 lattice 
 
 leaky 
 
 thence 
 
 unmade 
 
 hark 
 
 nautilus 
 
 rattle 
 
 reap 
 
 render 
 
 mane 
 
 carp 
 
 qualm 
 
 madder 
 
 ye 
 
 melon 
 
 shape 
 
 hearth 
 
 yawn 
 
 natural 
 
 peel 
 
 never 
 
 take 
 
 parse 
 
 pawn 
 
 slang 
 
 neither 
 
 agam 
 
 skein 
 
 harsh 
 
 tawny 
 
 yams 
 
 meet 
 
 Thames 
 
44 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 E 
 
 E 
 
 fame 
 
 larch awkward 
 
 panic 
 
 peak 
 
 yell 
 
 wraith 
 
 Charles fawn 
 
 tarry 
 
 tedious 
 
 dispel 
 
 erase 
 
 sparks thorny 
 
 camphor 
 
 reeking 
 
 temper 
 
 chain 
 
 hussar author 
 
 fancy 
 
 leafy 
 
 kettle 
 
 whale 
 
 farther thought 
 
 thanks 
 
 wreath 
 
 error 
 
 inhale 
 
 parch sought 
 
 shanty 
 
 lease 
 
 ethnical 
 
 behave 
 
 cigar hawser 
 
 chat 
 
 sheet 
 
 settler 
 
 rave 
 
 * charge shawms 
 
 happy 
 
 cheating 
 
 meshes 
 
 stave 
 
 park walks 
 
 haddock 
 
 wheat 
 
 sketch 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 Oo 
 
 6 
 
 U 
 
 U 
 
 Guide 
 
 In Bow 
 
 Boot 
 
 On 
 
 Beauty 
 
 ■ Utter 
 
 abide 
 
 bitter dough 
 
 doom 
 
 bog 
 
 duel 
 
 but 
 
 died 
 
 differ go 
 
 goose 
 
 donkey 
 
 regelate dull 
 
 vile 
 
 gibbous vote 
 
 behoove gothic 
 
 review 
 
 guttural 
 
 alive 
 
 vigor though soothe 
 
 i volume 
 
 purl i cm 
 
 love 
 
 thine 
 
 wither zone 
 
 ooze 
 
 bother 
 
 abuse 
 
 thus 
 
 resign 
 
 business ozier 
 
 jewel 
 
 azotic 
 
 juice 
 
 buzz 
 
 gives 
 
 division jovial 
 
 woo 
 
 lottery 
 
 dew 
 
 budge , 
 
 wipe 
 
 rehgion rogue 
 
 loop 
 
 jot 
 
 lute 
 
 exult 
 
 like 
 
 women woe 
 
 root 
 
 tonic 
 
 ruin 
 
 one 
 
 ripe 
 
 lisping lone 
 
 moon 
 
 wallet 
 
 mute 
 
 London 
 
 might 
 
 riches rove 
 
 noon 
 
 locket 
 
 m'mutz 
 
 )' rust 
 
 nine 
 
 middle mode 
 
 youth 
 
 rocket 
 
 union 
 
 mutter 
 
 condign nymph nodes 
 
 pool 
 
 mollify 
 
 repute 
 
 null 
 
 pine 
 
 wing yoke 
 
 tomb 
 
 knowledge twneful sung 
 
 time 
 
 pitiful pole 
 
 coop 
 
 song 
 
 recluse 
 
 ?nug 
 
 kind 
 
 tinker tone 
 
 food 
 
 yacht 
 
 refuse 
 
 pup 
 

 
 ARTICULATION. 
 
 45 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 Oo 6 
 
 U U 
 
 file 
 
 kindred 
 
 cone 
 
 uncouth policy 
 
 truth other 
 
 tithe 
 
 surfeit 
 
 foam 
 
 loose tolerate refute cover 
 
 dice 
 
 thin 
 
 oath 
 
 choose folly 
 
 sumac enowgh 
 
 spine 
 
 single 
 
 close 
 
 two authority rude thorough 
 
 chimes 
 
 shingle 
 
 ocean 
 
 who posterity intrude such 
 
 exile 
 
 chill 
 
 chose 
 
 do washi i 
 
 lg dilute chubby 
 
 while 
 
 vixen 
 
 oaks 
 
 chew chopped infuse ducks 
 
 hide 
 
 whittle 
 
 hole 
 
 through exotic 
 
 suit hurry 
 
 drive 
 
 hinder 
 
 host 
 
 hoosier what 
 
 execute worry 
 
 y 
 
 Ou 
 
 Oi 
 
 y 
 
 Ou Oi 
 
 Bull 
 
 Bow 
 
 Hoist 
 
 Full 
 
 Lowering Coin 
 
 wool 
 
 endow 
 
 oil 
 
 pull 
 
 bough hoiden 
 
 put 
 
 gout 
 
 boy 
 
 shook 
 
 mow choice 
 
 foot 
 
 devout 
 
 avoid 
 
 cook 
 
 noun avoid 
 
 look 
 
 thou 
 
 loiter 
 
 good 
 
 power alloy 
 
 puss 
 
 house 
 
 royal 
 
 would 
 
 couch decoy 
 
 push 
 
 browse 
 
 moiety should 
 
 found soil 
 
 hook 
 
 vows 
 
 annoy 
 
 hood 
 
 sour turmoil 
 
 took 
 
 rouse 
 
 appoint broom 
 
 shower recoil 
 
 book 
 
 wound 
 
 toilsome forsook 
 
 chouse spoil 
 
 When speaking of the analysis of the word ' man/ in the 
 beginning of Chapter II., it was shown that a syllable may 
 be resolved into the ultimate sounds called elements. It is 
 easy to perceive, while uttering the first sound in the table 
 of elements (that represented by a) that the aperture of the 
 mouth takes a different shape in the opening from what it 
 
46 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 assumes towards the end of that syllable, and that the sound 
 changes accordingly. The abrupt or opening sound might be 
 represented by short e (e), while the final or vanishing sound 
 would be more like long e (e) or ee. We shall then regard a 
 syllable henceforth as having two members, and shall call them, 
 as Dr. Rush has done, the radical and the vanish. Force, 
 when applied to the former, is called radical stress. When 
 applied to the latter, it constitutes final stress. 
 
 In the foregoing exercises, our attention has been wholly 
 directed to the radical ; and the vanish has taken care of itself. 
 We next introduce an exercise where a marked distinctness, 
 almost amounting to caricature, is to be given to the vanish 
 or final sound, and this we q&W final stress. In this way alone 
 shall we be able clearly to distinguish between our terminal 
 consonants, especially between the sub-vowel and aspirate ele- 
 ments ; and in this way alone can we get such an exercise as 
 shall be useful in the discipline of the voice for distinctness 
 of consonant sounds. We take the five short vowels, a, e, I, o, 
 and u, and place after them successively the sub-vowels and 
 aspirates. 
 
 Exercise No. 4. 
 
 Thus : Ab eb lb ob iib, ad ed id od ud, ag eg lg ogiig, av 
 ev iv ov uv, &th eth 1th oth uth, az ez Iz oz tiz, azh ezh Izh 
 ozh tizh, aj ej lj oj uj, aa; ex ix ox fee, al el 11 ol ul, ar er Ir 
 or ur, am em Im om um, an en in on tin, ang eng ing ong 
 ting, ap ep Ip op up, at et it ot tit, ak ek Ik ok tik, uf ef if 
 of iif, ilth eth ith oth uth, as es is os us, ash esh ish osh tish, 
 Sch ech ich och uch, ax ex ix ox ux. 
 
 This exercise is admirably calculated to train the voice to 
 
ARTICULATION. 47 
 
 the explosion of the vowel sounds, and also to the production 
 of final stress or distinctive force upon the final sound or the 
 vanish of syllables. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 COGNATES. 
 
 Before entering upon the practice of exercises involving 
 two or more syllables in such juxtaposition as to represent 
 words, the attention of the pupil should be directed to cer- 
 tain properties in the nature of the consonant elements 
 which show a relation between some of the sub-vowels and an 
 equal number of the aspirates. If the position of the vocal 
 organs be narrowly observed while sounding the element re- 
 presented by B, it will be perceived that a similar position of 
 the lips as well as a similar effort of the mouth will also pro- 
 duce the sound represented by P, thus establishing a certain 
 relationship between these two sounds. Hence these sounds, 
 and the signs also which represent them, have been called 
 cognates. B and P then are cognates. The same examina- 
 tion will show a like correspondence to exist between D and 
 T; or between the sounds which they represent; D and T 
 then are cognates. The sound of hard Gr, the third subvowel 
 element in the table, is cognate to the sound represented by 
 K, the aspirate which stands opposite to it in the third column 
 
48 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 of syllables in the table ; and so on, as far down as the ele- 
 ments represented respectively by W and WH, inclusive; mak- 
 ing ten sub-vowels which have respectively their cognates in 
 the column of aspirates. 
 
 Having pointed out this relation, we proceed to form an 
 exercise by placing the vowel elements successively after each 
 sub-vowel and its coguate, thus : 
 
 Exercise No. 5. 
 Bapa bapa bapa bapa, bepe bepe, bipi bipi, bopo boopoo bopo, 
 
 biipu bupu bupu, boupou, boipoi. 
 Data data data data, dete dete, ditl diti, doto dootoo dots, 
 
 dutu dutu dutu, doutou, doitoi. 
 Gaka gaka gaka gaka, geke geke, giki giki, goko gookoo 
 
 goko, guku guku guku, goukou, goikoi. 
 Vafa vafa vafa vafa, vefe vefe, vifl vifi, vofo voofoo vofo, vufu 
 
 vufu vufu, voufou, voifoi. 
 ^T/iatha, ^atha ^atha fAatha, thethe thethe, thiihi <7iithi, tlio- 
 
 tho /Aoothoo thoth.0, ?7iuthu ^uthu tfmthu, tfjouthou, 
 
 tlio\t\io\. 
 Zasa zasa zasa zasa, zese zese, zisi zisi, zoso zoosoo zoso, ziisu 
 
 zusu busu, zousou, zoisoi. 
 Zhasha zhasha zhasha zhasha, zheshe zheshe, zhishi zhishi, 
 
 zhosho zhooshoo zhosho, zhiishu zhushii zhushu. zhoushou, 
 
 zhoishoi. 
 .Xfixa rraxa xaxa #axa, xexe xexe, aixi ccixi, croxo .rooxoo 
 
 ccoxo, amxii ctuxu *t'iixu, xouxou, ccoixoi. 
 Wahwa wawha wawha wawha, wewhe wewhe, wlwhi wiwhi, 
 
 wSwho woowhoo wowho, wiiwhii wfiwhu wuwhu, wouwhou, 
 
 woiwhoi. 
 
ARTICULATION. 49 
 
 This exercise may be supposed to represent a list of words, 
 each word having two syllables, the first syllable of each word 
 containing a sub-vowel element and a vowel element; the last 
 syllable of each word containing the cognate aspirate element 
 with the same vowel. So that the only difference between the 
 two syllables of each word, consists in the consonant element 
 being sub-vowel in the one, and aspirate in the other. 
 
 Numerous errors are daily committed in the common utter- 
 ance of language, involving the neglect of this distinction; 
 the sub-vowels are confounded with their cognate aspirates. 
 We often hear the element B substituted for its cognate ' p/ 
 as in the word Jupiter sounded with the sub-vowel <b/ 
 ' Jubiter ;' ' Baptist' pronounced ' Babtist ;' and sometimes the 
 opposite error is committed, as in the word i Jacob* sounded 
 ' Jacup.' 
 
 The sub-vowel element represented by l D' is sometimes 
 incorrectly pronounced like its cognate aspirate c T/ as in the 
 word l dreadful' pronounced more like c dretful.' Sometimes 
 the converse, as ' pardner' for ' partner / here the sub-vowel is 
 used wrongly for the aspirate sound. 
 
 The aspirate element represented by ' k' is misused for the 
 sub-vowel sound, cognate to it, represented by g (hard g) as in 
 the word 'indefatigable ;' the opposite fault has been committed 
 in the word ( moccasin/ sometimes called l moggasin/ 
 
 The aspirate represented by ' f ' or ( ph' is used for sub- 
 vowel c v,' as in the word ' nephew/ where the correct sound is 
 sub-vowel. 
 
 The aspirate <th' for the sub-vowel th as 'beneath' and 
 ' underneath' for ' beneaif/i' and ' undernea^.' 
 5 
 
50 GRAMMAR Ui' ELOCUTION. 
 
 The aspirate ' s' for the sub-vowel ' z/ as in the words ' dis- 
 ease/ { Israel/ ' dishonor/ l hesitate/ and many others fre- 
 quently pronounced aspirate in the first syllable. Sometimes 
 the sub-vowel sound is heard for the aspirate, as in the word 
 1 possess' and also in ' rise' (when a noun). The sub-vowel 
 sound <zh' is frequently used for the aspirate sound <sh/ as 
 in the words ' Asia/ ' Persia/ and ' cynosure.' The cognates 
 represented by J and Ch are seldom confounded, so far as I 
 have observed, unless by foreigners or persons addicted to 
 German provincialisms. 
 
 The sub-vowel sound of x (gz) is often used indiscriminately 
 for the aspirate sound (ks). The former sound (sub-vowel) is 
 correct in the words ' exact/ ' exempt/ ' example/ ' exonerate/ 
 ' exhibit / but the aspirate (ks) in the words i exile/ ' exotic/ 
 < exoteric/ ' exorcise/ ' exhibition/ &c. 
 
 And lastly, the sub-vowel sound of W is often used instead 
 of the aspirate ' wh' in the words which, why, when, where, 
 what, while, and their compounds also in the words white, 
 wharf, whistle, whisper, wheat, whist, whale, wheel, wheeze, 
 whelm, whet, whey, whiff, whig, whip, whim, whisk, whirl, 
 whiz, whittle, whitsun, and some few others. These words, 
 and such as are derived in some way from them, constitute 
 nearly all which are in common and frequent use, and thus 
 liable to be mispronounced by substituting the sub-vowel sound 
 which is represented by ' w' for the aspirate which is repre- 
 sented by ' wh/ but would be still better represented by ( hw/ 
 
ARTICULATION. 51 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 ACCENT. 
 
 The object of these exercises being to teach the subject of 
 pronunciation, including accent and the various kinds of force, 
 they are interrupted by such definitions and explanations as 
 our progress may render expedient and useful. Accent is the 
 term used to denote that force or stress of voice which is 
 applied to a syllable to distinguish it from another syllable in 
 loudness. With this definition of accent we are prepared to 
 proceed to exercises constructed with reference to perfecting 
 our pronunciation in this respect. In a more advanced stage 
 of our progress, it will be seen that a great essential to correct 
 and elegant reading is involved in the manner of producing 
 our accent. 
 
 We will suppose the preceding exercise to have been per- 
 formed as it is most likely it was performed; namely, with 
 accent upon the first of the two syllables in each word. Let 
 the same exercise now be repeated with the accent marked 
 strongly upon the second syllable in each word, and it will be 
 
52 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 perceived at once that there is a strong tendency to slight the 
 pronunciation of the first or unaccented syllable of each word, 
 making the vowel in that syllable an indefinite or obscure 
 sound, much like that of short 11, as bupa biipa biipa biipa, 
 &c. ; and this fault runs throughout the common pronunciation 
 of our language. When schoolmasters endeavor to correct the 
 careless manner of pronouncing the unaccented vowels, their 
 pupils either disregard the instruction altogether, or commit the 
 grosser fault of giving a sort of accent to unaccented vowels. 
 It is not here meant that no schoolmaster ever yet compre- 
 hended the difference between accent and correctness of vowel 
 sound ; only that pupils seldom use both correctly. 
 
 Should any earnest student strive to get the benefits legiti- 
 mately belonging to such exercises as this one and that imme- 
 diately following, without the aid of a teacher, I would recom- 
 mend such to see to it that the accent be strongly marked and 
 the unaccented syllables be uttered in most striking contrast 
 with the accented ones, as to loudness alone, carefully preserv- 
 ing the vowel sound in each light syllable, and making it pre- 
 cisely like the accented one, excepting only as to loudness. 
 This is rarely done well without a teacher. 
 
 The next exercise will be especially calculated to give the 
 pupil a command over this indispensable element in good 
 reading, viz. : the true vowel sound on unaccented syllables. 
 This depends upon the right management of accent ; without 
 which the attainment of good and correct reading must be 
 regarded as a hopeless task. 
 
ARTICULATION. 5o 
 
 EXERCISES FOR ACCENT. 
 
 We have only to repeat the last or aspirate syllable of each 
 word in the preceding exercise, in order to form "words of three 
 syllables. Bapa, in the foregoing, represented a word of two 
 syllables; we now repeat the last one, and this gives us bcrpapa, 
 representing a word of three syllables/ having the same vowel 
 sound in each syllable. Each word has a different vowel ele- 
 ment, but the syllables of each word have all the same vowel 
 sound. 
 
 EXERCISE FOR CORRECTNESS ON UNACCENTED VOWELS. 
 
 Exercise No. 6. 
 
 Bapapa bapapa bapapa bapapa, bepepe bepepe, bipipi blpipi, 
 
 b5p5po boopoopoo bopopo, bupupu bupupu bupupu, bou- 
 
 poupou, boipoipoi. 
 Datata datata datata datata, detete detete, dititi dititi, dototo 
 
 dootootoo dototo, dutiitu dtitutu dutiitu, doutoutou, doitoitoi. 
 Gakaka gag'aga gakaka gakaka, gekeke gekeke, gikiki gikiki, 
 
 gokoko gookookoo gokoko, gu.ku.ku. gukuku gukuku, gou- 
 
 koukou, goikoikoi. 
 Vafafa vafafa vafafa vafafa, vef ef e vefef e, vififl vififi, 
 
 vof5fo voofoofoo vofofo, vufufu vufufu vufufu, voufoufou, 
 
 voifoifoi. 
 TViathatha ^athatha ^/lathatha 27iathatha, ^ethethe thetke- 
 
 the, ^Ithithi ^/iithithi, ^othotho £7ioothoothoo itfiothotho, 
 
 ^uthuthu ^/iuthuthu ^uthuthu, tfiouthouthou, Moithoithoi. 
 Zasasa zasasa zasasa zasasa, zesese zesese, zislsl zisisi, zososo 
 
 zoosoosoo zososo, zususu zususu zususu, zousousou, zoizoisoi. 
 5* 
 
54 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Zhashasha zhashasha zhazhazha zhashasha, zhesheshe zhe- 
 sheshe, zhishishl zhishishl, zhoshosho zhooshooshoo zho- 
 shosho, zhtishushu zhushiishu zhushiishu, zhoushoushou, 
 zhoishoishoi. 
 Jachacha jachacha jachacha jachacha, jecheche jecheche, 
 jieliiclii jichichl, jochocho joochoochoo jochocho, juchiichu 
 juchiichu. juchucliu, jouchouchou, joiclioiclioi. 
 JTaxaxa xaxaxa ccaxaxa araxaxa, ccexexe asexexe, auxlxi rrixlxi, 
 ccoxoxo .rooxooxoo ccoxoxo, xuxiixu omxiixu rruxuxu, ccou- 
 xouxou, ccoixoixoi. 
 Wawhawha wawhawha wawhawha wawhawha, wewhewhe 
 wewhewhe, wiwhlwhl wlwhiwhi, wowhowho woowhoowhoo 
 wowhowho, wuwhiiwhu wuwhiiwhu wuwhiiwhu, wou- 
 whouwhou, woiwhoiwhoi. 
 
 This exercise is first performed with the accent upon the 
 first or sub-vowel syllable of each word, taking great care, as 
 in the preceding exercise, to give the vowel sound with perfect 
 accuracy in the unaccented syllables, but very lightly in com- 
 parison with the accented one. 
 
 Next, it is to be pronounced again with the accent upon the 
 second or middle syllable ; and finally with the third or last 
 syllable accented, observing always the same caution as to the 
 vast contrast in loudness between the accented and the unac- 
 cented syllables. 
 
 However puerile these exercises may appear at first view, a 
 little practice of them daily, performed with care and fidelity, 
 will convince the most skeptical of their practical utility; and 
 however tedious and wearisome this practice may seem to be, 
 I am convinced by long use, and the result of many years' 
 experience in training the voice, that the use of similar exer- 
 
ARTICULATION. 55 
 
 cises is indispensable to the acquirement of a 'perfectly correct 
 pronunciation. 
 
 It will be perceived that the last exercise was especially cal- 
 culated to beget habits of care and correctness in the pronun- 
 ciation of unaccented vowels. But it will be observed that in 
 each group of syllables representing a word of three syllables, 
 the voivel elements were identical. Hence the simplicity of 
 the exercise ; for, where the organs are once prepared for a 
 certain vowel element, it is far easier to repeat the same ele- 
 ment several times in the same word, than to change the effort 
 and produce a new or different vowel sound in the same word. 
 The word adamant has three syllables with precisely the same 
 vowel element in each syllable ; viz. : the fourth sound of 
 a (a). The word i emanate' has three syllables, but a differ- 
 ent vowel element in each ; hence it is easier to give the former 
 word with perfect correctness than the latter. But as the 
 vowel sound is not always, nor usually, the same in the differ- 
 ent syllables of words in our language, we need an exercise 
 which shall involve the necessity of suddenly changing the 
 shape of the mouth, to accommodate the different vowel sounds 
 which may occur in our words. 
 
 EXERCISE FOR CHANGE OF VOWEL SOUND. 
 
 We may now make use of the first exercise upon syllables, 
 that immediately following the Table of Elements; and use 
 the syllables in groups of two and three, thus representing 
 words of two and three syllables respectively, having a differ- 
 ent vowel sound in each. In the first instance giving accent 
 to the first syllable of each word \ as, 
 
56 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Exercise No. 7. 
 Babii babli, bebe, bibi, boboobo, bububu, bou, boi. 
 Dad 'a dada, dede, dldi, dodoodo, dududii, dou, doi. 
 Gaga gaga, gege, gigi, gogoogo, gugugu, gou, goi. 
 Vav'a vava, veve, vivi, vovoovo, viivuvu, vou, voi. 
 Thath'a, th&thii, thethti, thithi, thbtJiootho, thuthuthu, thou, 
 
 tJioi. 
 Zaz'a zaza, zeze, zizi, zozoozo, ziiziizu, zou, zoi. 
 Zhazb'a zhazha, zliezhe, zhlzhi, zhozhoozho, zhuzhwzhu, zhou, 
 
 zhoi. 
 Jaja jaja, jeje, jiji, jdjoojo, jujuju, jou, joi. 
 JTaira x&xa, ceexe, #1x1, :ro;coo;co, xuxuxu, jtou, rroi. 
 Wawa wawa, wewe, wiwi, wowoowo, wiiwiiwu, wou, woi. 
 Lala lala, lele, lili, ldloolo, luliilu, lou, loi. 
 Kara rara, rere, riri, rorooro, mruru, rou, roi. 
 Mama mama, meme, mimi, momoomo, mumtimu, niou, moi. 
 Nana nana, nene, nini, nonoono, nuniinu, nou, noi. 
 Yaya yaya, yeye, yiyi, yoyooyo, yuyuyu, you, yoi. 
 Papa papa, pepe, pipi, popoopo, piipupii, pou, poi. 
 Tata tata, tete, titi, totooto, tututu, tou, toi. 
 Kak'a kaka, keke, kiki, kokooko, kiiktiku, kou, koi. 
 Ffifii fafa, fefe, fifl, fofoofo, fiifufu, fou, foi. 
 Tbatb'a thatha, thethe, thithi, thothootho, tbiithuthu. thou, 
 
 tlioi. 
 Sas'a sasa, sese, sist, sosooso, susiisu, sou, soi. 
 Shash'a sbasha, sheshe, shishi, shoshoosho, shfishiishu, shou, 
 
 shoi. 
 Chacha chacha, checbe, chichi, chochoocho, chuehuchu, cbou, 
 
 cboi. 
 
ARTICULATION. 57 
 
 Xaxa xaxa, xexe, xixi, xoxooxo, xuxuxu, xou, xoi. 
 Whawha whawha, whewhe, whlwhi, whowhoowho, whtiwhu- 
 
 whu, whou, whoi. 
 Hah a haha, hehe, hihi, hohooho, huhiihu, hou, hoi. 
 
 Tliis exercise is next to be repeated, giving the accent to 
 the last syllable in each word. And I will repeat the caution 
 to make a vast contrast in loudness between the accented and 
 the light syllables, carefully preserving the correct vowel 
 sounds in the latter. 
 
 [Xote. — It may here be remarked for the information of those who 
 merely examine this book, and hare no knowledge of the experimental 
 teaching of its rules, that, in a practical point of view, the necessity 
 of such exercises must be admitted by all who would wish to excel. 
 It would seem that, with the aid of the careful directions here given, 
 and the oft repeated cautions as to iutensity or loudness, contrast, 
 correctness of vowel sounds, &c, any intelligent pupil might safely 
 undertake to perfect himself without a master. I am confident that 
 tasks involving far greater difficulties are daily accomplished by men 
 of mediocre ability ; and yet I am compelled to confess that nine 
 pupils out of ten, make but a clumsy and awkward business during 
 some days, and often weeks, of their practice on these exercises, even 
 with the aid of a watchful and attentive guide. Is it necessary to 
 add that, until they do perform them with skill and propriety, they 
 can entertain no reasonable hope of making proficiency in the more 
 advanced stages of elegant reading ?] 
 
 The following short list of words in common use, if care- 
 fully submitted to the test of extreme accuracy in the unac- 
 cented vowel sounds, will furnish a good and easy practice ; 
 and the contrast of this with the common hurried pronuncia- 
 tion of them, will exhibit the deformity of careless speech. 
 
58 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 
 Exei 
 
 tCISE Xo. 8. 
 
 
 Innocence 
 
 serenity 
 
 indigent 
 
 interrogatory 
 
 Indolence 
 
 urbanity 
 
 incipient 
 
 parsimony 
 
 Innovate 
 
 morality 
 
 delinquent 
 
 alimony 
 
 Intimate 
 
 delinquency 
 
 diffident 
 
 irritable 
 
 Isolate 
 
 charity 
 
 beneficent 
 
 invincible 
 
 Iterate 
 
 futurity 
 
 violent 
 
 resistible 
 
 Irritate 
 
 theocracy 
 
 parliament 
 
 capable 
 
 Hesitate 
 
 velocity 
 
 pertinent 
 
 interminable 
 
 Insulate 
 
 proximity 
 
 virulent 
 
 pardonable 
 
 Identity 
 
 validity 
 
 sentiment 
 
 exhaustible 
 
 Immaculate 
 
 rusticity 
 
 military 
 
 comparable 
 
 Emancipate 
 
 agility 
 
 commentarj' 
 
 remunerable 
 
 Itinerate 
 
 scurrility 
 
 statuary 
 
 excusable 
 
 Elucidate 
 
 perversity 
 
 numerary 
 
 admissible 
 
 Indurate 
 
 periphery 
 
 secretary 
 
 indefatigable 
 
 Eventuate 
 
 terribly 
 
 salutary 
 
 benignity 
 
 Inelegant 
 
 fertility 
 
 notary 
 
 urbanity 
 
 Effeminate 
 
 civility 
 
 sectary 
 
 civility 
 
 Elliptical 
 
 hilarity 
 
 oratory 
 
 obscurity 
 
 Empirical 
 
 ferocity 
 
 rotatory 
 
 pertinacity 
 
 Emanate 
 
 credulity 
 
 monitory 
 
 tenacity 
 
 Effectuate 
 
 diversity 
 
 laboratory 
 
 perspicuity 
 
 Effervescence 
 
 excellent 
 
 dilatory 
 
 pusillanimity 
 
 Epilepsy 
 
 fervent 
 
 derogatory 
 
 inflammable 
 
 Epitome 
 
 imminent 
 
 peremptory 
 
 illimitable 
 
 Purity 
 
 redolent 
 
 inventory 
 
 convertible 
 
 Obscurity 
 
 benevolent 
 
 conservatory 
 
 controvertible 
 
 Lucidity 
 
 indolent 
 
 
 
ARTICULATION. 59 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 COMBINATIONS OF CONSONANT ELEMENTS. 
 
 One of the difficulties in pronouncing the English language 
 arises from the harsh combinations of consonants, and the rapid 
 changes necessary to be made in the position of the organs of 
 speech, in order to give full utterance to the more complicated 
 syllables ; the consonants, for instance, in the common words 
 ' fifth' and i clothes/ are daily omitted or imperfectly uttered, 
 even by persons whose education would warrant us in expect- 
 ing correctness of speech. Those whose usual habit of care- 
 lessness have led to so corrupt a pronunciation as this, would 
 do well to practice the following table, involving, as it does, 
 some of the most complicated of consonant combinations. 
 
 Exercise No. 9. 
 Under Exercise No. 9 we merely repeat the practice of 
 Exercise No. 4, for final stress, as a preparation for the com- 
 plicated and harsh combinations, which follow in Nos. 10 
 and 11, thus : — 
 
60 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Ab eb lb ob iib. An en in on iin. 
 
 Ad ed id od ild. Ang eng ing ong ung. 
 
 Ag eg Ig og ug. Ap ep ip op up. 
 
 Av ev iv ov iiv. At et it ot iit. 
 
 Ath eth ith Qtli nth. Ak ek Ik ok iik. 
 
 Az ez iz oz iiz. Af ef if of tif. 
 
 Azh ezh izh ozh uzn. Atb eth ith otb tith. 
 
 Aj ej lj oj iij. As es is os us. 
 
 Ax ex ix ox ux. Asli esh ish osh iish. 
 
 Al el il ol til. Ach ech ich och iich. 
 
 Ar er Ir or iir. Ax ex Ix ox iix. 
 
 Am em Im om um. 
 
 Exercise No. 10. 
 We next take the same vowel elements a e i o u, and place 
 them successively before the first nine sub-vowels and their 
 cognate aspirates, as follows : — 
 
 ib — ip 
 
 id— it 
 
 ig— Ik 
 
 iv — if 
 
 ith — ith 
 
 iz — is 
 
 izh — ish 
 
 ij— ich 
 
 Ax — ax ex — ex ix — ix 
 
 "VVe next take the first two sub-vowel syllables ab ltd, and 
 
 their corresponding aspirate syllables ap at, and explode them 
 
 in this succession; as a word of four syllables having the same 
 
 Ab — ap 
 
 eb — ep 
 
 Ad — at 
 
 ed — et 
 
 Ag — ak 
 
 eg — ek 
 
 Av — af 
 
 ev — ef 
 
 Ath — ath 
 
 eth — eth 
 
 Az — as 
 
 ez — es 
 
 Azh — ash 
 
 ezh — esh 
 
 Aj — ach 
 
 ej— ech 
 
 ob — op 
 
 ub- 
 
 -lip 
 
 od — ot 
 
 ud- 
 
 -tit 
 
 og — ok 
 
 ug- 
 
 -nk 
 
 ov — of 
 
 uv— 
 
 -tif 
 
 oth — oth 
 
 \\th- 
 
 -uth 
 
 oz OS 
 
 liz— 
 
 -us 
 
 ozh — osh 
 
 uzh- 
 
 — ush 
 
 oj — och 
 
 r U- 
 
 -uch 
 
 ox — ox 
 
 ux— 
 
 -11 X 
 
ARTICULATION. 
 
 61 
 
 vowel element in each syllable, and so on throughout the five 
 short vowels, thus : — 
 
 Exercise No. 11. 
 
 Abadapat ebedepet Ibidipit obodopot ubudiiput 
 
 adagatak edegetek Idigitik odogotok udiigutuk 
 
 agavakaf egevekef igiviklf ogovokof iiguviikiif 
 
 avathafath evethefeth ivithifith ovothofoth uvuthufuth 
 
 azazhasash ezezhesesh izizhisish ozozhososh uzuzhtisush 
 
 ajaarachax ejexechex ljixichix ojoxochox ujuxiichux 
 
 These are difficult combinations, and require a considerable 
 effort of the vocal powers ; in the last two lines of these ima- 
 ginary words of four syllables, the utmost effort of respiration 
 will be necessary in order to give distinctness to the sub-vowels 
 z and zh, j and x ; otherwise these elements will not be dis- 
 tinguished by the ear from their cognate aspirates in the latter 
 syllables of the same words, in which they respectively occur. 
 The effort required for such forcible utterance of syllables, 
 is not an effort which will injure; but, on the contrary, one 
 which must inevitably have the effect to strengthen the voice. 
 Exercises less severe than these, would not be sufficient to 
 prepare us for such combinations as are often found in our 
 language. But having faithfully exercised the organs of 
 articulation upon such combinations, until they can be dis- 
 tinctly uttei^d with considerable rapidity, we shall be prepared 
 for such as are found among the more difficult of the words 
 and sentences which follow : — 
 
 Arm, arms, arm'd, arm'st, arm'dst, arbitrary, armament. 
 Bard, bards, burn, burns, burnt, burned, barge, burgh, burghs, 
 6 
 
62 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 breadth, breadths, bragged, brag'd'st, backed, bulge, bulged, 
 
 breast, breasts, brain, blacken, blackens, blackened, black- 
 
 en'st, blacken'dst. 
 Candle, candles, chips, cliffs, cleaves, crony, cranny. 
 Deeds, dread, drone, drear, dreary, dream, dreadful. 
 Curve, curves, curved, curved' st, curvest, curricle. 
 Elf, elves, Elbe, elm, elms, entomb 'd, engulph'd, emerged. 
 Fall, falls, fall'st, false, flame, frame, flinched, fleeced. 
 Grave, graves, glare, grain, grained, gland, grand, grasp. 
 Health, healths, hung, hang'd, harp, harped, harp'st, help'st. 
 Imprisoned, imprison'st, imprison' dst, prison, prisms. 
 Laugh, laugh' st, latch, latched, latch' st, lamb, lambs. 
 Mask, masks, mask'd, mask'st, must, must'st. 
 Nest, nests, near, near'st, name, nam'd, nam'dsfc. 
 Orb, orbs, ornate, suborn, suborn'st, suborn' dst, ordeal. 
 Pluck, pluck' d, predicate, prostrate, penetrate. 
 Queen, quench, question, equivocate, quadrate, quince. 
 Ribs, ribb'st, range, rang'd, arranged, arrears, ripple, ripples, 
 
 rippl'st, rippl'd'st, rear, reared, rear'd'st. 
 Slay, smoke, snail, snarl, snarl'dst, ship, shipp'd, spasm, spasms, 
 
 shelve, shelves, shelv'dst, strength, strengths. 
 Tempt, attempt, attempt'st, travel, travel'st, travel* d'st. 
 Verdure, verdant, vermin, venture, variegated. 
 Wince, winc'd, warp, warp'd, wharf, wharfed, where. 
 Drivel, drivel' d, drivels, drivel'st, drivel' d'st. 
 Settled, settl'd'st. 
 
 Muzzle, muzzled, muzzles, muzzl'st, muzz'ld'st. 
 Nestled, swerved, liv'd'st, combat' st ; wreath'd, wreath'st. 
 
ARTICULATION. 63 
 
 Curves, curv'd, curv'st, curv'd'st, search'd, who, which, whe- 
 ther, when, where, whisper, wharf. 
 
 The foregoing words, involving as they do many of the most 
 difficult and harsh combinations of consonants frequently met 
 with in our language, are to be read aloud with such an effort 
 as may be required to give distinct utterance to every pro- 
 nounceable* consonant contained in them. 
 
 As it will be found that very considerable force is required 
 for, this purpose, the pupil is now aware how very imperfect 
 must be the common reading of our language, filled as it is 
 with these combinations ; and how inadequate must be the 
 degree of effort usually applied to the pronunciation of such 
 words. 
 
 EXERCISES FOR THE CORRECTION OF DEFECTS IN SPEECH. 
 
 In addition to the defects above alluded to, there are vari- 
 ous other ones habitually practiced by many persons ; and as 
 these faults are seldom mentioned in books of instruction, I 
 shall treat them separately, and prepare exercises well adapted 
 to the correction of them. The sub-vowel sounds represented 
 by v and w respectively, are often confounded. 
 
 TTis often used for v, and sometimes v is used instead of 
 io. This vulgar error is usually the result of habit alone, 
 rather than any defect in the organs of speech, and may be 
 
 * In such words as "mask'd," "fetch'd," &c, the sub-vowel ' d' 
 is hardly to be considered pronounceable ; it will inevitably take the 
 aspirate sound 't.' 
 
(J4 GRAMMAR OF ELOOUTTON. 
 
 effectually cured by a rigid and persevering practice of the 
 following exercises. 
 
 Exercise No. 12. 
 
 We make use of these elements alternately, placing them 
 successively before the different vowels, and thus have the 
 syllables, or words of two syllables. Wava. wava wava wava, 
 weve we've, wivi wivi, wovo woovoo wove, wiivu wfivu wuvu, 
 wouvou, woivoi. 
 
 Exercise No. 13. 
 
 Then we may reverse them, thus : Yawa vawa vawa vawa, 
 vewe vewe, viwi viwi, vowo voowoo vowo, vuwu. vuwu vuwu, 
 vouwou, voiwoi. 
 
 Exercise No. 14. 
 
 We may then construct a more complicated exercise by 
 uniting the two in the following manner : Wavavawa w'ava- 
 vawa wavavawa wavavawa, wevevewe wevevewe, wiviviwi 
 wiviviwi, wovovowo woovoovoowoo wovo vowo, wuvuviiwii wu- 
 vuvuwu wuvuviiwii, wouvouvouwou, woivoivoiwoi. 
 
 Exercise No. 15. 
 Afterwards reversing this last, we have vawawava vawaw'a- 
 v'a vawawavava wawava, veweweve veweweve, vlwiwivi viwi- 
 wivi, vowowovo voowoowoovoo vowowovo, vuwuwuvu vuwu- 
 wuvu vriwiiwiivu, vouwouwouvou, voiwoiwoivoi. 
 
 Exercise No. 16. 
 When skilled in the use of this exercise the pupil may, with 
 very little additional effort, blend in one these last two exer- 
 cises, reversing the syllables. Thus : Wavavawavawawava, 
 
ARTICULATION. 65 
 
 wavavawavawawava wayavawayawawaYa wayayawayawawa- 
 va, weveveweyeweweye weVeyeweYeweweye, wiYiylwiyiwiwiyl 
 wiyiyiwiyiwiwiyi, wovovowovowowovo, woovoovoowoovoowoo- 
 woovoo, wovovowoVowowovo, wuvuyuwuyuwuwuyQ, wuyuvu- 
 wuvuwuwuvu, wuyiiyuwuyuwuwuyu, wouyouyouwouyouwou- 
 wouyou, woivoivorwoivoiwoiwoivoi . 
 
 Exercise No. 17. 
 This may even be reversed, as, vawawava-wavavawa, vawa- 
 wava-wavavawa, &c, throughout. But before the pupil shall 
 have acquired sufficient skill to go through with the exercises 
 already written out, correctly and even with moderate haste, 
 I am confident his fault will be so far reformed that by careful 
 and forcible use of his organs of speech, in common language, 
 he will seldom or never more confound the two elements in 
 question.* 
 
 * Better exercises than these could hardly be contrived for the pur- 
 pose intended. They are used by Dr. Comstock, and conveniently 
 represented by his Phonetic characters. 
 
 6* 
 
6G 
 
 URAMMAK OF ELuCUTIuX. 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 SOUNDS OF 'TV* AND 'WH.' 
 
 THE LETTER ' H' — THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE AND THE PARTICLE AND — PRO- 
 MISCUOUS SENTENCES FOR EXERCISES IN PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 Another fault very common in speech, even among the 
 more refined and educated, is the use of the sub-vowel element 
 represented by < w' instead of the aspirate represented by ' wh/ 
 The words ' which/ ' when/ ' where/ and ' whether/ are pro- 
 nounced as if spelled with ( w' alone, and the effect of the c h' 
 is wholly lost. This is merely the effect of carelessness in 
 speech, and may easily be overcome. Should any particular 
 practice be required, in order to overcome bad habits of this 
 kind, I would recommend the following exercises : — 
 
 EXERCISE FOR THE USE OF THE ASPIRATE f WH.' 
 Exercise No. 18. 
 "Wawha wawha wawha wawha, wewhe wewhe, wiwhi wiwhl, 
 wowho woowhoo wowho, wtiwhti wiiwhii wuwhu, wouwhou, 
 woiwhoi. Accent should be given to the first or sub-vowel syl- 
 lable first, and afterwards the exercise should be repeated with 
 accent upon the second or aspirate syllable. As in former ex- 
 
ARTICULATION. 67 
 
 ercises, we may construct another by repeating the aspirated 
 syllable, as it were to represent words of three syllables, thus — 
 
 Exercise No. 19. 
 
 Wawhawha wawhawha wawhawha wawhawha, wewhewhe 
 wewhewhe, wlwhiwhi wlwhiwhi, wowhowho woowhoowhoo 
 wowhowho, wtiwhuwhu wiiwhuwhu, wouwhouwhou, woiwhoi- 
 whoi. G-iving the accent to the first syllable of the three 
 on going over it the first time, the second time accenting 
 the second syllable, and finally the last one ; observing always 
 great accuracy of the vowel element in the unaccented sylla- 
 bles. After the constant and frequent repetition of these 
 syllables, if the sub-vowel and the aspirated syllables be widely 
 distinguished from one another, a habit of correctness must 
 very soon be formed which will be carried into the pronuncia- 
 tion of language, both in reading and conversation. The next 
 fault I shall call attention to is the habit of omitting the 
 aspirate sound ' h' in the commencement of a word. The 
 force of language- is much impaired by dropping this sound, 
 and the beauty of sentences often wholly lost. 
 
 It has not been deemed necessary to prescribe any particular 
 exercise for the correction of this fault. Any pupil may put 
 together sentences involving the frequent repetition of this 
 element, and read them over with care until a habit shall be 
 formed of giving due force to every aspirated <h:'* until such a 
 
 * The sound of h is always aspirate; but the term is used here iu 
 contradistinction to the silent h. The word humble, for instance, is 
 pronounced umble by Walker, Worcester, and some other authorities, 
 and in 'honor' the ' h' is never beard. 
 
68 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 habit shall be formed the reading must be very defective. 
 The pronouns he, his, him, &c, are common instances of this.* 
 
 There are, in addition to the faults already enumerated, 
 many others of so frequent and general occurrence as to con- 
 stitute defects in reading, quite as great as some which arise 
 from impediments or natural imperfections of speech. 
 
 The conjunction ' and' is seldom pronounced as it should 
 be, but takes the sound of ' un' or ' en/ or of a mere nasal, 
 inarticulate ' n. ; The ' d/ which terminates it, should always be 
 heard when possible to make it; it always is easy to do so 
 when it is followed by a vowel, and frequently in other situa- 
 tions. The vowel element belonging to it is a (the fourth 
 sound of ' a'), but the vowel is to be pronounced without accent. 
 
 THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 The indefinite article is to have the sound of a, the fourth 
 sound of ' a/ and is likewise to be pronounced without accent. 
 But the common reader will find it very difficult to observe 
 these last two directions without giving a stiffness to the read- 
 ing — unless he shall have been well trained on the exercises 
 relating to accent. And in general no reading can be cor- 
 rectly performed and agreeable to the ear which is performed 
 without reference to these particular points, viz. the unaccented 
 vowels must have their legitimate sounds, and the accented 
 syllables must be produced in striking contrast as to loudness, 
 with the light or unaccented ones. These few rules are given 
 
 * The subject of these inaccuracies will be more fully treated in 
 the chapter on Pronunciation. 
 
ARTICULATION. 69 
 
 here as preparations for reading correctly the following pro- 
 miscuous sentences : — 
 
 <- 
 
 And surely never lighted on this orb, which she hardly 
 seemed to touch, a more delightful vision. The evening was 
 fine, and the full orb'd moon shone with uncommon splendor. 
 
 Till that a capable and wide revenge swallow them up. 
 
 To catch, with their surcease, success. 
 
 He was incapable of a mean or questionable act. 
 
 Thou prob'st my wound instead of healing it. 
 
 Now set the teeth and stretch the nostril wide. 
 
 Create a soul under the ribs of death. 
 
 It was the act of all the acts of government the most objec- 
 tionable. 
 
 The government of England is a mixed government. 
 
 What thou wouldst highly, that wouldst thou holily. 
 
 A frame of adamant, a soul of fire, 
 
 No dangers fright him, and no labors tire. 
 
 Lenity marked his character, gentleness his manners. 
 
 Urbanity of manners originates in the heart. 
 
 A repulsive exterior often covers merit. 
 
 The table groans beneath its burthen. 
 
 Clothes are not the mark of a man, nor is wealth the measure 
 of merit. 
 
 And I heard a voice saying, "Cry;" and I said, " What 
 shall I cry?" 
 
 He watched and wept, he felt and prayed for all. 
 
 The attempt and not the deed confounds us. 
 
 Those who lie entomb' d in the public monuments. 
 
70 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Thou found'st me poor at first, and kecp'st me so. 
 
 Modesty and merit oft go hand in hand. 
 
 Pluck from the memory a rooted sorrow. 
 
 Then if thou fall'st, Cromwell, thou fall'st a blessed 
 martyr. 
 
 Droves of slaves manacled and tied together were sold in the 
 market-place. 
 
 The heights, breadths, and depths of the subject. 
 
 We saw, at the stern, a large dead fish floating. 
 
 Thou lookest from thy throne in the clouds, and laughest at 
 the storm. 
 
 He begged pardon for having troubled the house so long. 
 
 Arm it with rags, a pigmy's straw will pierce it. 
 
 Stretched upon the bed of Procrustes. 
 
 That tear'st the bowels of thy mangled mate. 
 
 For them no more the blazing hearth shall burn. 
 
 Every man's house is his castle. 
 
 Foreign travel enlarges and liberalizes the mind. 
 
 Thou liv'st — liv'st, did I say ? appear' st in the senate. 
 
 The muzzles of their pieces were within a few feet of his 
 breast. 
 
 He was attacked with spasms. 
 
 And he slew him. 
 
 Thou chuckl'dst over thy gains too soon. 
 
 One extremity was pointed, the other was bulb'd. 
 
 The policy of the prince was to mulct the rich Jews. 
 
 The costliest silks are manufactured there. 
 
 O'erwhelmed with whirlwinds and tempestuous fire. 
 
 A roused vengeance sets him new at work. 
 
ARTICULATION. 71 
 
 The deep-mouthed blood-hound's heavy bay. 
 
 Thou call'dst me up at midnight to fetch dew from the still- 
 vex' d Bermoothes. 
 
 Thy groans did make wolves howl, and penetrate the breasts 
 of ever-angry bears. 
 
 When thou earnest first, thou strok'dst me and mad'st much 
 of me. 
 
 The string let fly, twang' d, short and sharp, like the shrill 
 swallow's cry. 
 
 Why, in all the storms of this wide world, what wind should 
 mar the violet ? 
 
 The marble warm'd breathed music's sweetest tone. 
 
 Ere the sweet spheres by discord's hand were wrung. 
 
 Making their future might magnetic o'er the fix'd untreni- 
 bling heart. 
 
 The icicle that's curdled by the frost from purest snow. 
 
 In these deep solitudes and awful cells, 
 Where heavenly-pensive Contemplation dwells, 
 And ever-musing Melancholy reigns. 
 
 When squadrons fainting paused — or stark and stiff, 
 Toppled to gulphy death far down the cliff. 
 
 Supremest monarch of the mightiest realm, 
 From Granges to the Icebergs. 
 
 It was the severest storm of the season ; but the mast stood 
 through the gale. He has taken leave of terrestrial enjoy- 
 ments, and is laid in the grave, the common receptacle and 
 home of mortals. 
 
72 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 The shard-borne beetle, with his drowsy hums, 
 Hath rung night's yawning peal. 
 
 Where worlds on worlds compose one universe. 
 
 I would 
 Have sunk the sea within the earth, or e'er 
 It should the good ship so have swallowed. 
 
 Point against point rebellious, arm ' gainst arm, 
 Curbing his lavish spirit. 
 
 But in them nature's copy's not eterne. 
 
 Which shall to all our nights and days to come 
 Give solely sovereign sway and masterdom. 
 
 Thy once proud hopes, presumptuous prince, are fled. 
 Clad in Achilles' arms if thou appear, 
 Proud Troy may tremble and desist from war. 
 
 Hail, horrors ! hail, 
 Infernal world ! and thou ! profoundest hell, 
 Receive thy new possessor. 
 
 And thou who kindlest and who quenchest suns ! 
 
 Attest. May all the gods in general synod met 
 
 Take fortune's power away. Break all the spokes and fellies 
 
 from her wheel, 
 And bowl the round nave down the hill of heaven, 
 As low as to the fiends. 
 
 In my vast sum of life 
 Millions such units merge. 
 
ARTICULATION. 73 
 
 Heaven wears no cloud; 
 From nature's silent orbit starts no portent 
 To warn the unconscious world. 
 
 May thoughts of thy dread vengeance shake rny soul ! 
 Earth's meanest son, all trembling, prostrate falls. 
 Thrice flew the shaft, and thrice our peace was slain. 
 The buskin'd muse with solemn steps descends. 
 
 The following sentences, taken from Putnam's Elocution, 
 will be found to involve difficult combinations ; and the prac- 
 tice of such, affords an invaluable exercise for articulation : — 
 
 The rough and rugged rocks rear their hoary heads high on 
 the heath. 
 
 He had great fear of offending the frightened fugitive in 
 his flight. 
 
 We wandered where the whirlpool wends its winding way. 
 
 The swimming swan swiftly swept the swelling sweep. 
 
 Round and round the rugged rocks the ragged rascals ran. 
 
 Sam Slick sawed six slim sleek saplings for sale. 
 
 Six brave maids sat on six broad beds and braided broad 
 braids. 
 
 Peter Prickle Prandle picked three pecks of prickly pears 
 from three prickly prangly pear trees ; if, then, Peter Prickle 
 Prandle picked three pecks of prickly pears from three prickly 
 prangly pear trees, where are the three pecks of prickly pears 
 that Peter Prickle Prandle picked from three prickly prangly 
 pear trees ? Success to the successful prickly prangly pear- 
 picker. 
 7 
 
74 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 QUALITY OP VOICE. 
 
 NASALITY — ASPIRATION — HEAD TONES. 
 
 The peculiar character of the voice, or quality of sound 
 (called by the French timbre), is different in different indi- 
 viduals, as the tone of any two instruments of the same kind 
 differs. To whatever circumstances this property is to be 
 ascribed, it is beyond our power to alter it materially ; and in 
 this volume we confine our attention to those things which ice 
 can teach; and devote our time to the removal of all obstacles 
 within our reach, which obstruct the agreeable and correct 
 use of the voice So we have but little to say on the subject 
 of timbre. 
 
 Many persons are in the habit of speaking with the mouth 
 nearly closed, so that the words are not articulated, and 
 the sound is badly emitted. 
 
 The defect of this class of speakers has been spoken of as the 
 swallowing of words. Those who have this fault to overcome, 
 this practice of mumbling, should be required to follow the 
 
ARTICULATION. 75 
 
 loud exploding practice daily, until they can easily insert three 
 of their fingers, one upon another, between their upper and 
 lower teeth. 
 
 This may at first appear a difficult undertaking ; but patient 
 perseverance in the use of the jaws, producing loud explosive 
 vowel sounds, will be found greatly to facilitate the desired 
 end ; and will furnish the best possible remedy for this very 
 disagreeable fault. The practice enjoined may be made upon 
 the Table of Elements, and continued advantageously through 
 all the subsequent exercises for Articulation. 
 
 Some speakers keep the mouth open while they speak; 
 that is, the orifice of the mouth is too soon enlarged, and suf- 
 fers the sound to escape before the syllables are formed. This 
 gives rise to an effeminate and loose kind of speech, very objec- 
 tionable and wholly devoid of dignity. 
 
 The correction of this defect lies in the most rigid practice 
 of forming the syllables further back in the mouth, and in 
 keeping the lips nearly closed until the moment of uttering a 
 syllable. In this way the muscles of the mouth will be trained 
 to a more careful and correct articulation. And although the 
 effect of this practice will be a constrained and somewhat arti- 
 ficial manner for awhile, yet it is essential in such cases as are 
 here alluded to, and constitutes the only remedy that will prove 
 adequate to the cure of this defect. 
 
 Nasality is a very common fault in speech, and affecls 
 unfavorably the quality of voice. It affects the manner, to a 
 greater or less extent, of a far greater proportion of speakers 
 than is commonly supposed. Perfect exemption from this 
 pernicious fault is only to be attained by preserving a proper 
 
<0 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 attitude, and keeping the head passages open and free; and by 
 watching with jealous care the character of every sound, par- 
 ticularly where the elements c m' and <n' are concerned.* 
 
 There is also a huskiness of voice, or aspiration, which is 
 unpleasant to the ear. The only remedy for this roughness is 
 constant and careful practice in exploding. The explosive 
 quality or intensity of the vowel sounds is in its nature dia- 
 metrically opposite to the aspiration in question; and this 
 property (the former) should be made to preponderate over 
 the latter. The aspiration may be greatly diminished by watch- 
 ful care in the utterance of each syllable. 
 
 "("Head tones. It is to be hoped that no student will reach 
 this chapter in ignorance on this subject. For the object of 
 the earliest lessons in exploding was to train the voice to the 
 clear and full expression of f chest tones; and all tendency to 
 the use of head tones (called by musicians falsetto), and, indeed, 
 to other faults in uttering sound, should have been wholly 
 overcome before the practice of exploding exercises was dis- 
 continued or remitted. Nevertheless it has been thought pro- 
 per to specify in this chapter, under the head of Quality of 
 Voice, precisely those faults, and to characterize and describe 
 them thoroughly, which are susceptible of emendation or re- 
 moval by legitimate and practical means. 
 
 * The habit of speaking in spectacles has been considered objec- 
 tionable on account of the compression occasioned at the point of 
 contact ; a degree of nasality will be likely to ensue. 
 
 f These terms, head and chest tones, are not founded in science, nor 
 strictly correct; but are usually employed to indicate well-known 
 characters of voice. 
 
ARTICULATION. 77 
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 
 GRACES OF DELIVERY. 
 
 THE RHETORICAL PAUSE — EVENNESS OP TONE— NATURE OP HEAVY OR AC- 
 CENTED SYLLABLES — QUANTITY — SHORT ACCENTED SYLLABLES — FORCE OP 
 PERCUSSION — LIST OP WORDS ADAPTED TO THE DISPLAY OP QUANTITY — 
 THE VANISH — ABRUPTNESS — TRANSITION. 
 
 Among the various arts by which the most effective utter- 
 ance of language is acquired is the use of the rhetorical 
 pause.* This is the suspension of the voice before or after 
 
 * The renowned Garrick was eminently skillful in the use of these 
 pauses. His unrivalled power over the minds of his audience is pro- 
 verbial ; and there is no doubt that among the arts by which he 
 acquired it may be reckoned his judicious use of the rhetorical pause. 
 A striking record of it may be found in the severe though expressive 
 language of Sterne : — 
 
 "And how did Garrick speak the soliloquy last night?" 
 "Oh, against all rule, my lord. Most ungrammatically! Betwixt 
 the substantive and the adjective, which should agree together in num- 
 ber, case, and gender, he made a breath thus stopping as if the 
 
 7* 
 
78 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 important matter, in order to give it prominence, to call atten- 
 tion to it, to allow time to reflect upon it, or to leave it more 
 strongly impressed on the mind. Much of the effect in 
 reading depends upon the pauses which are introduced, and 
 an essential art to be acquired is the judicious use of them. 
 To excel in this requires the exercise of a cultivated taste and 
 ear, as much as the management of inflections, the observance 
 of measure, the transition of voice, the acceleration or retard- 
 ing of rate, the display of contrast, or any other resources of 
 graceful delivery, require it ; and the places and length of these 
 pauses can only be determined by the exercise of such taste 
 and judgment. 
 
 Another of these graces of a finished style, is a property 
 called by Professor Barber evenness of tone. 
 
 It is easier to understand what is meant by this expression, 
 than to point out in few words wherein it particularly consists. 
 But if we can give clear and intelligible directions for the 
 avoidance of those faults and abuses which mar the agreeable 
 utterance of language, we shall have taken a step towards the 
 
 point wanted settling ; and betwixt the nominative case, which your 
 lordship knows should govern the verb, he suspended his voice in the 
 epilogue, a dozen times, three seconds and three-fifths by a stop 
 watch, my lord, each time." 
 
 "Admirable grammarian! But in suspending his voice was the 
 sense suspended likewise? Did no expression of attitude or counte- 
 nance fill up the chasm? Was the eye silent? Did you narrowly 
 look?" 
 
 "I looked only at the stop watch, my lord." 
 
 " Excellent observer!" 
 
ARTICULATION. 7$ 
 
 acquisition of a chaste and impressive style of reading. And 
 if we can afterwards teach the best use of the voice, and culti- 
 vate the ear to appropriate inflections;, natural and easy transi- 
 tions, and judicious pauses, we shall have overcome all obstacles 
 to the attainment of this essential element of good reading, 
 viz., evenness of tone. 
 
 Now, in order to secure such a result, the observance of the 
 foregoing rules, and diligent practice of the exercises, have 
 been enjoined, and should have already enabled the pupil to 
 bring out his voice to advantage, to display its best tones, 
 to command its resources with ease, and to apply them with 
 economy and effect.* If this has been done, we are now pre- 
 pared for the separate consideration -of each kind of accented 
 syllables. 
 
 NATURE OF HEAVY OR ACCENTED SYLLABLES. 
 
 Syllables have hitherto been spoken of as being either 
 accented or unaccented ; and it has been insisted on that those 
 which are not to be accented should be uttered with their 
 legitimate vowel distinctly audible, while in loudness they are 
 to form a striking contrast with the accented ones. 
 
 Accented syllables are of two kinds generally; which may, 
 for convenience, be designated by the terms long and short 
 accented syllables. But there are syllables of such a nature 
 as to participate, to a certain extent, in the peculiarities of 
 each of these two kinds. 
 
 * Nee abest facundis gratia dictis. 
 
**0 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Quantity. — -Long syllables are such as are susceptible of 
 quantity, and quantity means the prolongation or continuance 
 of sound. Syllables containing the long vowel sounds are 
 often eminently susceptible of quantity, as 'angel, 1 'holy,' 
 ' hail.' The first syllable in each of these words owes its 
 quantity to the long vowel element. The first syllable in each 
 of the words ' fearless/ 'endless/ 'warning,' ' mournful, ' is 
 susceptible of quantity by virtue of other considerations than 
 the character of their vowel element. 
 
 Short syllables are accented by percussive force. They 
 are only to be uttered by an abrupt explosive effort, and can- 
 not be said to be susceptible of quantity or extension. The 
 first syllable in the words 'habit/ 'battle/ 'temporal/ 'radi- 
 cal/ is short, and cannot be prolonged with any show of pro- 
 priety. Such syllables, then, are to be accented by the force, 
 of percussion. 
 
 The voice should now be exercised in the faculty of giving 
 quantity; and for this purpose a list of words is subjoined, re- 
 quiring the display of this element. The voice is to come out 
 free and unobstructed from the chest, as low down as possible, 
 and the sub-vowel sounds are to be given fully and slowly, so 
 that the spelling of the words, as far as possible, shall be 
 known to the ear by their clear and perfect articulation. 
 
 Day, age, eel, ooze, isle, thou, our, arm, warm, orb, aid, 
 save, old, all, stars, call, home, hose, flow'd, air, star, war, 
 prose, knoll, lull, one, burn, swell'd, wild, fair, plumed, there, 
 praise, tears, turn, man, woe, gain, spire, rhyme, hail, world, 
 aim, pure, dove, low, moved, times, wings, benr, scorn, doom. 
 bale, flames, knows, nine, morn. 
 
ARTICULATION. 81 
 
 Words of similar construction to these are eminently sus- 
 ceptible of quantity, and require to be uttered with fullness 
 and deliberation. 
 
 If the time occupied in the utterance of such syllables be 
 compared with the duration of syllables like 'act/ 'put/ 
 1 work/ l blood/ ' bliss/ ' gift/ or with that of the first syllable 
 in the words { finish/ ( perish/ ( manage/ ( village/ ( mention/ 
 a striking contrast must appear; and yet syllables of this latter 
 kind may be strongly accented by the forcible and abrupt man- 
 ner of striking them. 
 
 The Vanish. — Much has been said by some writers, and 
 justly, as it seems to me, on the beauty and effect of a dis- 
 tinctly marked vanish. The meaning of' this is that, after the 
 utterance of an accented syllable which is followed by a pause 
 or suspension of voice, the sound of that syllable should be 
 heard to die away, as it were, by a gradual and tapering pro- 
 cess, until it is lost to the ear. This is in contradistinction to 
 the short and abrupt ending which is common to fast reading. 
 An example may be found in the following lines, taken from 
 the opening of Shakspeare's Richard III. 
 
 "Now, is the winter of our discontent 
 Made glorious summer by this sun of York." 
 
 Observe the vanish of the word 'Now/ after which, if pro- 
 perly spoken, the voice should be suspended for a moment, as 
 well for the purpose of emphasis as to give opportunity pro- 
 perly to take up the unaccented vowel sound which follows ; 
 and, perhaps, not less than either, for the sake of this very 
 
82 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 effect, viz., to display the fine delineation of the vanish upon 
 the syllable ' now.' 
 
 Abruptness is one of the forms of force; one of the 
 modes of its application considered essential to the full expres- 
 sion of certain emotions. The syllables in our language which 
 have been described as not susceptible of quantity, were said 
 to furnish examples for the display of the force of percussion ; 
 and many passages might be quoted where a succession of 
 monosyllables invite this species of emphasis. Observe the 
 short percussive force in the following examples : — 
 
 " The string let fly, 
 Twang'd short and sharp, like the shrill swallow's cry." 
 
 " When squadrons fainting paused — or stark and stiff, 
 Toppled to gulphy death, far down the cliff." 
 
 "And bowl the round nave down the steep hill of heaven." 
 
 The abruptness of the short accented syllables in these lines 
 is well adapted to the sentiment of the language. It forms a 
 striking contrast with the smooth flowing character of verses 
 where long quantity is displayed.* 
 
 Transition of voice might likewise be here spoken of as 
 constituting one of the beauties of agreeable speech -, but as 
 that subject belongs legitimately to Intonation, it will be 
 treated in the Second Part. 
 
 * This property of language, as it properly belongs to rhythm, will 
 come under particular consideration in the Third Part of this book, 
 which is devoted to the subject of Measure. 
 
ARTIC1 T-ATIOV. 83 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 PRONUNCIATION. 
 
 STANDARD OP PRONUNCIATION — ERRORS OP THE VULGAR — ERRORS OP THE 
 ERUDITE — CUSTOM — COMMON ERRORS CLASSIFIED — LIST OP WORDS IN COM- 
 MON USE, ACCENTUATED ACCORDING TO THE MOST APPROVED AUTHORITY. 
 
 The word pronunciation, in its restricted sense, means 
 simply the giving of accent or force to the right syllable of a 
 word, and a certain breadth or closeness to the vowel sounds. 
 Now in this narrow signification, it may be difficult to find a 
 standard of pronunciation which the Philologist will readily 
 accept. 
 
 As regards the determining of the accented syllable, there 
 are many words in which no general agreement among scholars 
 has ever been effected ; and as to the more open or the closer 
 sound of the vowels, as of ' a' in the words l dance/ ' com- 
 mand/ &c, this is often merely a characteristic of localities, 
 and therefore a provincialism. A disagreement on this may 
 distinguish persons from different countries, or from distant 
 parts of the same country; but can never furnish a criterion 
 by which to judge of the erudition or the correctness of a 
 speaker. 
 
84 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 However this may be, it is certainly a desideratum that a 
 standard of pronunciation be determined on, which should be 
 recognised by scholars, taught in the schools, and receive the 
 sanction of the erudite generally ; and to this standard all who 
 seek to express themselves with correctness and elegance should 
 aspire. 
 
 But the word pronunciation has a broader meaning, and 
 involves much more than is implied in the criticisms of those 
 cavillers upon words, who, because they have learned the most 
 acceptable accent of certain words often mispronounced, seem 
 to think they have reached the ultima thule of erudition ; 
 while at the same time they have never commanded the first 
 principles of the true pronunciation of the English language. 
 
 To these principles the whole of the first grand division of 
 this book is devoted ; and one who is not master of all that is 
 taught therein, is in no wise qualified to criticise pronunciation. 
 
 It is comparatively an easy thing to keep informed of the 
 changes gradually taking place in polished circles, as to the 
 accent of words; and an acquaintance of six weeks' time, with 
 the last edition of Webster or Worcester, will put any careful 
 student beyond the danger of severe criticism in regard to 
 accent. But it is quite another thing to avoid the thousand 
 errors and abuses which mark the conversation of ninety-nine 
 persons in every hundred all around us, in their daily, hourly 
 intercourse.* 
 
 * Two scholars, both of them public speakers by profession, were 
 commending and admiring the skill which observed a marked distinc- 
 tion between the sound of 'e' in 'perfect,' 'mercy,' &c, and the 
 
ARTICULATION. 85 
 
 There seems to be but little excuse for ignorance as to the 
 correct accent of words in our language ; for, by the aid of 
 modern pronouncing dictionaries, and occasional intercourse 
 with those who speak with care, one may easily acquire habits 
 of general correctness, or at least avoid the vulgar errors which 
 characterize the speech of the illiterate. 
 
 There is a class of errors peculiar to the ignorant, and which 
 would never be likely to be made by persons familiar with 
 other languages, or conversant with the etymology of their 
 own. And there are also many words in common use among 
 those esteemed well educated, which are mispronounced with- 
 out apparent reason or excuse. 
 
 Those who are careless in this regard, will frequently deny 
 the authority of one dictionary and refer you to another ; on 
 examining the other they will sometimes find doubt expressed, 
 or latitude of option given \ and on seeking that which is most 
 approved or correct, they will usually adopt the form which 
 they never used before. Thus virtually conceding the point 
 that they had not considered or consulted before. Thought- 
 lessness is at the bottom of their errors. 
 
 Others, astonished to hear a new sound, will dispute its cor- 
 rectness without reference to any authority, saying that the 
 
 common sound of ' u' in 'murder,' so generally used for 'e.' They 
 regarded the sound beautiful, and the distinction important. But 
 neither of them took the pains to pronounce the conjunction ' and' 
 correctly, either in reading or speaking; and they both said 'com- 
 munion,' 'chatty,' 'carrier,' and 'prais'im,' for 'communion,' 'cha- 
 rity,' 'career,' and 'praise him.' 
 8 
 
86 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 authority which sanctions such a sound, stands self-condemned ; 
 and will stoutly maintain that no authority is equally valid 
 with that of custom. 
 
 If such persons mean the custom of the vulgar, such autho- 
 rity will not furnish a suitable rule for those who seek to 
 advance or improve. If the custom of the refined and the 
 erudite is intended, this is, to a certain extent, the test to 
 which the learning of scholars is to be submitted ; that is, the 
 study of our own language is first to be attended to; and the 
 eminent orthoepists must be carefully read and compared ; the 
 true sounds of the various combinations of letters, according to 
 the analogies of language, must be derived from such sources, 
 and compared with the living authorities of the best speakers. 
 
 If, for instance, Worcester's dictionary shall be found to 
 sanction the ' i' sound in the word ' either/ or should have 
 left it unsettled, allowing both sounds to be correct, the < e 
 and the ' 1/ and if it should be shown that in the most refined 
 circles of society, say in Washington or Boston, the sound of 
 ' f were used, it would in this case be safe enough to give ifc 
 the preference. Or if, on looking out the word ' wound/ it 
 should be discovered that Dr. Walker had really preferred the 
 <ou' sound, as pronounced in the words ' found/ ' round/ &c, 
 and that Dr. Webster had unhesitatingly given his sanction to 
 this preference, discarding the sound of ' 00/ this would be 
 sufficient to establish the correctness of the < ou' sound. But 
 if, after all efforts on the part of teachers and careful speakers 
 for a number of years, to introduce or render fashionable this 
 correct sound, it should prove but a fruitless attempt, the effort 
 
ARTICULATION. 87 
 
 would be abandoned as hopeless ; and such results have some- 
 times taken place.* 
 
 It would be very useful if the most common errors in pro- 
 nunciation could be so classified and arranged as to exhibit 
 them in order ; and still more to be desired is a law or principle 
 by which one may know at once the most correct pronuncia- 
 tion of any word. But so fluctuating are the modes and 
 fashions of speech, and high authorities are often so much at 
 variance, that this last is perhaps impossible. Yet the different 
 faults of pronunciation may be classified to some extent ; and 
 tables of words may be so arranged as to show the various 
 principles violated in common speech. But, since the table of 
 elementary sounds exhibits the correct sound of each element, 
 and the student may reasonably be supposed by this time to 
 be perfectly familiar with them, and we have also shown the 
 careless and indiscriminate use so frequently made of the 
 cognates, the sub-vowels being employed for aspirates, and 
 vice vers& (vide page 49), it may be sufficient here to men- 
 tion the faults and abuses most frequently resulting from the 
 want of reflection, and to finish the chapter with a list of words 
 rightly accentuated, which are most frequently mispronounced. 
 
 It has been already stated that the broader or closer sound of 
 
 * It was at one time declared on high authority that the correct 
 pronunciation of the word 'schism,' which occurs in the litany of the 
 Church of England, requires the sound of 'k' (skism). The authority 
 was not disputed ; but the officiating priests, wanting the courage to 
 introduce so new and uncouth a word, agreed to resist any authority 
 which should undertake to enforce it. 
 
88 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 the vowel ' a'* is to be regarded in the light of a provincial ism, 
 and is in itself neither reprehensible nor praiseworthy j but 
 
 1. I have chosen to inculcate an intermediate sound between 
 that of the vowel element in ' fair' and that in ' hat / but 
 nearer to the latter in sound than to the former. 
 
 2. The particles -a' and 'and' have been spoken of; they 
 should have the sound a, the fourth sound of ' a/ and be very 
 lightly touched. 
 
 3. The words ' catch' and ' gather' in the mouths of careless 
 speakers, often take the sound of short ' e/ as ' ketch/ ' gether/ 
 
 4. The ' a' is often slighted in the first syllable of words 
 where it is unaccented ; such as ' arrest/ ' career/ ' affect/ &c. 
 
 5. In many words terminating in ( ory/ as ' observatory/ 
 'laboratory/ 'derogatory/ and a long list besides, the 'o' is 
 pronounced like ' a.' This fault is very common to old men ; 
 and the habit once formed, the ear soon becomes obtuse, and 
 the error is perpetuated. 
 
 6. The substituting of 'u' for 'o' in unaccented syllables 
 has been noticed before. ' Conceal/ ' connect/ ' compare/ sound 
 better than 'cunnect/ 'cunceal/ and 'cumpare/ besides having 
 the sanction of all high authorities. Even in accented syllables 
 this error is sometimes committed, as in the words ' yonder' 
 and 'beyond/ frequently pronounced 'yunder/ 'beyund.' 
 
 7. The unaccented ' i' should here be noticed ; and the false 
 obscure sound of 'u' or 'ur' should never be substituted for it. 
 For practice for the correction of this defect the pupil is re- 
 
 * In words like 'dance,' 'grant,' 'trance,' 'France,' 'pant,' ' graft,' 
 &c. 
 
ARTICULATION. 89 
 
 ferred to Exercise 6, and thence to test the effect upon the 
 list of words immediately preceding the chapter on Combina- 
 tion of Consonant Elements. 
 
 8. The oo sound in ' bouquet' is often pronounced like 3 : 
 this is wrong. 
 
 9. The soft u should be separated as much as possible, in 
 pronouncing it, from the consonant preceding it ; otherwise we 
 have the corrupt sound ' ch/ which does not belong to it at all. 
 ' Nature/ ' lecture/ ' intellectual/ may easily be pronounced 
 rightly if the pupil will take the pains to finish the consonant 
 sound before the ' u/ by separating the tip of the tongue from 
 the roof of the mouth, and then commence the last .syllable, 
 as it were with the sound of ' y/ bringing the lips suddenly 
 very nearly together. ' Nate-yure/ ' lect-yure/ &c. Dr. Web- 
 ster labored to enforce this principle as being more elegant ; 
 but in the present day it is indispensable, 
 
 10. A corrupt and very offensive sound results from neglect 
 of the ' r' in words where it is preceded by a vowel : such 
 as the following, 'burn/ 'turn/ ' return/ 'avert/ 'concert,' 
 ' discern/ &c. These words are often pronounced as if a ' y' 
 or some faint vowel sound were substituted in the place of 
 the ' r.' 
 
 Great care should be used to avoid this effeminate sound, 
 by giving full force to the ' r/ and finishing its sound before 
 adding the letter which follows.* 
 
 The beautiful word 'Orleans' is shamefully abused by thus 
 
 * This disagreeable fault pervades the schools to a very annoying 
 extent. The cure, however, is not difficult. It consists in a vigorous 
 practice upon lists of words constructed for the purpose. 
 
90 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 slighting the 'r/ and accenting the e as if there were but two 
 syllables, thus 'New Ulleens.' So with the ' r' in ' Cordelia/ 
 and 'Cornelius/ often pronounced ' Kuddelia' ' Kunnclius.' 
 The words ' record/ ' purport/ become ' reccud/ ' purput/ and 
 a multitude of others similarly constructed suffer this most 
 inharmonious curtailment. 
 
 11. An error of opposite nature is committed by those who 
 give four syllables to ' imagery' and six to ' extraordinary/ 
 The correct pronunciation is ' im-age-ry/ ' ex-tror-di-na-ry.' 
 
 12. Many persons sound the ' t' in words where it should 
 be silent, thus giving vocality to the second syllable of the 
 words ' often/ ' listen/ ' soften/ ' hasten/ &c. Females who 
 keep school are frequently addicted to this fault. It has a 
 pedantic sound, and wants the sanction of correctness. Some- 
 times the word 'heaven' is likewise heard in two distinct 
 syllables, as ' hea-vun.' 
 
 13. The participles 'buried/ 'carried/ 'hurried/ &c, are 
 often by the same class of persons, uttered as having each three 
 syllables, bu-ri-ed, &c. : this is wrong. The word ' parliament' 
 should have but three, par-li-ment. 
 
 14. These latter corruptions are as objectionable as an ana- 
 logous one relating to words ending with ' m' preceded by a 
 consonant. Such are 'elm/ 'helm,' 'overwhelm/ 'prism,' 
 ' deism/ ' atheism/ and many others ; but this fault is chiefly 
 confined to a more illiterate class, such as give but three sylla- 
 bles to ' usually/ as ' ushally.' Many such persons add a syl- 
 lable to the word 'attacked/ or substitute 't' for 'k:' thus, 
 ' attacted.' 
 
 15. There are some peculiarities which have generally 
 
ARTICULATION. 91 
 
 obtained, and yet of which it may at first glance seem doubtful 
 whether they are to be considered as graces or abuses. In 
 settling such questions we must be chiefly guided by the sphere 
 in life, or the degree of erudition, enjoyed by those who have 
 these peculiarities. If custom be adduced as a reason for 
 adopting a mode of pronunciation not authorized by dictionaries, 
 we have only to show that it is the custom of the erudite, the 
 refined; and not that of the illiterate. Of this nature is a 
 certain softening or intermixture of vowel sound on the letters 
 g and k in certain positions. There are a few words where 
 this seems decidedly an improvement, as ' guide/ ' garden/ 
 1 guardian/ ? kind/ ' sky/ and some others. The custom has 
 been almost universal among elegant speakers, and has obtained 
 the sanction of refinement. But the strict propriety of such 
 license may reasonably be doubted, especially as it is subject to 
 be pushed to a ridiculous extent. For instance, those persons 
 are not wanting in the dramatic world who apply this rule to 
 the words ' cart/ ' carpet/ and many others where its sound is 
 still more out of place, as ' kyarpet/ ' kyart / carried to this 
 excess it deserves no place among the graces of speech* 
 
 16. The word ' conquer' is often heard on the stage as if it 
 were spelled with a ( w' after the hard sound of the <q/ 
 Instead of ' conker/ it sounds like ' conkwer.' It is hardly 
 necessary to say that this is wrong. 
 
 17. The word ' languor/ indeed, has such a sound, although 
 we often hear it omitted in speech - } thus, ' langor.' 
 
 In the word ' physiognomy' the full force of hard i g' and 
 
 * Nomina honesta prpetenduntur vitiis. — Tac. 
 
<v? 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 that of the ' n' likewise should be heard, ' phys-i-og-no-ffly.' 
 In the word ' poignant' the ' g' is not heard, 'poi-nant.' 
 
 18. Under No. 9 the impurity of the sound ' ch' introduced 
 unnecessarily was dwelt upon. This false sound is frequently 
 heard in the last syllable of the word ' covetous/ pronounced 
 sometimes ' covetchous.' There is no excuse for this, as the 
 spelling of the word does not even hint at it. 
 
 19. That the 'th' in the words 'fifth' and 'clothes' should 
 be often slighted by persons speaking without care, is perhaps 
 not much to be wondered at ; but that any excuse for such a 
 vulgarism should be founded upon learned authority, is cer- 
 tainly much to be regretted. Notwithstanding this, the latter 
 corruption has crept into a modern dictionary of considerable 
 importance, as an alternative; thus, 'clothes' or 'close.' But 
 it should be discarded as a remnant of barbarity. 
 
 20. Such impurities as are censured in Nos. 9 and 18 are 
 also to be avoided in the words 'odi-ous/ not 'ojus/ ' Indian,' 
 not 'Injun,' ' obe-di-ent' and 'audi-ence,' not 'obejent' nor 
 'aujence.' 
 
 21. In certain parts of New England the vowel element in 
 words like ' door' takes a false sound, more like that of 'for;' 
 that of "'your,' which should be 'oo/ has the sound of 'yore.' 
 The number ' forty-four' is pronounced almost exactly the same 
 in both parts as ' forty-for.' This is wrong. 
 
 22. ' First' takes the short sound ' fust,' and ' thirsty' sounds 
 too much like ' thusty.' 
 
 23. In more southern latitudes the ' ar' in 'barn' has a 
 sound more nearly resembling ' or/ and ' Charles' sounds like 
 ' Chawlcs.' 
 
ARTICULATION. 9o 
 
 24. Where two consonants come together in a word, one of 
 them is often slighted or wholly passed over, as the ' n' in the 
 word ' government/ the 'c' in 'Arctic/ the 'w' after ' k' in 
 ' awkward.' The word ' only 7 is by many persons pronounced 
 so that the 1 is scarcely audible, and it sounds like ' ony.' 
 
 25. Where a consonant is doubled in the midd 7 e of a word, 
 a doubt seems to exist in the minds of many how they should 
 pronounce it ; and from the misty and confused sound often 
 heard in the pronunciation of such words as ' suggest/ ' suc- 
 cinct/ ' flaccid/ &c, I judge the following explanation to be 
 needed in regard to them : The first ' g' in ' suggest' coming 
 after ' u' requires the hard sound as in ' sugar / but the second 
 < g' coming before ' e' takes the soft sound as in ' gesture/ 
 'general/ 'gerund/ &c. In 'succinct' and 'flaccid' the first 
 ' c' is hard like ' k/ and the second soft like ' s/ as in the 
 words 'accent/ 'eccentric/ 'Occident/ &c. This is true of 
 the words cited, but is not, however, an invariable rule appli- 
 cable to all double consonants, for sometimes the repeated con- 
 sonant is hard in both instances, as the two ' c's and the two 
 ' g's in the following words ' acclimate/ ' aggravate/ ' occult/ 
 ' occasion/ ' niggardly/ &c. In the word ' exaggerate' it is 
 soft in both instances. 
 
 26. The word ' irrefragable' is subject to sad misusage even 
 in the mouth of the educated. The ' g' before ' a' is always 
 hard ;* and when pronounced soft it gives the impression of 
 ignorance in spelling, for if the ' a' were changed to ' i/ ' g' 
 
 • The only exception to this rule, as far as I know, is in the old 
 word ' gaol,' now almost obsolete, or wholly superseded by 'jail.' 
 
y4 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 would have the soft sound. The accent of this word may be 
 a subject of doubt, as it is by some orthoepists placed upon the 
 second, and by others upon the third syllable ; but the correct 
 sound of the < g' cannot be doubted by any one who is at all 
 conversant with the principles of the English language. 
 
 27. The beauty of language is sacrificed by omitting the 
 sound of l h' unaccented, in phrases such as * pull him out,' 
 1 take his arm/ spoken frequently as if written < pullim out/ 
 1 takis arm.' 
 
 28. It is an impurity of speech to run together the conso- 
 nant at the end of a vowel with ' y' at the beginning of the 
 next one, as in the phrases, ' not yet/ ' don't you go/ ' did you 
 or did you not / frequently spoken as ' no chet/ * don choo 
 go/ f dijoo or dijoo not/ &c. l Front-door' sometimes sounds 
 like 'frundoor/ ' cut down' like 'cud down/ 
 
 As to the question whether the long or the short vowel sound 
 be preferable on the accented syllable in words like ' heroine/ 
 ' prelate/ l prebendary/ ' presage/ and many others of similar 
 construction, it may be answered that neither sound should be 
 looked upon as an error. Prelate is correct, and prelate is not 
 less so; but there is a fluctuation in the fashion, as well in 
 regard to pronunciation as in other things, even among those 
 who are sticklers for the right way. And, to conform to the 
 most approved usage of the day, I have no hesitation in choos- 
 ing the short sound of the vowel, heroine, prelate, prebendary, 
 &c. This conforms to the most accepted pronunciation in a 
 multitude of words with different accented vowels, such as 
 pageant, tribune, national, rational, redolent, patent, privacy, 
 isolate, dynasty, dilatory, presage, and many others. 
 
ARTICULATION. 
 
 95 
 
 But when it is considered that but a small portion of the 
 faults and imperfections of common speech have been noticed 
 in the above category, it will perhaps appear that the exercises 
 which commence these instructions are of some value. I know 
 of no efficient remedy for all these errors and abuses but the 
 diligent and persevering use of such exercises. 
 
 This chapter and the subject of Pronunciation will be con- 
 cluded with a list of words, most of them in common daily use, 
 which are frequently mispronounced by persons of considerable 
 pretensions to learning. They are accentuated according to 
 what the author esteems the most approved and correct modern 
 usage. 
 
 Accessory 
 
 Commend'able 
 
 Des'ultory 
 
 Accli'mated 
 
 Comparable 
 
 Dioc'esan or 
 
 Ad'mirable 
 
 Compensate 
 
 Di'ocesan 
 
 Adult' 
 
 Complacent 
 
 Di'vers 
 
 Advertise' 
 
 Complaisant 
 
 Di'verse, adj. 
 
 Al'abaster 
 
 Compromise 
 
 Ener'vate 
 
 All/ 
 
 Condolence 
 
 Enervated 
 
 Alternate, v. 
 
 Conjure / 
 
 Epit'ome 
 
 Ame'nable 
 
 Conjure (kun) 
 
 Ep'ilepsy 
 
 Antip'odes 
 
 Consistory 
 
 Er'udite 
 
 Arabic 
 
 Consummate 
 
 Essay'ist 
 
 Belligerent 
 
 Conversant 
 
 Exacer'bate 
 
 Camel'opard 
 
 Decorous 
 
 Ex'cretory 
 
 Celibacy 
 
 Demonstrate 
 
 Ex'cretive 
 
 Char'acterize 
 
 Demoniacal 
 
 Ex'einplary 
 
 Coadju'tor 
 
 Designate 
 
 Ex'orcise 
 
GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Exquisite 
 
 Extirpate 
 
 Horizon 
 
 Herculean 
 
 Il'lative 
 
 Illicit 
 
 Illusory 
 
 Illustrate 
 
 Imbecile 
 
 Importune' 
 
 Indeco / rous 
 
 In / fantile 
 
 Iuiui / ical 
 
 Inconsolable 
 
 Inqui'ry 
 
 In / teresting 
 
 Interpolate 
 
 In'ventory 
 
 Irrep'utable 
 
 Irrep'arable 
 
 Lam'entable 
 
 Legislative 
 
 Lieuten'ant 
 
 Metamorphosis 
 
 Obligatory 
 
 Ordeal 
 
 Orison 
 
 Or'tboepy 
 
 Partisan 
 
 Peremptory 
 
 Plat'ina 
 
 Plebeian 
 
 Posthumous 
 
 Precedence 
 
 Pre / cedent 
 
 Presag / ing 
 
 Protean 
 
 Protestant 
 
 Purporting 
 
 Remediless 
 
 Repertory 
 
 Red / olent 
 
 Respited 
 
 Retina 
 
 Trav / erse 
 
 Trav / esting 
 
 Va / riegated 
 
PART II. 
 
 INTONATION 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 INFLECTION — PITCH — CADENCES. 
 
 RULE FOR ASCERTAINING KEY-NOTE OR NATURAL PITCH OF VOICE. 
 
 Intonation is the term used to cover the whole ground of 
 what relates to the song or melody of language. Under this 
 general heading we are to consider the subjects of Pitch, 
 Inflection, and Cadences. 
 
 Pitch, abstractly considered, means elevation or depres- 
 sion of voice, as referred to the musical scale. 
 
 Inflection is the change of pitch which takes place in the 
 utterance of a single syllable; and the cadence involves a 
 change affecting both pitch and inflection. 
 
 The subject of Intonation being to some minds exceedingly 
 difficult of apprehension, it will be necessary to render it as 
 9 (97) 
 
98 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 simple or as intelligible as possible, by a separate considera- 
 tion of pitch and inflection. 
 
 We use the term Pitch as applicable to the general tone of 
 voice in which a discourse or a paragraph is read; and the 
 elevation or depression of this pitch is determined by referring 
 this average tone, to the scale of music ; the note there, which 
 most nearly corresponds to it, will indicate the pitch of voice 
 in which the language is read. 
 
 There is a note of music for every one's voice, to which it 
 will more nearly correspond in free and natural utterance, 
 than to any other note in the scale. This note, which may be 
 called the key-note of the particular voice, is somewhere inter- 
 mediate between the extremes of elevation and depression of 
 which that voice is capable. 
 
 He who regards correctness of pitch should endeavor, as 
 early as possible in his practice, to ascertain where this average 
 pitch or key-note is. There can be no difficulty in this, if he 
 can practically separate his idea of pitch from that of inflec- 
 tion, and if he speak naturally and easily to himself. 
 
 If, from any cause, he has been in the habit of speaking in 
 too high or too low a pitch of voice, he should form a new 
 habit, by cultivating the pitch which to him would be a me- 
 dium sound, between the extremes of the compass of his own 
 voice He will soon find his ease in speaking much increased, 
 and at the same time the melody of his utterance will be 
 improved. 
 
 The key-note, or pitch of voice, upon which a composition 
 is spoken or read, is more easily determined by a listener in 
 an adjoining room, than by one present with the speaker; 
 
INTONATION. 99 
 
 because the latter will be likely to be puzzled or misled by the 
 numerous inflections* made upon syllables. 
 
 The caution necessary to be observed iu regard to pitch is, 
 that a medium pitch of voice will be found most suitable for 
 the greatest proportion of a discourse. 
 
 If the voice be pitched too high in the commencement of a 
 speech, it is probable that in elevating it still more, for the 
 expression of emotion, there will either be a breach of the 
 legitimate vocal sound, or at best an unevenness which would 
 be avoided by starting from a lower pitch. Whereas, if, on 
 the other hand, the voice be pitched too low in the beginning, 
 there will scarcely be room for making the cadences in a clear 
 and audible manner. 
 
 Another objection to a low pitch of voice is, that it has a 
 tendency to lull an audience; and in its nature it is lacking in 
 the brilliancy and force which belong to a higher one. 
 
 Persons whose voices are not under the discipline of habitual 
 daily training or constant use, should try the voice in advance, 
 in the place where they are to read a lecture or a speech, in 
 order to determine the proper pitch, and thus avoid the neces- 
 sity of a change after having commenced before the audience. 
 
 * These inflections do really, for the time being, carry the voice to 
 a different pitch strictly speaking; and, therefore, to one unaccus- 
 tomed to nice estimates of sound, or measures of elevation, it is not 
 easy to determine the pitch of one's voice who is reading so near him 
 that all the inflections can produce their effect on the ear. But in an 
 adjoining apartment these inflections will not be so audible as to im- 
 pair the general wholeness of the tone. 
 
100 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 CADENCE. 
 
 By cadence is meant that fall or declension of voice which 
 takes place at the close of a sentence. In effecting a proper 
 and agreeable cadence, the voice should fall gradually; one 
 degree or tone in music on each of the last two or three syl- 
 lables. The most perfect cadence is considered to be that of 
 three syllables. 
 
 " And move the stones of Rome to rise in mutiny." 
 
 This is a common cadence, and very conclusive. 
 
 But the cadence is not always made upon three syllables. 
 This depends in part upon the construction of the language 
 towards the close, and sometimes upon the circumstance of 
 emphatic syllables or unusual accent to be applied near the 
 end of the verse. In the following passage the cadence of two 
 syllables furnishes a good close. 
 
 " Lives, adores, and reigns 
 In cloudless knowledge, purity, and bliss." 
 
INTONATION. 101 
 
 The cadence in the next line is made wholly upon the last 
 syllable. 
 
 "The God of Heaven reigns." 
 
 There is yet another effect or property in language, where 
 intonation is concerned, which is regarded by Dr. Rush as a 
 very full and conclusive cadence. It is where the final close 
 is in a manner anticipated by the falling of the voice upon 
 some syllable preceding, and at no very great distance. As in 
 the lines 
 
 "Such honors Ilion to her lover paid, 
 And peaceful slept, the mighty Hector's shade." 
 
 On the word ' slept/ the voice is dropped through an interval 
 about corresponding to a third* This may be considered, by 
 some persons, as really no cadence ; but it is easily seen to be 
 connected with the close, and seems to give notice of its ap- 
 proach. 
 
 It is a practical caution of great value, that the cadence of 
 a sentence should never be made so low as to render the last 
 syllable inaudible. It was said above that too low a pitch is 
 to be shunned, on account of the cadences, where the voice is 
 in danger of being lost on the last syllable or syllables. 
 
 * A musical interval consisting of two degrees or notes. 
 
 9* 
 
102 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 DISCRETE AND CONCRETE INTERVALS — MEASURE OP INFLECTIONS. 
 
 It has been said that the term inflection is used to indicate 
 the change of pitch in the voice upon a single syllable; the 
 course of the voice, whether upward or downward, considered 
 with reference to the musical scale. 
 
 The rising and falling inflections are spoken of by most 
 writers as if every reader could distinguish between them ; but 
 this is by no means the case. In order that the common ear 
 may be able to determine at once the character of inflections, 
 they must be made very wide. And this explains or accounts 
 for a very common fault in the reading of schoolmasters, viz., 
 that their inflections are too wide.* They rely too much upon 
 emphasis to express the meaning of language. 
 
 The result of much experience has convinced me that few 
 besides critics, and those possessed of a highly discriminating 
 
 * This subject will be noticed more fully under Emphasis. 
 
INTONATION. 103 
 
 ear, are able to determine at once the course of any inflected 
 syllable, unless it be widely inflected. 
 
 Let us enter upon this subject, then, with the statement that 
 a syllable must be inflected either upward or downward, or it 
 is a monotone, and becomes a musical note. 
 
 A note in music is a discrete sound, (from ' dis' and l cerno', 
 to separate ;) it is separate from the other notes of the scale. 
 A spoken syllable, being inflected, is a concrete sound, (from 
 1 con' and ' cresco/ to grow together ;) it goes into the other 
 notes, changes its place on the scale, and the degree of this 
 change can only be measured by the intervals of the scale. 
 Now, to arrest the sound of a spoken syllable, and to measure 
 it, so as to determine the musical interval corresponding to it, 
 is not an easy undertaking. If the student shall succeed 
 thoroughly to discriminate between a close inflection and a 
 wide one, and shall practically apply his knowledge on this 
 subject to the reading and speaking of language, it is enough 
 to expect of those for whose use chiefly this book is intended. 
 And it is maintained by the greater number of teachers that 
 no further practical benefit can be derived from the particular 
 application of definite musical intervals to inflections of voice 
 in reading.* 
 
 * It is not necessary to discuss this question here, but it may be 
 remarked that however unprepared may be the educational world to 
 avail itself of the revelations of science, this circumstance is no ex- 
 cuse for a teacher who shall pretend to ignore that to which he is 
 indebted for any of his success in teaching a difficult art ; nor is it 
 right to speak obscurely of any theory or fact of which the practical 
 
104 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 It is not expecting too much of the students of this book 
 to require that all shall learn to discriminate between an up- 
 ward and a downward inflection; and also shall have a clear 
 idea of the distinction between a close and a wide intonation. 
 The former, a close intonation, is where the voice is inflected 
 slightly upon syllables ; aud such inflections are represented 
 by the smaller intervals of the musical scale : and the latter, 
 a wide inflection, is where the voice is widely inflected upou 
 syllables; and these inflections are represented by the greater 
 musical intervals. Any exercises for articulation may be used 
 to exemplify the subject of inflection. But let the simple 
 sound of a vowel element be first used. Most school -boys 
 probably know that in asking a simple question the voice is 
 usually supposed to be inflected upwards ; aud that iu effect- 
 ing a close at a period a downward inflection is used. 
 
 Then let the teacher repeat the vowel sound of long a with 
 each inflection, upward and downward, a, a. If the sounds 
 
 use and advantage are clearly demonstrable, although not yet gene- 
 rally recognised by the world. No person having a musical ear, and 
 any scientific acquaintance with the human voice, can dispute the 
 soundness and realitj' of Dr. Hush's theory of inflection ; but it may 
 be a question how far it is advisable to carry the strict measurement 
 of intervals into a work of this kind. We therefore remark, that 
 although some of the musical intervals may be spoken of as applica- 
 ble to the expression of certain emotions, or suitable to particular 
 words or syllables, yet it is not expected that the indicated intervals 
 will be accurately measured, or certainly recognized by every stu- 
 dent ; and yet a musician may satisfy himself of their applicability 
 with very little trouble. 
 
INTONATION. 105 
 
 be not widely inflected, and the pupil doubt as to their direc- 
 tion or character, then they must be repeated with still wider 
 inflections, until their nature shall become familiar. If now 
 the pupil find it difficult to determine by the ear the nature 
 of inflections not strongly marked, and if the same sylla- 
 bles widely inflected shall be easily distinguishable by him, he 
 already knows the distinction between a wide and a close into- 
 nation ; and this is much, in a practical point of view. We 
 then inform him that the one, a wide intonation, is proper and 
 necessary for dramatic passages where violent emotion is ex- 
 pressed ) and that the other, a close intonation, should 
 be applied to simple narrative and all unimpassioned expres- 
 sion.* But for the benefit of such as would learn to estimate 
 the measure of inflections by referring them to the musical 
 scale according to the principles of Dr. Rush, let us refer to 
 the definition of concrete and discrete sounds. The difficulty 
 of arresting and measuring a concrete interval is greater than 
 that of estimating a discrete one, and this is owing to the fact 
 that the point where a concrete sound ends is not at first easy 
 of detection; whereas, the difference in radical pitch, -\ between 
 two syllables (which is the measure of a discrete interval), is 
 more easily estimated. For the radical pitch of a short sylla- 
 ble is not difficult to determine, as the voice does not dwell 
 upon such syllable long enough for inflection ; and not being 
 inflected, becomes discrete to a certain extent, and therefore 
 
 * See Emphasis, on page 113. 
 
 f The radical pitch of a syllable is the pitch of the prominent sound 
 of that syllable. 
 
106 GRAMMAR OF LLOCXJTION. 
 
 a musical note, or so much like one as to be easily referred to 
 the scale. If we take, for instance, a word composed of two 
 short syllables, as ' hiccup,' the interval between the note, or 
 radical pitch of the first syllable of this word, and that of the 
 second, is easily computed; whether it be spoken as a second, 
 a third, or a fifth. Whereas, if it were required to measure 
 the inflection on the word Christ in the sentence <Is not this 
 the Christ V it might not be so easy to do it. But in order to 
 ascertain the interval as nearly as may be, let the word be 
 repeated several times with the same inflection ; observe well 
 the note of the radical or first part of the utterance, and 
 compare it with the last audible sound of the syllable ; the 
 musical interval most nearly corresponding to the difference 
 between the two, will be the measure of the inflection. 
 
INTONATION. 107 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 THE INTERVALS OP THE MUSICAL SCALE. 
 
 THEIR APPLICATION AND SIGNIFICATION — CLOSE INTONATION — WIDE INTONA- 
 TION — NOTATION OF INFLECTION — EXAMPLES OF PASSAGES MARKED FOR 
 INFLECTION — EXCELLENT ILLUSTRATION FROM SCRIPTURE — MEASURE OF 
 INFLECTIONS SOMEWHAT PRECARIOUS — NO UNALTERABLE PRESCRIPTION 
 OF INTERVALS POSSIBLE. 
 
 The musical intervals chiefly made use of iu measuring the 
 inflections of the voice, are the semitone, the second, the third, 
 fourth, fifth, and octave. 
 
 The effect of the semitone is to give a plaintive character 
 to the reading. It is therefore suited to pathetic subjects, 
 and to the expression of tender emotions. 
 
 The interval of the second is that which is constantly em- 
 ployed in the natural inflection of the voice upon all syllables 
 in the easy, unimpassioned utterance of language. 
 
 The inflection used naturally in asking a simple question is 
 such as would be represented by the interval of a third. 
 
108 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 It a question be asked, or an assertion be made with great 
 energy or emphasis, the accented syllable will be inflected so 
 as to be measured by a fifth, or even the octave, when the 
 strongest emphasis is given. 
 
 With the aid of these directions, and a nicely discriminating 
 ear, it is to be hoped the student may succeed in recognizing 
 the intervals indicated for the inflection of the syllables in the 
 examples which follow; and certainly the general practical 
 distinctions above pointed out, between the upward and down- 
 ward inflections, and between wide and close intonation, must 
 be apparent and intelligible to all.* 
 
 And with this knowledge, those who would not undertake 
 to compute the measure of an inflection, may avoid gross 
 %ults or errors of intonation ; unless they resist all that is 
 natural and easy, and seek to produce some striking and extra- 
 ordinary effects ; in which case they will be likely to hit upon 
 eccentricities and fall into errors, rather than to keep within 
 the bounds of simplicity and good taste. 
 
 In the examples which will be quoted to show the different 
 inflections, it is not intended to assume that the readings indi- 
 cated are the only ones which can be accepted ; but simply 
 that such would be proper and warrantable, and seem to be 
 free from objections. In some instances the inflections are 
 the same as those marked by Dr. Rush, and some also by other 
 
 * But it should not be inferred from this, that correct inflection 
 and smooth and agreeable intonation are so easy in practice, as to be 
 acquired without much watchful attention and study under a judicious 
 master. 
 
INTONATION. 109 
 
 masters. Before the student shall attempt to identify the 
 intervals attaching to the inflections marked for the quotations 
 that follow, he should exercise his voice upon the close inflec- 
 tions, upon different pitches, in order to avoid all errors arising 
 from pitch. A syllable may be pitched high and inflected 
 downwards, or it may be pitched low and inflected upwards. 
 A very good exercise where pitch and inflection are both con- 
 cerned, may be found in the following verses quoted by Pro- 
 fessor Barber and properly inflected by him : — 
 
 No. 1. "Are they Hebrews? So am I. 
 
 2. Are they israelites ? So am I. 
 
 3. Are they the seed of J.6raham ? So am I. 
 
 4. Are they ministers of Christ? I am more." 
 
 In number one the inflected syllable rises both discretely 
 and concretely. That is, it rises in pitch and is inflected 
 upwards. In number two it falls discretely, and rises con- 
 cretely. In number three it falls concretely ; and in number 
 four it rises higher than the last discretely, and falls concretely 
 with stress. Barber has not given the intervals to be applied 
 to these inflections ; but I should not think a better reading 
 could be given than would result from the following appropri- 
 ation of intervals. 
 
 On number one, the third ; on number two, the fourth; on 
 number three, the downward third; on number four, the 
 fifth. 
 
 u Back to thy punishment, False fugitive, and to thy speed 
 add wings !" The syllables ' back' and ' pun' are instances of 
 10 
 
110 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 the rising and falling fifth respectively. So are also the sylla- 
 bles ' false' and l fa :' but these last are spoken upon a dif- 
 ferent pitch, being lower than the former. "What! looked 
 he froummgly?" The rising third. "If I ascend unto Hea- 
 ven, thou art there; if I make my bed in Hell, behold, thou 
 art there ; if I take the wings of the morning, and dwell in 
 the uttermost parts of the sea, even there shall thy hand lead 
 me, and thy right hand shall hold me." The first word marked 
 in italics in this example may be given with the downward 
 third, the next with the fifth, and the climax may be com- 
 pleted upon the word there by the intense form of the down- 
 ward slide, viz. the octave. 
 
 " And Nathan said unto David, Thou art the man." (Down- 
 ward fifth.) 
 
 " I am amazed, yes, my Lords, I am amazed at his Grace's 
 speech." (Downward third.) 
 
 The instances thus far given are chiefly those used by Pro- 
 fessor Barber, and I have selected them because they seem to 
 me to be inflected with judgment. The quotations which he 
 has inflected less judiciously, or where I fail to recognize the 
 propriety of their inflections, I omit ; not doubting, however, 
 that he could read them with striking effect, and display the 
 intervals according to his notation. 
 
 The upward and downward inflections have both been illus- 
 trated ; but it remains to speak of the circumflex, which is a 
 combination of the two upon one syllable, or sometimes a suc- 
 cession of the two upon a word of several (two or more) 
 syllables. 
 
INTONATION. 1 1 1 
 
 The circumflex is employed for the purpose of giving a 
 very marked accent, and is very expressive of certain emotions, 
 as scorn or derision : it is often contemptuous, satirical, and 
 insinuates more than is spoken. 
 
 "'Tis base and poor, unworthy of a m&n, 
 To forge a scroll so villainous and base, 
 And mark it with a noble lady's name." 
 
 The circumflex may be used with effect upon the word 'man' 
 in the quotation. 
 
 " How like a fawning publican he looks ! 
 I hate hiai, for he is a Christian." 
 
 The circumflex or wave is advantageously exhibited on the 
 first syllable of the word ' fawning.' Again, Shylock says, 
 " What should I say to you ? Should I not say, hath a dog 
 money? Is it possible a cur can lend three thousand ducats?" 
 Here the circumflex is used with great effect upon the sylla- 
 bles ' dog' and ' cur/ A wide inflection also, as that of the 
 fifth, or even an octave, may be made upon the last, without 
 extravagance. 
 
 "Oh! methought what pain it was to drown !" (The fall 
 of a downward third upon ' drown.') " Has war trod o'er 
 them with his foot of fire?" (Upward third.) "Down, 
 soothless insulter, I trust not the tale !" (Downward fifth on 
 the first syllable ) 
 
 " Better to reign in hell than serve in heaven" 
 
 This is a sentence where the upward and downward infiec- 
 
112 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 tions are used twice. The difference is in the pitch. If the 
 same general pitch be preserved throughout the line, then the 
 word ' serve' should have the circumflex, which will mark the 
 emphasis sufficiently. It would be easy to continue making 
 many pages of quotations, and marking the emphasis, and 
 indicating by conventional characters the upward and down- 
 ward inflections, and even prescribing the measure of the 
 inflections by the appropriate intervals, so as to give readings 
 which would be free from objections, and indeed perfectly cor- 
 rect and elegant. But it would not be possible to say that 
 these very passages might not be read effectively and elegantly 
 with inflections and intervals very different, and in some cases 
 perhaps diametrically opposite to those prescribed.* 
 
 Hence it follows, that the pupil is not to be guided solely 
 by the particular taste or fancy of any master in these respects. 
 And I can most confidently add, that any pupil who shall have 
 thoroughly mastered all the resources hitherto inculcated in 
 this work, ought to be competent to inflect and emphasize with 
 judgment and taste; and need not fear to differ from any pre- 
 scribed inflection which does not accord with his idea of good 
 reading. 
 
 If he have not by this time developed a taste of his own, 
 it is to be feared that he has been superficial in his study, or 
 that he lacks the natural ear which would qualify him to pro- 
 duce a harmonious reading of the English language. 
 
 * This is the reason why I have not marked my exercises for read- 
 ing with inflection, as many masters have done. I choose to do it 
 with a pencil when necessary, and not to bewilder the pupil at all 
 with marks where he would not be likely to require any hints. 
 
INTONATION. US 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 EMPHASIS. 
 
 ERRONEOUS VIEWS OF EMPHASIS — INFLECTION A MEANS OF EMPHASIS — TOO 
 FREQUENT EMPHASIS OBJECTIONABLE, AS DESTROYING THE HARMONY OF 
 LANGUAGE — A RETURNING MELODY TO BE AVOIDED — DIATONIC MELODY OF 
 8PEECH. 
 
 Before dismissing the subject of Inflection, it may be well 
 to consider the object of these inflections a little more speci- 
 fically, and to present some views on the subject of emphasis, 
 for which they are designed. 
 
 Many teachers commence their instructions with the subject 
 of emphasis, and finish with the same. And it is moreover 
 with them the emphasis of Inflection, and no other kind; 
 according to their view nothing else is required but to show 
 by the manner of laying stress upon words, even in the sim- 
 plest sentence, just what particular shade of meaning the 
 author intended to convey. And for this purpose they apply 
 force to every significant word in a sentence. 
 
 Now it is true that the legitimate object of emphasis is to 
 10* 
 
114 GRAMMAR CV F.Uii I I'll N. 
 
 bring out the full meaning of language, to expose to view the 
 nicest shades of thought which seem to have existed in the 
 author's mind. But let it also be remembered that in many 
 cases *this is all very apparent without any emphasis at all; 
 and that there are also other means of giving emphasis to 
 language than by wide inflections. Too frequent vocal stress 
 is tedious to the ear, besides defeating the legitimate object of 
 emphasis, which should be to distinguish the most important 
 words in a sentence, and to make them prominent. 
 
 Those who use this frequent and very marked emphasis, 
 are apt to destroy the harmonious effect of reading by the 
 reiteration of the same inflection and the return of the same 
 melody. Something must be left to the intrinsic value of 
 language, the inherent force that it has. Such a language as 
 ours, so fertile in words expressive of almost every shade of 
 meaning, must be partly relied upon in its simple utterance ; 
 and its melody and rhythm are both materially injured by the 
 hammering process of giving stress to every other syllable in 
 a sentence. The beauty and best effect of language is sadly 
 marred by a certain air of conceit imparted to a reading when 
 the even flow of utterance is too much interrupted by marked 
 inflections.* In the exciting scenes of tragedy, where the 
 
 * The giving marked emphasis to every word in a sentence which 
 will possibly admit it, is inexcusable in a language like ours. Some 
 of the Eastern dialects require more inflection than our tongue, be- 
 cause they contain words which are variously inflected, and have a 
 different signification for each inflection. I have heard two learned 
 divines gravely debating the question whether the negative in the 
 
INTONATION. 115 
 
 emotions are supposed to be varied, and where the language is 
 violent, there is need of strong and varied emphasis. This is 
 to be produced by wide inflections, by vast contrasts as to loud- 
 ness or intensity of voice, by protracted pauses, by change of 
 rate (or rapidity), by abruptness, quantity, by aspiration, 
 altered pitch, &c. Now, although for correctness and effect in 
 the utterance of such passages, much skill and judgment are 
 required, yet I hesitate not to assert, that the perfection of 
 reading in the plain or simple melody, called by Dr. Rush the 
 diatonic melody OF speech, is a still more rare accomplish- 
 ment than that of producing effect upon high-wrought passages 
 of tragedy. And I have found it easier to inculcate a good 
 rendering of strongly-marked passages, than to form those 
 habits of correctness in the utterance of plain and unimpas- 
 sioned speech which display at once the beauty of language 
 and the art of judicious reading. To read in such a manner 
 as to be able to dispense with extravagant inflection or rare 
 efforts of emphasis, supposes perfect command of the voice, 
 a nice ear, and cultivated taste ; but without these, the reader 
 who shall hope to produce effect by means of skill in contrast 
 and emphasis, will be in imminent danger of becoming a 
 ranter, and his simple melody will most assuredly be a failure. 
 
 Decalogue should be emphasized or not, as "Thou shalt not bear 
 false witness," and "Thou shalt do no murder." These are puerili- 
 ties beneath notice when the question relates to the prominence of 
 the sentiment. If such questions do come up, they should be de- 
 cided only on the- ground of harmony. They belong to considera- 
 tions of rhythm ; and will be amply treated under the head of Measure. 
 
116 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 TRANSITION OF VOICE. 
 
 PARENTHESIS — PASSAGE PROM "RICHARD II." MARKED FOR INFLECTION. 
 
 By transition merely change of pitch is meant, and this is 
 often of great utility both in reading and speaking. Any 
 tolerably good reader will perceive the propriety of entering 
 upon a new paragraph with an altered pitch of voice. Or, 
 where the train of thought is interrupted \>y a new idea, the 
 speaker would most naturally give some indication of such 
 change by lowering or perhaps elevating the voice after a 
 slight pause at the end of a sentence. • Parenthetical clauses 
 are always to be uttered in an undertone, and frequently 
 with increased rapidity; and on the stage, matter which 
 is to be heard by the audience, but not intended for the car 
 of parties in the dialogue, may often be most advantageously 
 spoken in a pitch much lower than the general key-note ; 
 and from this circumstance requires to be uttered with great 
 force, involving much of the aspirated or whispered tone; 
 otherwise it might be lost to the audience from the low pitch 
 
INTONATION. 
 
 117 
 
 which it requires. The following passage will furnish a good 
 example for transition. It is from " Richard II.," where the 
 Duchess is describing the entrance of Richard into London : — 
 
 " Men's eyes 
 Did scowl on Richard ; no man cried ' God save him/ 
 No joyful tongue gave him his welcome home; 
 But dust was thrown upon his sacred head ; 
 "Which with such gentle sorrow he shook off — 
 His face still combating with tears and smiles — 
 The badges of his grief and patience — 
 That had not God, for some strong purpose, steeVd 
 The hearts of men, they must perforce have melted, 
 And barbarism itself have pitied him." 
 
 This passage admits of considerable variety of pitch. On 
 the word t scowl' the downward third may be effectively ap- 
 plied with a well marked vanish.* The four lines ending 
 with the words ' shook off' should be uttered with much 
 evenness and a constant play of the semitone ; the next two 
 lines in a pitch rather lower, being parenthetical j ' That had 
 not God/ &c, as far as the word ' steel'd/ should be read at 
 an increased rate of voice, and in pitch still lower ; the word 
 < steel'd' takes a rise of note, the word ' melted,' a down- 
 ward inflection ; the syllable ' self ' in the last line has a high 
 pitch with downward inflection, and is followed by a slight sus- 
 pension of voice before the cadence. 
 
 * See the analysis of syllables, pages 31 and 46. 
 
118 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION, 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 THE STAGE WHISPER. 
 
 QUOTATIONS FROM "TWELFTH NIGHT," FOR PRACTICE UPON STAGE WHISPER. 
 
 A specimen of the aside talk above spoken of, we may take 
 from the " Twelfth Night," and from the scene where Malvolio 
 supposes himself beloved by the Countess Olivia, and thinks 
 aloud on the stage; Sir Toby, Sir Andrew, and Fabian being 
 concealed in a box tree. 
 
 Malvolio. 'Tis but fortune; all is fortune. Maria ouce 
 told me, she did affect me : and I have heard herself come 
 thus near, that, should she fancy, it should be one of my com- 
 plexion. Besides, she uses me with a more exalted respect, 
 than anyone else that follows her. What should I think on't? 
 Sir Toby (aside). Here's an overweening rogue /* 
 Fabian. peace! Contemplation makes a rare turkey- 
 cock of him; how he jets under his advanced plumes ! 
 
 * All that is printed in italics is aside talk, not supposed to be heard 
 by Malvolio. 
 
■INTONATION. 
 
 119 
 
 Sir Andrew. 'Slight! I could so beat the rogue: — 
 
 Slit T. Peace, I say. 
 
 Malvolio. To be Count Malvolio ;— 
 
 Sir T. Ah, rogue ! 
 
 Sir Andrew. Pistol him, pistol him. 
 
 Sir T. Peace, peace ! 
 
 Malvolio. There is example for't; the lady of the 
 strachy married the yeoman of the wardrobe. 
 
 Sir Andrew. Fie on him, Jezebel! 
 
 Fabian. 0, peace! now he's deeply in; look, how ima> 
 gination blows him. 
 
 Malvolio. Having been three months married to her, 
 sitting in my state, — 
 
 Sir T. 0, for a stonebow, to hit him in the eye I 
 
 Malvolio. Calling my officers about me, in my branched 
 velvet gown ; having come from a day-bed, where I left Olivia 
 sleeping. 
 
 Sir T. Fire and brimstone! 
 
 Fabian. 0, peace, peace. 
 
 Malvolio. And then to have the humor of state : and after 
 a demure travel of regard — telling them, I know my place, as 
 I would they should do theirs, — to ask for my kinsman Toby : 
 
 Sir T. Bolts and shackles ! 
 
 Fabian. 0, peace, peace, peace! now, now. 
 
 Malvolio. Seven of my people, with an obedient start, 
 make out for him : I frown the while ; and, perchance, wind 
 up my watch, or play with some rich jewel. Toby approaches ; 
 court'sies there to me : 
 
 Sir T. Shall this fellow live? 
 
120 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Fabian. Though our silence be drawn from us with cars, 
 yet peace. 
 
 Malvolio. I extend my hand to him thus, quenching my 
 familiar smile with an austere regard of control : &c. 
 
 The whole dialogue, with the exception of Malvolio's part, 
 is to be spoken somewhat lower than his soliloquy, and will 
 therefore often require an aspirated utterance like a forced 
 whisper, in order to render it audible. 
 
 Many other good examples might easily be added ; but the 
 student can select them for himself from the plays of Shak- 
 speare or other dramatists. The one here given will serve for 
 practice, if any one should desire to exercise his voice upon the 
 stage whisper, as it is sometimes called. 
 
PART III. 
 
 MEASURE OF SPEECH. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 PRELIMINARY CONSIDERATIONS INTRODUCTORY TO THE 
 SUBJECT OF MEASURE. 
 
 POWER OF APPRECIATING RHYTHM — MONOSYLLABIC PROPERTY OF THE ENG- 
 LISH LANGUAGE — CLASSICAL TERMS — BEAUTY — THE ANGLO-SAXON ELE- 
 MENT — STRENGTH — REQUISITES FOR A MODEL STYLE OF COMPOSITION — 
 PERTINENT QUOTATION FROM " MACBETH." 
 
 Before entering upon the " modus operandi" in inculcating 
 a knowledge of Measure, I must advert to the vast difference 
 which seems to exist in different persons as to the power of 
 appreciating harmonious sentences. 
 
 It would furnish an interesting subject for philosophical 
 inquiry, to ascertain how far such difference in appreciating 
 sound, or in enjoying rhythm, depends upon physical organiza- 
 tion, and how far upon culture. But it is perfectly well known 
 that many persons supposed to have no ear for music, are yet 
 able to distinguish between a harmonious arrangement of words 
 U (121) 
 
122 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 and syllables, and a style of writing where the laws of measure 
 and rhythmical arrangement are constantly violated. 
 
 The question has been asked by unmusical persons, after 
 listening to a speaker whose sentences are harmonious, and 
 periods symmetrical and well-balanced, whether the speaker 
 was reciting poetry or reading prose. This proves that the 
 querist had an ear to perceive rhythmical effect. 
 
 If there be persons whose ear could detect no such property 
 in language, it is probable that the study of measure would be 
 unprofitable to them ; and the beauties of rhythm might be to 
 such, as a sealed fountain. When we commence an investiga- 
 tion of the philosophy of Measure, we shall be referred to 
 considerations of the analysis of language, and the nature of 
 syllables; which are, as we have already learned, either 
 accented or unaccented. We shall find that accented sylla- 
 bles are so dispersed throughout language as to constitute 
 the first members of measures, of which measures the inter- 
 vening light or unaccented syllables between the heavy ones, 
 are the second members. That every accented syllable requires 
 a new impulse or effort of voice in its utterance. Now, if a 
 considerable number of these heavy syllables in succession, be 
 followed each by one light syllable, or by two light syllables, 
 it is evident we shall have an uniformity in measure which 
 must have its effect upon the ear. As in the following line, 
 
 " Mortal | Nature | lifts her | changeful | form/' 
 
 This, to be sure, is verse. But the same movement of the 
 rhythm may occur in prose composition, as in the following : 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 123 
 
 " Where the | bones of | forty | thousand | persons j bleach- 
 ed the | ground." 
 
 Two members in each measure ; the first member a heavy, 
 and the other a light syllable. 
 
 Observe the rhythmic property of the following sentence : 
 
 " Seizing the | dangerous | weapon that | lay on the | floor 
 at the | time." 
 
 This is the movement of three syllables, and gives us a suc- 
 cession of dactyles. 
 
 But, suppose these intervening light or unaccented syllables 
 to be wanting, and merely a succession of monosyllables to 
 occur, each of course requiring accent; the voice in this case 
 is necessarily suspended after each, a new impetus being re- 
 quired for each accented syllable, thus^- 
 
 Man, | beast, | bird, | fish, and | every | creeping | thing. 
 
 The first three measures of this line consist of accented 
 monosyllables, and each is followed by a slight suspension of 
 voice ; the time which is given to the suspension in these 
 measures being filled up in the following measures by the un- 
 accented syllables respectively in each, and as much time being 
 occupied by one measure as by another. 
 
 The rhythmic movement of such a line suggests a very differ- 
 ent feature in our language from the regular and flowing nature 
 of the dactyles in the preceding example. 
 
 The monosyllabic character of the English language is due 
 to the Anglo-Saxon element, and it is mainly this which gives 
 
124 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION'. 
 
 it strength ; while the classical terms, or words derived from 
 the Greek and Latin, are usually polysyllables, and constitute 
 the harmonious, flowing character of sentences. 
 
 Observe the contrast of the two forms of expression which 
 follow ; of which the meaning is identical : — 
 
 " The thing has not life enough to keep it sweet." 
 " The creature possesseth not vitality sufficient to preserve 
 it from putrefaction." 
 
 The Anglo-Saxon element characterizes the first ; and the 
 second abounds in classical terms. 
 
 An able modern writer, in defending the principle or dis- 
 covery which claims to have given rise to a new school of 
 medicine, vindicates the claims of scientific progress in lan- 
 guage like the following : — 
 
 " Shall the researches of studious men never lead to useful 
 results ? Shall science never conduct us to real and practical 
 benefit? find no new law of cure, or ratify any already pre- 
 ferring its claim ?' 
 
 Observe the very marked and striking difference in the 
 structure of the last two clauses in this paragraph ; the former 
 of them being wholly composed of monosyllables, while the 
 latter, on the contrary, consists of an unbroken succession of 
 dactyles ; each measure being made up of a long and two short 
 syllables, or rather of one heavy and two light ones, thus — 
 
 find | no | new | law of | cure, 
 or | ratify | any al- | ready pre- | ferring its | claim. 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 125 
 
 Now, a style of composition worthy to be regarded as a 
 model, would be one in which the properties of strength and 
 beauty should be judiciously blended. 
 
 The former would be found to have its origin chiefly in the 
 Anglo-Saxon element; while the latter characteristic, its 
 smooth and flowing quality, would be due to the presence of 
 classical terms, rightly so called. 
 
 Witness the prevalence of the Anglo-Saxon element in the 
 following passage from Macbeth : — 
 
 " That is a step, 
 On which I must fall down, or else o'erleap, 
 For in my way it lies. Stars, hide your fires ! 
 Let not light see my black and deep desires : 
 The eye wink at the hand ! yet let that be, 
 Which the eye fears, when it is done, to see." 
 
 In all this most effective passage, only two words which are 
 not monosyllables ; and only one Latin word — l desires/ 
 
 J] 
 
126 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 PHILOSOPHICAL INVESTIGATION OP MEASURE. 
 
 DOUBLE FUNCTION OP THE LARYNX — NECESSITY OF THE APPORTIONMENT 
 EXPLAINED — TWO ACCENTED SYLLABLES CANNOT BE UTTERED BY A SINGLE 
 EFFORT OF VOICE — ONE ACCENTED AND FOUR UNACCENTED SYLLABLES 
 MAY BE UTTERED BY A SINGLE EFFORT OF VOICE — REQUISITES TO CON- 
 STITUTE A MEASURE — A SINGLE SYLLABLE MAY CONSTITUTE A MEASURE — 
 SYLLABLES OF INDEFINITE QUANTITY — DISTINCTION BETWEEN ACCENTED 
 SYLLABLES — NOTATION OF MEASURE, OR SCORING OF LANGUAGE — BEATING 
 TIME — DIFFICULTY OF BREAKING UP THE ASSOCIATION — RESOURCE TO OB- 
 VIATE THIS DIFFICULTY — REST IN THE SECOND MEMBER OF A MEASURE NOT 
 DIFFICULT TO OBSERVE — REST IN THE FIRST MEMBER DIFFICULT — REASON 
 EXPLAINED — DETAILED ANALYSIS OF MEASURE ILLUSTRATED BY PASSAGE 
 FROM " YOUNG." 
 
 The organ most immediately concerned in speech is called 
 the Larynx. It has a two-fold function to perform : first, that 
 of an air-tube, essential to respiration ; and, secondly, it pro- 
 duces the sound, essential to speech. The inspiration of air 
 and the production of speech are incompatible, cannot be per- 
 formed at the same moment. Therefore speech must be fre- 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 127 
 
 quently interrupted for the purposes of respiration. Language 
 then must be uttered in portions and broken up into little 
 groups of syllables, each of which groups will be sufficient for 
 one impulse, or effort of voice. We will suppose now that the 
 first part of each effort is more vigorous, and calculated to pro- 
 duce more sound than the last part. 
 
 On observing the structure of our language, we perceive 
 that it is made up of two kinds of syllables ; those which are 
 heavy and those which are light, called accented and unac- 
 cented syllables. Heavy or accented syllables are so scattered 
 throughout language, or so disposed in a paragraph, as to be 
 followed usually by one or more light syllables, which may be 
 uttered by the same impulse ; a single accented syllable may be 
 uttered alone by one impulse, or a single accented with several 
 unaccented syllables may be uttered by one impulse ; but when 
 two heavy or accented syllables follow one another, each of 
 them will require a separate effort of voice to be properly 
 sounded. Let us endeavor, for instance, to pronounce the 
 syllable ' pomp' twice, under accent; and we shall perceive an 
 hiatus on separating the lips after the first utterance of this 
 syllable. But if we add to the syllable ' pomp' the unaccented 
 one * ous,' we fiud no difficulty in pronouncing the word 
 ' pompous' with a single impulse ; so we may add another syl- 
 lable, as ' ly,' and the word ' pompously' is uttered with great 
 facility by a single impulse. The word ' spirit,' consisting of 
 two syllables, a long and a short, requires one impulse, and if 
 we add the syllable ' ed,' the same force only is necessary, for 
 it is as easy to say ' spirited' as ' spirit.' So with the word 
 'spiritual/ of four syllables, and even 'spiritually/ of five. 
 
128 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 We dow have some data for the adjustment of our measure. 
 And we say that a measure consists of two parts or members; 
 one, a heavy or accented portion of syllabic sound, and the 
 other a light or unaccented portion of syllabic sound ; both 
 the members to be uttered with a single impulse, or effort of 
 voice. 
 
 A perfect measure then consists in one syllable, two, three, 
 four, or sometimes even five syllables; when there are five 
 syllables in a measure, the first or accented syllable constitute - 
 the first member, and the remaining four syllables the second 
 member. 
 
 A single syllable may constitute a measure ; for if it be ex- 
 tended in quantity, the first portion may be under accent or 
 perceptibly heavy, while the latter portion will be light. Each 
 of the syllables ' pail/ i orb/ ' day/ will make a perfect mea- 
 sure ; these syllables being susceptible of pronunciation as 
 extended as that of the whole word ' temporary/ (which would 
 constitute a measure.) 
 
 Syllables of indefinite quantity can be so pronounced as to 
 constitute a measure, or they may be so pronounced as not to 
 fill a measure. 
 
 We now revert to the distinction pointed out on page SO, 
 between accented syllables; they being sometimes highly sus- 
 ceptible of quantity, and therefore called long accented sylla- 
 bles, and sometimes not susceptible of quantity, and therefore 
 called short. 
 
 We have said a single syllable may constitute a measure ; 
 but if a measure contain but one syllable, and that a short 
 accented one, this short syllable can only fill the first, part of 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 129 
 
 the measure, and constitute its first member. The second 
 member must in this case be represented by a rest, to indicate 
 a suspension of voice immediately after the short heavy sylla- 
 ble. 
 
 Let a stand for a heavy accented syllable, and .-. for a 
 light or unaccented one. a will then represent the first member 
 of a measure, and one or more of these .-. .•. the second mem- 
 ber. Let this mark *1 represent a suspension of voice, or a 
 rest. And let it be substituted for the wanting member of 
 any measure : thus, where the first member is wanting, the 
 measure will commence with M, and when the last or second 
 member is wanting the *] will appear in its place. As in the 
 line — 
 
 When | **] in the [ course of | human e- | vents. 
 
 A .'. .'• ••• A .'• A ••• ••• A 
 
 In this example the syllable f when' is made to occupy the 
 whole time of a measure ; the voice is then suspended for a 
 very slight pause, after which the unaccented syllables ' in 
 the' are pronounced wholly without accent, and the remain- 
 der of the sentence follows immediately, without any further 
 interruption. Each measure is to occupy the same space of 
 time as nearly as may be j and the time is to be measured by 
 beating with the hand once down and up, in each measure. 
 The hand is to move constantly while reading by measure ; 
 but the voice is to cease during the time of a rest or '"j, whether 
 it occur on the first member or on the second member of a mea- 
 sure. If the rest occur upon the first member of a measure, 
 the hand falls during silence; as is the case in the second 
 
130 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 measure of the above example. If the rest represent the 
 second member, the hand rises during silence. 
 
 Now, owing to the difficulty which every beginner (par- 
 ticularly when unacquainted with reading music) will find in 
 breaking the association between the two actions, viz., that 
 of the hand and that of the voice, I recommend that the ac- 
 tion of both be continued for awhile, the voice pronouncing 
 the word f down' for every rest which occurs in the first mem- 
 ber of a measure, and the word ' up' wherever a **] appears 
 in the second member. By this practice the pupil will soon 
 find it easy to read by measure, and may afterwards observe 
 silence in the places of rests, discontinuing the words ' down' 
 and 'up.' 
 
 In the commencement of this practice the student will find 
 no difiiculty where the rests are but few, or where they occur 
 only on the second member of a measure, for there they cause no 
 interruption to the movement of the voice, and merely denote 
 that no sound need be made while the hand is rising; but 
 when a rest occurs at the beginning of a measure, it checks 
 and forbids the positive effort for an accented syllable, and to 
 beat with the hand and repress the voice in such place is at 
 first not easily done. Thus, 
 
 li **] The | hum of | either | army | stilly | sounds," 
 
 A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A .-. A .*. 
 
 is easily read, because there is no interruption either to the 
 hand or voice. They both keep moving. Again — 
 u High on a | throne of | royal | state.' ' 
 
 A" .'. ••• A ••• A .'. A .'• 
 
 This reads perfectly easy, and without breaking. So in 
 the line — 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 131 
 
 " Rocks,**] | caves,**] | lakes,**] | fens,**] | bogs,**] | dens, and ] 
 A A -•■ A ••• A ••• A ••• A 
 
 shades of | death." | 
 
 A ••• A ••• 
 
 Where the movement is regular, and no rest occurs upon 
 
 ff the heavy or accented member of a measure, no one will find 
 
 difficulty in reading and beating. Now, if we replace these 
 
 rests by the unaccented syllable ' and/ the measure will be 
 
 unaltered, and it will read with the same ease. As, 
 
 Rocks and | caves and | lakes and | fens and | bogs and | 
 
 A ••• A /. A ••• A .'. A 
 
 dens and | shades of death. | 
 
 A ••• A /. A ••• 
 
 The unaccented syllable ' and' occupying no more time 
 than was allowed for the rest in each measure. But it will 
 not be found so easy to read the following lines, because the 
 first member is wanting to several measures. 
 
 **] Be | wise to- | day, | **] 'tis | madness | **] to de- | fer ;**| I '-J **| 
 
 A .-. A ••• A .-• A •'. A ••• A .'. A .*. 
 
 Next | day | **] the | fatal | precedent j *-J will | plead ; | *\ *\ | 
 
 A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A /. ■•• A .'• A .'. A ••• 
 
 Thus I on, I ^ till | wisdom | **| is | pushed | out of | life. | *| *\ 
 
 A ■•■ A .'. A ••• A .'. A .'. A ••• A -•■ A-*- 
 
 *| Pro- 1 crasti- 1 nation | **] is the j thief of | time.**! I **H I **H I 
 
 A .-. A ••• A .". A ••• ••• A ••• A .". A ••• A .-. 
 
 The syllables ' wise/ day/ ' mad/ ' fer/ being those which 
 require accent, they are placed each at the beginning of a 
 measure ; the syllables which precede them, then, are unac- 
 cented, and therefore constitute second members of measures. 
 There being no syllable preceding ' Be' (which is unaccented) 
 we use a **J to represent the wanting member; and, haviug 
 
132 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 commenced beating in silence, we pronounce the syllable ' Be' 
 very lightly while raising the hand, to fall on the syllable 
 ' wise.' The hand rises and falls on ' day/ then falls in silence 
 and rises on ''tis,' falls on 'mad' and rises on <ness/ &c. At 
 the end of the first line we pause long enough for the hand 
 to rise and fall once, that is, the time of a measure. And 
 where there are several successive measures filled with rests, 
 we continue to beat in silence, saying, " Down, up, down, up, 
 down, up," until the empty bars are exhausted. 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 133 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 OBJECTIONS TO THE PRACTICE OF READING SCORED EXER- 
 CISES. 
 
 OBJECTION ANSWERED — DIRECTIONS FOR ACQUIRING THE ART OF READING 
 SCORED EXERCISES — HOW THE SENSE IS AFFECTED BY NEGLECT OF THE 
 PRINCIPLES OF MEASURE. 
 
 If any one should object to the mode of scoring here indi- 
 cated, on account of the stiff and mechanical effect produced 
 in the reading of a beginner, we have this answer for him : — 
 
 That the dividing lines and rests are not intended to break 
 up the natural and proper flow of language, and do not necessa- 
 rily cause the uniformity complained of, or impose shackles 
 upon the accomplished reader. They are marks made to show 
 where the accented syllables come, and to indicate the reading 
 which will be adopted by a correct reader ; and such a scoring 
 as the above, or a scoring similar to it in the essentials, will 
 be authorized by the reading of any one sufficiently correct or 
 elegant in his utterance to warrant any nice or philosophical 
 criticism at all. It is not expected of any beginner in the 
 art of reading, that he will be able to observe the rules of this 
 12 
 
134 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 scoring at once, so as to give a harmonious reading accordingly. 
 But it is most confidently asserted that any pupil of ordinary 
 intelligence, who shall have understood and practised the direc- 
 tions and teachings of this book, up to this place; who shall 
 have learned how to articulate and finish his syllables, to dis- 
 criminate their character and construction, to employ quantify, 
 use accent, emphasis, and pauses with tolerable judgment, will 
 find no difficulty whatever in reconciling such a scoring with 
 his ideas of correctness ; and it may be affirmed with equal 
 confidence that a short practice of reading with especial 
 reference to such scoring, will aid him greatly in confirming 
 habits of correctness and grace, so as to be able very shortly 
 to score for himself or others. 
 
 It is not surprising that the uninitiated should be puzzled 
 to produce a tolerable reading, according to the scoring they 
 will find in such books as this ; and this is proof most conclu- 
 sive that they fail in those very traits of excellence which 
 warrant such scoring, if indeed their reading will authorize 
 the application of anything like a rule or a principle. But 
 let a person acquainted with the principles here involved, and 
 having a practical knowledge of pronunciation, take up a book 
 and read according to such scoring, and I am greatly mistaken 
 if stiffness or shackle be observed in his manner ; or anything 
 less praiseworthy than an elegant and chaste style of delivery. 
 
 To those who choose to test their power of commanding 
 this art, viz., that of reading according to the scoring as they 
 find it; the cautions which follow may be of use. First, the 
 ■perpendicular lines which mark the measures are never to 
 impede or retard the progress of the voice in the slightest 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 135 
 
 degree; they frequently divide the syllables of a word, and 
 never indicate a pause or suspension ; breath is to be taken at 
 a rest. 
 
 Secondly, although the voice is to be suspended at a rest, 
 yet the suspension may often be exceedingly sJiort. It is by 
 no means implied that in all cases the reader is to dwell on a 
 rest exactly one-half the time of a measure,* only that the 
 voice is to be suspended j and 
 
 Thirdly, no preponderating accent must be given to any 
 syllable unless it stand first in the measure, or occupy the first 
 part of the measure. 
 
 I next proceed to examine and justify the scoring of the 
 four lines we have quoted above 3 and to show reasons for it, 
 in the nature of our language, and in the requirements of 
 emphasis and just effect. The rest before the first syllable 
 merely shows that we commence with an unaccented syllable 
 or word. In very many instances, if we commence a piece of 
 composition with an accent upon the first word, when the word 
 should be pronounced without accent, the whole meaning of 
 the first sentence may be materially changed. Witness the 
 following sentences, each commencing with the word ' That' : 
 
 " That man is, in his infancy, the most helpless of animals, 
 has been affirmed by many philosophers." 
 
 " That man is wise, who knows when to be silent." 
 
 Now the reader who is to read a sentence like either of 
 these, must first examine the whole construction of it, before 
 
 * The alternative is, that the beat must sometimes be accelerated. 
 
136 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 he can know whether the first syllable is to be read with accent 
 or without it. Otherwise he will be likely to be compelled 
 to return again and recommence, after having advanced far 
 enough to perceive the meaning intended .* 
 
 In the first of the sentences, ' man' is clearly to be read 
 with accent ; and of course the word ' that' which precedes it, 
 is the unaccented member of a preceding measure ; of which 
 measure the accented member is wanting. The place of this 
 wanting member must then be supplied with a **|, indicating a 
 downward beat, and the syllable ' that' is uttered as the hand 
 rises. 
 
 In the other sentence it is equally clear, by examining the 
 meaning, that the word ' That' with which it commences, 
 must be read with accent in order to make sense. The neces- 
 sary scoring then becomes obvious. The first sentence would 
 be commenced as follows : — 
 
 *\ That | man **] | is, in his | infancy, | 
 
 A .-. A .-. A .-. ••• A ••• ••• 
 
 And the second, 
 
 That ** | man is | wise | ^ who | knows, | &c. 
 A .-. A a A--. A ••• A ••• 
 
 * That is, such an examination is necessary where no scoring is 
 marked ; but the moment we commence reading scored language, the 
 correct reading is at once apparent, and we cannot miss the significa- 
 tion of the language. 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 137 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 ANALYSIS OF QUOTATION FROM " YOUNG" CONTINUED. 
 
 ADVANTAGES TO BE DERIVED FROM THE PRACTICE OP READING SCORED LAN- 
 GUAGE — DANGERS INCIDENT TO MECHANICAL AIDS — SUCH PRACTICE TO BE 
 USED UNDER LIMITATIONS — NO PRESCRIBED SCORING CAN INDICATE THE 
 ONLY POSSIBLE CORRECT READING — THE PRINCIPLES NOT THE LESS BINDING 
 AND INCONTROVERTIBLE. 
 
 We now return to our four lines, " Be wise to-day," &c. 
 Those who know anything of quantity will perceive that the 
 word i day' in this connection will safely admit of sufficient pro- 
 longation in pronouncing it, to occupy the whole space of a 
 measure, a downward and an upward beat. The next syllable 
 being unaccented, it cannot commence a measure ; we there- 
 fore find a rest to commence with. 
 
 The second syllable of the word ' madness/ in order to be 
 
 thoroughly finished, requires to be followed by a suspension 
 
 of voice (however short) ; besides which, it is a word to be 
 
 emphasized, and such pause is required for this purpose like- 
 
 12* 
 
138 GRAMMAR 01 roN. 
 
 wise.* The next two syllables are necessarily unaccented, 
 and therefore constitute the second member of the mens 
 which was commenced by a rest With regard to the word 
 ' day,' the same reasoning will apply to it here which we used 
 for it in the line above. Its situation is the same. Tlu 
 following the word ' precedent' is not so peremptorily demanded 
 as the former rests have been ; and many readers might choose 
 to have that immediately following the syllable ' will,' as the 
 nature of this syllable is such as to admit of easy and correct 
 articulation, without a pause or an interruption before it. If 
 this reading be preferred, the syllable may be included in this 
 same measure with the word ■ precedent, 3 and still the scoring 
 will be very good : — 
 
 *j The ] fatal | precedent will | plead. I 
 \ .-. A ••• \ ••• •■• ••• \ ■■• 
 
 These four syllables not being too many for a measure. * plead' 
 will then immediately follow ; and if the length of such a 
 syllable seem insufficient to nil a measure by itself alone, a 
 rest may follow it in the same measure, or may be understood, 
 as in the first two measures of the next line ; each of the syl- 
 lables * thus' and • on' may be followed by a rest or not : it 
 comes to the same thing practically as regards measure. The 
 reader is at liberty to prolong the sound of ' s' on the former 
 qIl these words, or that of ' n' on the latter, so as to fill the 
 whole time of a measure ; or he may observe practically a rest 
 after either or both of them. A rest is usually placed in the 
 
 * The same remark applies to the words ■ wisdom' aud ■ procrasti- 
 nation: 7 they are likewise rendered emphatic by the same means. 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 139 
 
 same measure after a very short accented syllable, where no 
 reader would think of attempting to give quantity -, as in the 
 third line the word i life' is followed by a rest. 
 
 But in practice, the omission of it can lead to no error ; so 
 that in scoring, no one who has been accustomed to reading 
 the exercises for a few days, will require the rests to be written 
 down, when they relate to the unaccented member of a measure. 
 For such rests only indicate the absence of quantity on the 
 accented syllables; and the student knows already where 
 quantity is practicable, and generally where it is desirable. 
 
 It has occurred to me that if there were no other benefit to 
 be derived from the system of scoring than that of exhibiting 
 the gross faults prevalent in the reading of poetry, it would 
 still be worth every one's time to acquire the little knowledge 
 necessary for following the scoring marked out for the purpose 
 of breaking up the sing-song uniformity suggested by the 
 regular rhythm of measured verses. Suppose any one should 
 find six or eight successive lines constructed precisely like the 
 following : 
 
 " Mortal | nature | lifts her | changeful | form," 
 
 where the measures consist for the most part of two syllables 
 alternating heavy, light ; heavy, light ; without interruption or 
 variety ; what can be more lulling in its effect ? Or with the 
 triple measure of dactyles : 
 
 Came to the | beach a poor | exile of | Erin. 
 
 This reads still worse. But a judicious reader at once per- 
 ceives that the word ' beach,' for instance, both for the purpose 
 
140 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 of thoroughly finishing the word, and because it is an impor- 
 tant word in the sentence, requiring a shade of emphasis, 
 should be followed by a pause or a slight suspension. He sees 
 also that the word ' poor' is a word to be emphasized, and is 
 highly susceptible of quantity; he therefore places it at the 
 beginning of a measure, extends the quantity throughout that 
 measure, and produces at once a very different reading : — 
 
 **| There | came to the | beach | *1 a | poor | exile of | Erin. 
 
 A .'• A .'. ••• A /. A .". A .'. A .*. .'. A .'. 
 
 Take also the next line. What can be worse than the reading 
 at first suggested to a beginner by the number of syllables ? 
 
 The | dew on his | thin robe was | heavy and | chill. 
 
 A reader who perceives the disastrous tendency of such 
 verses to provoke a monotonous jingle, instead of favoring a 
 simple and expressive melody of language, will endeavor to 
 read it so as to show the meaning, and more like prose. 
 
 **| The | dew | **| on his | thin | robe | ^j was | heavy and | chill, 
 
 A ••• A .*. A ■•• ••• A ••• A .'• A ••• A ••• •'. A ••• 
 
 giving to the words ' thin' and ' robe' sufficient quantity to 
 make each of them occupy a measure ; thus they have due 
 emphasis, and the whole harmony of the verse is improved at 
 the same time. 
 
 The student is now left to the practice of scored exercises. 
 Different opinions will be arrived at, I am quite confident, by 
 persons differing in capacity for harmonious reading. Various 
 
MEASURE OF SPEECH. 141 
 
 estimates will be made of the expediency of adopting such a 
 mode. While some readers will regard it as a most invaluable 
 acquisition, and will exclaim with Archimedes ' Eureka V be- 
 fore they have practised an hour ; by others it will be esteemed 
 an impossibility to acquire the art of reading smoothly in 
 accordance with these principles. To those who find great 
 difficulty in conforming to the scoring, I can only recommend 
 the practice before mentioned of using the words ' down/ ' up/ 
 for rests in first and second members of measure ; the words 
 must of course be spoken very rapidly, or the language of the 
 author very slowly ; for in speaking these words, the very time 
 which should legitimately be used to inhale is nearly exhausted. 
 So that this sort of reading will soon fatigue ; thus demonstra- 
 ting the absolute necessity of the rests or pauses. And the 
 reader will soon be able to observe the rests in silence. 
 
 To those who, from their naturally correct ear and good 
 taste, have a ready facility at reading scored language, I would 
 recommend that they only practice until they shall have ac- 
 quired sufficient skill in the use of extended quantity and a 
 fine vanish to their syllables preceding rests, to enable them to 
 produce an elegant reading of the passages which at first seem 
 most difficult to reconcile to the scoring. For they may be 
 assured that such passages may be read effectively according 
 to the prescribed marks ; and those failing to accomplish this, 
 will undoubtedly fail for the want of a thorough command over 
 some of the resources taught in this book. 
 
 Nevertheless, it is contrary to the spirit and the principles 
 of my teaching, to assume that any prescribed reading is the 
 
142 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 only one which may be consistent with good taste, or well 
 adapted to express the sentiment with correctness.* 
 
 The author has found passages scored by masters of un- 
 doubted correctness and skill, the scoring of which he has not 
 been able to reconcile with his own ideas of propriety ; but he 
 is not therefore prepared to say that the reading indicated is 
 impracticable or incorrect 
 
 What has been aimed at, in the selections scored for mea- 
 sure, is to indicate such a reading as shall be consistent with 
 taste and propriety, and perfectly free from objections; and it 
 will be recollected that a similar remark was made in Chapter 
 IV. of the Second Part, when speaking of Intonation, and the 
 intervals prescribed for the measure of certain inflections. 
 
 *As this admission may possibly have the effect with some minds 
 to invalidate the claims of this method to utility, I am of the opinion 
 that these claims are rather strengthened and confirmed by such a 
 concession. For, if the principle were not a correct one in practice, it 
 might be shown that it could not be demonstrated upon language 
 written without reference to such an apportionment of syllables ; 
 whereas it is clearly shown in the scoring of the various styles of 
 composition annexed as reading lessons, that the principle applies. 
 And what is still more illustrative of its practical utility, it will be 
 observed that where the style of a composition is most harmonious 
 and beautiful, there the scoring is of most easy application, and the 
 reading according to it most readily performed. 
 
EXERCISES 
 
 CATHARINA. 
 
 ADDRESSED TO MISS STAPLETON. 
 
 **j She I came,*i | *[ she is | gone,"*] | **| we have | met, 
 
 A ••• A ••• A .'. ••• A .-■ A .-■ ••■ A ' 
 
 *"| And | meet, perhaps, | never a- | gain ;**] | 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A •'■ 
 
 ~|The | sun of | that~| | moment | *Jis | set,**] | 
 A •'. A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A .*• 
 
 *"] And | seems to have | risen in | vain.**] | 
 
 A ••• A ••• ■•• A ••• ••• A ••• 
 
 **] Catha- | rina | **j has | fled like a | dream, | 
 
 A /. ••• A .'• A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• 
 
 (So | vanishes | pleasure, | ^ a- I las !) **j I h H I 
 
 A/. A .-. /. A ••• A .". A ••• A ••• 
 
 But has | left**] | **Ja re- | gret^ | **]and es- I teem, 
 
 A ••• A ••• A-'. ••• A ••• A ••• /. A ••• 
 
 ^| That I will not so | suddenly | pass.**] | 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A .'. 
 
 ~]The | last | evening | ramble | *»| we I made,*1 I 
 
 A •• A--. A ••• A ••• A ••• A 
 
 ~\ Catha- | rina, | **] Ma- | ria, | M and I I,~] I 
 
 A .*. .-• A-'- A ••• A--. A •••• A-"- 
 
 (143) 
 
144 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 **! Our | progress was | often de- | lay'd I 
 
 A ••• A ••■ ••• A ••• ••• A ••• 
 
 *1 By the | nightingale | warbling | nigh.*'; 
 
 A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A ••• A ••• 
 
 *1 We | paus'd under | many a | tree,*] | 
 
 A ■■• A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A .'. 
 
 *1 And | much was | she | charmed | *]with a | tone*] I 
 
 A ••• A ••• A-'- A .'■ A ••• ••• A •■• 
 
 Less*] | sweet to Ma- | ria and | me,*] | 
 
 A .'. A ••• ••• A--. ••• A ••• 
 
 Who so | lately | *] had | witness'd | *] her | own. | *]*] | *]*] j 
 
 A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A •••' 
 
 My | numbers | that | day | *] she had | sung,*] I 
 
 A/- A ••• A ••• A--. A ••• ••• A .*. 
 
 *] And | gave them a | grace so di- | vine,*] I 
 A ••• A •'. ••• A ••• ••• A .'. 
 
 *] As I only her I musical I tongue I 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A ••• 
 
 *] Could in- | fuse into | numbers of | mine.*] I 
 
 A .'. ••• A ••• ••• A ••• ■•• A ••• 
 
 ^1 *] | *| The | longer I | heard *] | *] I es- | teem'd *] 
 
 A .-. A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• A ••• ••• A 
 
 *] The j work of my | fancy the | more,*] | 
 *] And | e'en to my- | self never | seem'd** | 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A 
 
 *] So | tuneful a | poet be- | fore. | *] *] | *] *1 | 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• 
 
 Though the | pleasures of | London ex- | ceed*i | 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A ••• 
 
 *] In | number | *] the | days of the | year,*] | *] *] | 
 
 A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• ••• A •••' A .*. 
 
 *] Catha- | rina (did | nothing im- | pede) *] | 
 
 A .-. .-. A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A 
 
 **J Would | feel herself | happier | here.*] | 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• ' A •• ••• A ••• 
 
EXERCISES. 145 
 
 **| For the | close- woven | arches of | limes, ^j | 
 
 A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A ■■• ••• A 
 
 **| On the | banks of our | river, | ^ I | know,**! | 
 
 A .'. •■• A ••• ■•• A ••• A ••• A ••• 
 
 ""j Are | sweeter to | her *"j | many | times *"| | 
 
 A .-. A ••■ ••• A •■• A ■•• A ••• 
 
 *"] Than | aught that the | city can | show. | *| **] | *\ *"| [ 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A •■• ■•• A ••• A ••• A ••• 
 
 So it | is ^ | ^ when the | mind | ^ is en- | clued *"J | 
 
 A ••• A ••• A ••■ ••• A •■• A ••- ••• A ■•■ 
 
 *] With a | well-judging | taste from a- | bove^ | 
 
 A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A •■ 
 
 Then ""j | (whether em- | hellish' d or | rude) **| | 
 
 A ••■ A ••• ••• A ••• ••• A .-• 
 
 *1 'Tis | Nature a | lone **| | *| that we | love.^ [ 
 
 A' ••• A ••• ••• A ••• A ••• ••• A •■• 
 
 M The a- | chievements of | art may a- | muse,^ j 
 
 A ■•• ••• A ••• •■• A ••• ••• A •■• 
 
 *"| May | even our | wonder ex- | cite,**] | 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• /., A ••• 
 
 *\ But | groves,**! | hills, and | valleys, | *] dif- | fuse ^| I 
 
 A .-. A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A •■• 
 
 **1 A | lasting | *] a | sacred | ^ de- | lights, | **H | 1 ~] | 
 
 A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• A •'- A ■" 
 
 Since | then | *[ in the | rural re- | cess **J | 
 A ••• A ••• A ■•• ••• A ••• ••• A ••• 
 
 **| Catha- | rina a- | lone can re- | j oice ; *"| I 
 
 A ••• ••• A/. ••• A ••• ••• A ••• 
 
 **j May it | still be her I lot to pos- I sess **| I 
 
 A •■• ••• A ■■■ ••• A ■•• --. A •■• 
 
 **] The | scene of her | sensible | choice ! *\ 
 
 A .-• A •••. ••• A ••• •-. A 
 
 *"] To in- | habit a I mansion re- I mote *"] I 
 
 A .-. .-. A .-. .-. A ••• .-. A ••• 
 
 **| From the | clatter of | street-pacing I steeds, ^, 
 A .-. / A ••• ••• A ••• .-. A ••• 
 
 13 
 
146 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 *] And by | Philomel's | annual | note *] \ 
 *1 To | measure the | life that she | leads.*! 
 
 *1 With her | book,*] | *] and her | voice,*] | *] and her | lyre,*] | 
 
 A .-. .-. A ••• A ••• ••• A ••• A ••• .-. A ••• 
 
 *] To | wing all her | moments at | home ) *] | 
 
 A ••• A .-. ••• A ••• ••• A 
 
 *1 And with | scenes | *] that | new | rapture in- | spire,**] | 
 
 A •-. ••• A .-. A ••• A ••• A ••• ••• A •-. 
 
 **| As | oft as it | suits her to | roam ; *] | 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A .'. .'. A 
 
 *] She will | have *] | just the | life *] | *] she pre- | fers,*] | 
 
 A .-. .-. A ••• A ••• A ••• A .-. ••• A ••• 
 
 *] With | little to | hope | *1 or to | fear,*! 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ."• A ••• ••• A ••• 
 
 *1 And | ours would be | pleasant as | hers,*] | 
 
 A .-. A .'. .*• A •'• ••• A ••■ 
 
 Might we | view her en- | joying it | here.*] | *1 *] I *] *] I 
 
 A ••• A ••• ••• A ••- ••• A ••• A ••• A ••• 
 
 COWPER. 
 
 EXTRACT FROM JUNIUS. 
 
 *] My I Lord, | *] *] | if the | measures | *] in | which you 
 have been | most sue- | cessful | *] had | been sup- | ported by 
 | any | tolerable ap- | pearance of | argument, | *] *] | I should 
 have | thought my | time | not | ill em- | ployed | *] in con- | 
 tinuing to ex- | amine your | conduct | *1 as a | minister, | *j 
 
EXERCISES. 147 
 
 and | stating it | fairly to the | public. | *] **| | **| But | when I 
 | see | questions of the | highest | national im- | portance | 
 carried as they | have been, | **| and the | first | principles of 
 the | consti- | tution [ **| *1 | openly | violated, | *"1 with- | out 
 | argument or | decency, | *1 *1 | **| I con - | f ess I *1 I I §i ve 
 up the | cause in de- | spair. | *j *| \ .**| The | meanest | **j of 
 your | prede- ] cessors | had a- | bilities | H suf- | ficient to | 
 give a | color to their | measures. | *"] **] | If they in- | vaded 
 the | rights of the | people, | ^| they | did not | dare to | offer 
 a di- | rect | insult | *"] to their | under | standing : | **| and, in | 
 former | times, | ^] the | most | venal | parliaments | made it 
 a con- | dition in their | bargain with the [ minister, | that he 
 should | furnish them | *[ with | some | plausible pre- | tences 
 | **| for | selling their | country and them- | selves. | ^ w | j 
 You have | had the | merit of | intro- | ducing a | more coin- 
 | pendious | system of | government and | logic. | **| You | 
 neither ad- | dress yourself | *1 to the | passions | **| nor the | 
 under- | standing, | *] but | simply to the | touch. | *i **| | *\ 
 You ap- | ply yourself | "*| im- | mediately to the | feelings of 
 your | friends; | who, | contrary to the | forms of | parlia- 
 ment, | never | enter | heartily | into a de- | bate | ^] un- | til 
 they have di- | vided. | *"] Re- | linquishing, | therefore, | all | 
 idle | views of a- | mendment to your | grace, | **j or of | bene- 
 fit to the | public, | **| **| | let me be per- | mitted to | leave for 
 an- | other | letter [ **| the | exami- | nation of your | character 
 and | conduct ; | *1 **j | simply re- | marking in | this | that 
 there is | something in | both | ^ which dis- | tinguishes you 
 | not only from | all | other | ministers, | **| but | all other | 
 men. | "\ **| | *| It | is not that you | do | wrong by de- | sign, 
 
148 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 | but that you should j never | do | right by mis- | take. | **| 
 *I | **| It | is not that your | indolence, | *| and your ac- | tivity, 
 | **J have been | equally | rnisap- | plied | »] *< | but that the | 
 first | uniform | principle, | *1 or | if I may | call it the | 
 genius | **| of your | life, | *"j should have | carried you | 
 **] through | every | possible | change | **] and | contra- | dic- 
 tion of | conduct, | ^1 with- | out the | momentary | impu- | 
 tation or | color of a | virtue. | And that the | wildest | spirit 
 of | incon- | sistency | **J should | never | once have be- | trayed 
 you | into a | wise or | honorable | action. 
 
 DR. FRANKLIN'S JOURNEY FROM BOSTON TO 
 PHILADELPHIA, IN OCTOBER, 1723. 
 
 **] My I friend a- | greed for my | passage | **j with the | cap- 
 tain of a | New York | sloop. | *1 *"! | *1 By | favor of a | good 
 | wind | ^ I | found myself | **] in | three | days in | New 
 York, | nearly | three | hundred | miles from my | home, | **] 
 at the | age | only of | seventeen | years, | **] with- | out | 
 knowing an | indi- | vidual | ^ in the [ place, | **| and with | 
 very little | money in my | pocket. | *"] Phila- | delphia | ^wasa 
 | hundred | miles | further. | **| | **] I | hesitated | not | **| to 
 em- | bark in a | boat | **| in | order to re- 1 pair by the | shortest 
 | cut of the | sea to | Amboy; | leaving my | trunk and ef- | 
 fects | ^| to come | after me | **| by the | usual | *\ and more | 
 
EXERCISES. 149 
 
 tedious con- | veyance. | •] **] | **j In | crossing the | bay | **|we 
 | met with a | squall | *l which | shattered to | pieces | ^ our 
 | rotten | sails, | *1 pre- j vented us | *"j from | entering the | 
 Kill, | ~] and | threw us upon j Long | Island. | *| ^ | M In 
 ap- | proaching the | Island, | *1 we | found that we had | 
 made a | part of the | coast | where it was | not | possible to | 
 land, | **| on ac- | count of the | strong | breakers | *"] pro- | 
 ducedbythe | rocky | shore. | ^l** 1 , | Night came | on, | ""j and 
 | nothing re- | mained for us | **] but to | wait | quietly the 
 sub- | siding of the | wind, | "*| till | when we de- | termined 
 to | sleep, | ^j if | possible ; | *°1 **| | *] for | that | purpose we | 
 went be- | low the | hatches. | **] The | sea | broke over the | 
 boat, | *"j and | reached us | in our re- | treat, | so that | we 
 were J presently com- | pletely [ drenched. | 
 
 ^( We | had very | little re- | pose | *"J **] | during the | whole 
 | night : j **| but the | wind a- | bating the | next day, | **| we 
 sue- | ceeded in | reaching | Amboy be- | fore it was | dark, | 
 "■*] *| | after | having | passed | thirty | hours with- | out pro- | 
 visions. | ~\ ~] | ~\ *\ \ 
 
 **] The | next | day I | crossed the | river in a | ferry boat, 
 | *1**| | **1 and con- | tinued my | journey on | foot. | ^J I had | 
 fifty | miles to | walk | **| in | order to | reach | Burlington, | 
 where I was | told I should | find | passage-boats | **] that would 
 con- | vey me to | Phila- | delphia. ""j It | rained | hard the ' 
 whole | day, | **| **] | so that I was | wet to the | skin. | **] *"] j 
 Finding my- | self fa- | tigued j **| a- | bout | noon, | **| I | stop- 
 ped at a | paltry | inn, | **] where I | passed the | rest of the | 
 day, | '•j and the | whole | night, | •*] be- | ginning to re- | gret 
 that I had | quitted my | home. | **] The | next | day 
 13* 
 
150 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 how- | ever, | **] I con- | tinued my | journey, | **| and ar- \ 
 rived in the | evening | *] at an | inn | eight or | ten | miles 
 from | Burlington. | ~]~j | Here I | spent the | night, | *| and 
 | reached | Burlington the | next | morning. | **] »-| ] **l On my 
 ar- | rival | **| I | had the | mortifi- | cation to | learn that the | 
 passage-boats | **| had | sailed a | little be- | fore. | **| ^ | This 
 was on a | Saturday, | ~j and there | would be | no other 
 boat | *] till the | Tuesday | following. | **] ~j | Here I im- 
 agined my- | self to be | fixed till | then ; | **| but | walking 
 out in the | evening, | **j by the | river side, | **| I | saw a 
 boat with a | number of | persons in it | **J ap- | proach. | ' 
 It was | going to | Phila- | delphia, | ^j and the | company 
 took me | in. | **] **| | As there was | no | wind, | **| we could 
 only | make | way with our | oars. | *| A- | bout | midnight, 
 not per- | ceiving the | town, ] **| **| | ^ and | some of the 
 company | **j were of o- | pinion | **| that we | must have 
 passed it, |" **j and were un- | willing to | row any | further, 
 **| the | rest | not | knowing | where we | were, | **| it was 
 re- | solved that ] we should | stop. | **| We | drew | towards 
 the | shore, | ^} ^ | entered a | creek, | *\ and | landed | near 
 some | old | pali- | sades, | **| which | served us for | firewood, 
 | **j it | being a | cold | night in Oc- | tober. | T**j | Here we 
 | stayed till | day, | ^J when | one of the | company | found 
 the | place in | which we | were | **j to be | Cooper's | Creek, 
 | **| a | little a- | bove Phila- | delphia, | which in re- | ality | *»| 
 we per- | ceived | *ithe | moment we were | out of the | creek. 
 | **j We ar- | rived on | Tuesday, a- | bout | eight or | nine 
 o'- | clock in the | morning, | **| and | landed on | Market 
 street I wharf. I *1 *1 I 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 151 
 
 On my ar- | rival at | Phila- | delphia, | **] I was | in my | 
 working | dress, | **| my | best | clothes | being to | come by | 
 sea. | *] I was [ covered with | dirt; | H my | pockets were | 
 filled with | shirts and | stockings ; | **] I was | unac- | quainted 
 with a | single | soul in the | place, | ^and | knew not | where 
 to | seek for a | lodging. | **]*j | **i Fa- | tigued with | walking, | 
 ^^J | rowing, | ^j and | having | passed the | night | ^J with- | 
 out j sleep, | I was ex- | tremely | hungry. | **| I | walked to- | 
 wards the | top of the ] street, | looking | eagerly | *"| on | 
 both | sides, | H till I | came to | Market street, | ^j ^ | where 
 I | met a | child with a | loaf of | bread. | **] I in- | quired | 
 where he had | bought it, | **] and | went | straight to the | 
 baker's | shop, [ **j which he | pointed | out to me. | ^ ""l | *1 
 I | asked for some | biscuits, ex- | pecting to [ find | such as 
 we | had at [ Boston ; | ^ but they | made, | **| it | seems, | 
 none of | that | sort at | Phila- | delphia. | ^j I | then | asked 
 for a | three-penny ( loaf: | **] they | made no | loaves of j 
 that price. | — **| *[ | 
 
 Finding myself | ignorant | **] of the j prices, | **] as | well 
 as of the | different | kinds of | bread, | *"1 I de- | sired him 
 | **] to | let me | have | three- | penny worth of | bread of | 
 some | kind or | other. | **| ^ | *1 He | gave me | three | large 
 | rolls. | "*! I was sur- | prised at re- | ceiving so | much • | ""j I 
 | took them, how- | ever, | ^ and | having | no | room in my 
 J pockets, | **j I | walked | on with a | roll | under each j 
 arm, | eating the | third. | *"i In | this | manner I | went 
 through | Market street | **j to | Fourth street, | **j and | 
 passed the | house of Mr. | Read, | *| the | father of my | 
 future | wife. | ^ She was | standing at the | door, | ^ ob- | 
 
152 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 served me, | **] and | thought with | reason | *| that I | made 
 a | very | singular | **| and gro- | tesque ap- | pearance. | *|**j | 
 **| I | then | turned the | corner, | **| and | went through | 
 Chestnut street, | eating my | roll | all the | way; | *| and 
 having | made | this | round, | **| I | found myself | **] a- | gain 
 on | Market street | wharf, | near the | boat in | which I 
 ar- | rived. | *1 I stepped | into it | **j to | take a | draught of | 
 river water ; | *"] and | finding my- | self | satisfied with my | 
 first | roll, | **| I | gave the | other | two to a | woman | **| and 
 her | child, | **j who had | come | down the | river | with us 
 in the | boat, | *"1 and was | waiting to con- | tinue her | jour- 
 ney. | **| **j | Thus re- | freshed, I re- | gained the | street, | *" 
 which was | now | full of | well-dressed | people, | all | going 
 the | same | way. | *i I | joined them, | **J and was | thus | 
 led to a | large | Quakers' | meeting-house, | near the | 
 market-place. | ^ I | sat | down with the | rest; | *| and | 
 after | looking | round me for | some | time, | hearing | no- 
 thing | said, | **j and | being | drowsy | **] from my | last | 
 night's | labor and | want of | rest, | *| I | fell into a | sound 
 | sleep. | *] In | this | state I con- | tinued till the as- | sem- 
 bly dis- | persed, | **j when | one of the | congre- | gation | 
 had the | goodness to | wake me. 1*1*11 This was | conse- 
 quently the | first | house I | entered, | *] or in | which I | 
 slept in | Phila- | delphia, | *H | ~1 ~j | 
 
EXERCISES. 153 
 
 FROM SHAKSPEARE'S HENRY IV. 
 
 SECOND PART — ACT THIRD. 
 
 How many | thousands | *| of my | poorest | subjects | 
 ^| Are at | this | hour a- | sleep. | *| *[ | | gentle | sleep ! | 
 **| ^| | Nature's | soft | nurse, | how have | I | frighted thee, 
 '"] That | thou no | more wilt | weigh mine | eyelids | down, 
 *j And | steep my | senses in for- | getfulness ? | *l **| | **| **] | 
 "Why | rather, | sleep, | liest thou in | smoky | cribs, 
 **| Upon | uneasy | pallets | stretching thee, | 
 **J And | hush'd with | buzzing | night-flies ] **] to thy | slum- 
 ber; | 
 Than in the | perfumed | chambers of the | great, | 
 I *1 *1 1 Under the | canopies | ^ of | costly | state, 
 ""I And | lulled with | sounds of | sweetest | melody ? | 
 ""j | thou | dull | god, | why | liest thou with the | vile, 
 **| In [ loathesome | beds, | m and | leavest the | kingly | couch [ 
 **j **| | *1, A | watch*case | *1 or a | common | larum-bell ? | 
 *\ **J | Wilt thou | **| upon the | high and | giddy | mast | 
 ^ ^ | Seal up the | ship-boy's | eyes, | *| and [ rock his | brains | 
 *"j In | cradle of the | rude, im- ] perious | surge, 
 *"| *"j | And in the | visi- | tation of the | winds | *"| *"J | 
 **| *1 | Canst thou, | | partial | sleep ! | give thy re- | pose | 
 **j To the | wet | sea-boy | *"] in an | hour | so | rude, f 
 
154 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 *| *] | And, in the | calmest | *\ and | most | stillest | night, | 
 ^ With | all ap- | pliances and | means to | boot, | 
 *1 De- 1 ny it to a | king? | *j ~] | Then | happy | low ! lie | down, | 
 ^ Un- | easy | lies the | head | *\ that | wears a | crown. 
 
 STORY AND SPEECH OF LOGAN. 
 
 1. **] In the | spring of the | year | seventeen | hundred and 
 | seventy- | four, | *| a | robbery | was com- | mitted by some | 
 Indians | *| on | certain | land ad- | venturers | *] on the 
 0- | hio | river. | *] The | whites in | that | quarter, | *< ac- | 
 cording to their | custom, | under- | took to | punish this | 
 outrage [ **j in a | summary | way. | **J **j | Captain | Michael | 
 Cresap, ] ^ and a | certain | Daniel | Greathouse, | leading | 
 on these | parties, | **| sur- | prised, at | different | times, | 
 travelling and | hunting parties | *"| of the | Indians, | having 
 their | women and | children | with them, | **j and | murdered 
 | many. | ^| ^ | ^| A- | mong | these | M were, un- | fortu- 
 nately, the | family of | Logan, | ^| a | chjpf, | celebrated in | 
 peace and | war, | **] and | long dis- | tiuguished as the | 
 friend of the | whites. | *"] *\ | 
 
 2. This un- j worthy re | turn | **J pro- | voked his | venge- 
 ance. | **] **! | **] He ac- | cordingly | signalized him- | self in 
 the | war which en- | sued. | **] **| | **] In the | autumn of the 
 same | year | *\ a de- | cisive battle was [ fought at the 
 
EXERCISES. 155 
 
 mouth of the | Great Ka- | nawha, | **J be- | tween the col- I 
 lected | forces of the | Shawanese, | Mingoes, aud | Dela wares, 
 | **| and a de- | tachinent of the Vir- | ginia mi- | litia. | h 
 ""j | The | Indians were de- | feated, | *»j and | sued for | 
 peace. | *"| **| | Logan, how- | ever, dis- j dained to be j seen 
 among the | suppliants. | **] **| | ""j But | lest the sin- | cerity of 
 a | treaty should | be dis- | trusted, | *\ from | which so dis- | 
 tinguished a [ chief ab- | sented himself, | *"| he | sent, by a I 
 messenger, | **] the following | speech, | **j to be de- | livered 
 to | Lord | Dunmore : — 1*1*11 
 
 3. "I ap- | peal to | any | white man to | say, if | ever he | 
 entered | Logan's | cabin | huugry, | ^ and he | gave him 
 not | meat; | **] if | ever he | came | cold and | naked, and 
 he | clothed him not. | **| M | During the | course of the | last 
 | long and | bloody | war, | **| *"] | Logan re- | mained | idle in 
 his | cabin, | w | an | advocate for | peace. | **| ^ | Such was my 
 | love for the | whites, | **| that my | countrymen | pointed as 
 they | passed, | *1 and | said, | ' Logan is the | friend of | white 
 men.' \^~\\ 
 
 4. ^ "I had | even | thought to have | lived with you, | but 
 for the | injuries of | one | man. | **| **j | Colonel | Cresap, 
 | **j the | last | spring, in | cold | blood, | ^ and | unpro- | voked, | 
 •J *1 | murdered | all the re- | lations of | Logan, | not even 
 | sparing my | women and | children. [ M **J j M There | runs 
 not a | drop of my | blood in the | veins of | any | living | 
 creature. | < *j"*J | This | called on me | ^j for re- | venge. | **j *\ 
 | **] I have | sought it ; \ M I have | killed | many ; | *1 I have 
 | fully ] glutted my | vengeance. | **| **| | **| For my | country, 
 H I re- | joice at the | beams of ] peace; | **| but | do not | 
 
156 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 harbor a | thought that | mine is the | joy of | fear. | ^| *■] | 
 Logan | never | felt | fear. | **] **| | **] He | will not | turn on his 
 | heel | **| to | save his | life. | **| **| | Who | is there to | mourn 
 for | Logan ? | *| Not | one !" | **] *| | 
 
 LOVE OF A FATHER. 
 
 ^1 The I following | most re- | markable | *»| and | beautiful 
 | instance of | filial af- ] fection ap- | peared in the | Herald, 
 of | Lima, (Pe- | ru,) **| to | which it was com- | municated | 
 by the Al- | calde of | Callao. **| *\ 
 
 Gentlemen, — | ~] There | having | passed in my | office | 
 (justice of the | peace) | **] a | scene of | great | interest, | 
 *"| and | most | rare at | any | time and | any | place, | ^ I | 
 cannot re- | frain from com- | municating the | same | "*| to 
 you, | **| be- | lieving that | you will con- | cur with | me | **J 
 in the o- | pinion that an | act so | humble and | worthy the 
 | best | qualities of | human | nature, | **] de- | serves to be 
 com- | memorated | *"j by | means of the | press. | **] **| | 
 
 *"] A- | bout | eight o'- | clock this | morning, | ^ a tu- j 
 multuous as- | sembly of | people | **| in- | vaded my | house, 
 | bringing | in with them | *] a | venerable- | looking | man. 
 | *] **] | ^ They in- | quired for the | justice. | »*| **j | **j On 
 de- | manding of them the | reason of a | semi- | riotous col- j 
 lection, they | all be- | gan to | speak at | once, | *] *] | so that 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 157 
 
 I I was for a | time un- | able to | compre- | hend | what was 
 the | true | state of the | case. f *| **| | Having, how- | ever, at 
 | last ob- | tained | silence, | **| the | old | man ad- | dressed 
 me | thus : — | **] **| \ 
 
 " Mr. Al- | calde, | having | buried my | wife, the | mother 
 of | these | four | lads, | *| I | ordered | this one, | named | 
 Jose Ma- | ria, | **| to | take | charge of the | other | three, | 
 who have al- [ ready made ( choice of their | elder | brother's 
 pro- | fession. | **] H | These | two, | Anta- | nacio and | Dio- 
 | nisio, | ^ are | both | married ; | *■) r| \ **j the | youngest, | **J 
 al- | though | single, sup- | ports himself | **| by his | labors 
 as a | fisherman. | **| **] | Ever | since the | mother of the | 
 boys was | taken a- | way from me, | I have been | living with 
 my | elder | son | H in the in- | terior • | *| but have | never | 
 failed to re- | ceive j care and at- j tention from the | other | 
 three. | *"] De- | sirous of | coming to | Callao, | Jose Ma- | ria 
 | wrote to | Julian, in | order that | he should pro- | vide for 
 me, | which in- | junction has | given of- | fence to | Anta- | 
 nacio, | **| who de- | clares that, j being the | second | son, the J 
 future | care of me | **] be- | longs of | right to | him. | **j M | 
 I would | like to di- | vide myself | H into | four | parts, | so 
 as to | give | each of my | children a | portion of my | body ; 
 | **| but as | that | cannot | be, | *[ we have | come before | 
 you, | *\ Mr. Al- | calde, | *j in | order that | you should de- | 
 cide | which of | these | young | men is to | be pre- | ferred." | 
 **| M | **j The | father had | hardly | finished ] speaking [ ^| 
 when the | generous dis- | pute com- | menced. | **j **| | ""j *] | 
 
 Anta- | nacio, [ *| the | second | son, | said that his | father, 
 | having been | hitherto | living with his | elder | brothers, | **j 
 14 
 
158 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 it was | now | his | turn to | have pos- | session of him, | *•] 
 by | order of | birth. | ^j *"| | Dio- | nisio con- | tended that 
 his | brother, Anta- | nacio, | could not | be with his | father, 
 be- | cause he | had a | great | deal to | do, | *j and | could 
 not | give his | father the at- | tention he re- | quired. | **j 
 The | fourth | son, | Julian, | repre- | sented to me | H that 
 it | properly be- | longed to | him to sup- | port his | father, | 
 *] as | he was the | youngest | *\ and un- | married. | **1 *1 | *", 
 In | truth I | knew not | what to re- | solve, | *J my | heart 
 was | so af- | fected | **1 by the ex- | traordinary | picture pre- | 
 sented to me. | *"| As I con- | templated | this | scene, | **J the 
 | old | man, Cle- | mento, | said, | *»i " My | dear | children, | 
 H my | heart | over- j flows with | satis- | faction in | witnessing 
 your dis- | putes re- | specting | which of | you shall | take | 
 charge of your | old | father. | **] ** | ^ I would | gladly | give 
 con- | sent to you | all, | **] and | therefore pro- | pose to be 
 per- | mitted to | breakfast with | one, | dine with an- | other, 
 | sleep in the | house of the | third, | **j and | thus | keep | 
 changing from | day to | day; | ^1 **j | ^ but | if you | do not 
 con- | sent to | this ; | let his | honor, the | judge, de- | ter- 
 mine | what shall be | done with me." |. *"1 *1 | 
 
 **] The | young] | men u- | nanimously re- | jected | this 
 propo- | sition, be- | cause they | said their | father would | 
 lead an ] idle, | errant, un- | quiet | life. | **| I | then pro- | posed 
 to | write on | separate | pieces of | paper the | names of the 
 | sons, and | let the de- | cision of | chance | settle the | ques- 
 tion. | *"l *"] | While I | wrote | these | papers and | doubled 
 them, | *"j and | put them | into the | hat of Cle- | mento, | *»| 
 which ] served as a | ballot-box, | ^ a | deathlike | silence 
 
EXERCISES. 159 
 
 pre- 1 vailed, | and there was I plainly to be | seen, ex- 1 pressed 
 in the | countenance of | each of the | sons, his | hopes of ] 
 being the | lucky re- | ceiver of the de- | sired | prize. | , "j *•] | 
 ^iThe | old | man | put his | tremulous | hand | into the | 
 hat, | ^ and | drew out the | name of | Anta- | nacio, | **j the j 
 second | son • | ^ *"1 | **] My | friends, I | hardly | know | how 
 to ex- | press to you | **| the | new | scene which | then broke 
 | in upon me ! | **j **j | Anta- | nacio, | **| upon | hearing his | 
 name | called, | broke into | praises | **| to the Om- | niscient 
 | **| for ac- | cording him | such a | boon. | ^ **] | **] With his 
 | hands | clasped, and | eyes di- | rected to | heaven, | ""J he re- 
 | peated | over and | over his | thanks, | then | fell upon his | 
 knees be- | fore his | venerable | parent, and | bathed his J 
 sandaled | feet with | tears of | frantic | joy. | ^ ""l | *"| The 
 | other | brothers | followed his ex- | ample, and em- | braced 
 the | feet of the | good old | patriarch, | **| who re- | mained 
 like a | statue, op- | pressed with e- | motions | ^ to | which 
 he | knew not | how to [ give | vent. | *"| *\ \ 
 
 Such a | scene | melted | all who | witnessed it, | **j a- | 
 mong | whom | were the lieu- | tenant of | police, | **] the 
 Al- | calde | Don Al- | tano, | **} and | some | other | friends. | 
 ** **! | **l The | brothers | then re- | tired, | **j but | soon re- | 
 turned with a | fresh de- | mand, | **| which | was, that | I 
 should com- | mand that | since Anta- | nacio had | been | 
 favored by | lot with the | charge of the | father, | **j they | 
 could not | be de- | prived of the | pleasure of | taking | out 
 the | old | man to | walk, by | turns, in the | after- | noon; | 
 **} which | order I | gave magis- | terially, | *\ in | order to | 
 
160 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 gratify these | simple, | honest | people, | *| and they | theu 
 re- | tired con- | tented. | *\ **j | 
 
 This | humble | family, of | Indian ex- | traction, | *"] is | 
 named | Villiavi- | cencio. | *[ They are | natives of the | val- 
 ley of Cho- | rillo, | **j but at | present re- [ side at | Callao. 
 
 MINOR MORALS. 
 
 It has been | truly | said | **{ that "the | most | solemD 
 and | fearful | interests of | life | *"l de- | pend on | things in 
 them- | selves | slight. | **j **j | ^j The | greatest | man that | ever 
 | lived | **| was de- | pendent for | character and | happiness | 
 **| ^ | far | more upon his | little | acts, | **| than upon his | 
 great a- 1 enlevements." | **} *1 1 *\ The | principle | here | stated 
 | **| will ad- | mit of | various illus- | trations. | **| The un- | 
 speakable ( worth of | little | things in | conduct and | cha- 
 racter, | **] the | mischief of | clisre- | garding their im- | 
 portance j **| in our i- | deals of | happiness, | **) and | in our 
 en- | deavors after | moral and re- | ligious | progress, | ~ will 
 | readily ap- | pear from a | few con- | sider- | ations. 
 
 Generally | speaking, | happiness de- | pends | more on 
 at- | tention to | small | ~j than to | great things. | *] **j | 
 Want of | self-con- | trol in | trifles, | **] the | sensitiveness of 
 | vanity, | petty | passions, | habits of o- | mission, | rather 
 than of | actual | wrong- | doing — | **] *| | these, per- | h; 
 
EXERCISES. 161 
 
 more than | what are | called | great | trials, | trouble our 
 se- | renity. |*J *^| Crimes | cause | less | misery than | do 
 these | small neg- | lects and | carelessnesses, | *1 into ] which 
 I people | constantly | fall, | *] who have J not vety | quick | 
 moral per- | ceptions. | *1 **] | **| *"] | 
 
 Who does not | know that | one may | never | violate | one 
 of the | ten com- | mandments, | *1 and | yet be | constantly 
 the | cause of an- | noyance to | all con- | nected with him, | 
 **] by | thoughtless | disre- | gard of their | feelings, | ""j by | 
 careless | speech, | ^j an un- | comfortable | temper, | *\ an 
 in- | ordinate | self- | love, | *»] by | meanness in | trifles, | **| 
 by | slight de- J partures in | these and | other ) ways j **> 
 from the | strict J law of j justice and J good j feeling' ? j *"j **] | 
 How many j more j little | stings there are J darted j than 
 there are j heavy J blows j struck at our \ every day j com- 
 fort and en- | joyment ! j *"] On | what | small | things does 
 the | happiness of | home de- | pend ! | **j If | they be | lack- 
 ing, | how | poorly do | such | things as | competence, | **] 
 re- | specta- | bility, | culture, | health, | *] sup- | ply their | 
 place ! | ^ ^ | ^ An in- | creased | modicum of | patience | 
 under the | minor | ills of | life ; [ M a | firm re- | solve | not to 
 let | these | vex him so | much; | ?] a | gentler | tone; | ^ a 
 | readiness to | do un- | asked | some little | favor, | make | 
 some little | sacrifice; | *[*\ f small at- j tentions; | <■*! the | sim- 
 ple | question | asked | *"] and | answered as it | should be — | 
 *"j M | **! is it | well for my | character, | ^ to say | nothing of | 
 others' | comfort, | ~\ that | all the ar- | rangements and j 
 plans of | this | household | ""j should revolve a- | round | my 
 con- | venience, | ^ **• | my ] taste, ex- j clusively, | *■} as. | if 
 14* 
 
lo'2 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 there were | no | others to | be con- [ suited ? | **j **] I Is it. | 
 too | much to | say, | «] that, in | many | cases, | ** a cor- J 
 rection in | even | one of | these mi- | nute par- | ticulars, | *•] 
 would | bring a- | bout | that which the | man or | woman | 
 covets | most, | ^ ~j | feels the | want of | most — | ~| a | 
 happy | home. | **] *"] | **| ~j | 
 
 **| The | greatest | obstacles which | hinder re- | ligious at- | 
 tainments and | progress, | **] are a- | mong | small | things. 
 
 **j To | say | nothing of the | truth, | **j that the | most 
 fla- | gitious | crime, | *| the | lowest | depths of | evil, | had 
 a be- | ginning in | what was | trifling, | **J the | bad ef- | feet 
 of | little o- | missions, | M in- | diligences, | carelessness, | **} 
 can | hardly be ex- | aggerated. | ^ ^J | ^| It would | seem as | 
 if it were | not very | difficult | *"] to | reach a | certain | point 
 of | moral at- | tainment. | *i ^ | There is a | certain | general 
 I average of | character, | *i which con- | sists in ex- | emptiou 
 from | what is | heinous, j *"] ""j | positively im- j moral in ] con- 
 duct, | **| which | many | reach. | **j *»] | **j But | how | few | go 
 be- | yond it ! | **| How | few | are there | **J whose | lives are 
 a con- | tinual | progress | **] in the di- | vine | life; | ** a | 
 gradual, per- | haps, but | none the less | certain ad- | vance 
 in | love to | God and | man. | *^ **| | 
 
 **} Per- | haps the | very | narrow | clefi- | nitiou of the 
 I single | word "sal- | vation/' \ **] has | something to | do with 
 I this. -| **] **! | Many | seem con- | tent with | saving them- | 
 selves from | what they | deem the | retri- | butions of a | 
 thoroughly | evil and j sinful | life, | **] for- | getting that 
 sal- | vation, in the | large, | true | sense of the | term, | *"| 
 means | growth, | progress, | **] de- | liverance from | all that 
 
EXERCISES. 163 
 
 is I not in | harmony | **| with the | heavenly | and the di- | 
 vine. M 1 | ^, ^ | 
 
 **| The | truth | is, | *"j our | characters | suffer | more from 
 | what we | think | trifling o- | missions, | **j than they | do 
 from | what we | call the com- | mission of | great of | fences. | 
 **| The | former | eat into | character, | **| as | tiny | insects | do 
 | "H into the | large | tree, | drying | up its | sap, | hindering 
 its | growth. | *"| **] | **[ We | speak of the [ slave of in- | tempe- 
 rance | M or | other [ sensu- | ality, | bound in the | chains of 
 his | evil | habit. | **j *| | Are we not, ] all of us, | more or 
 | less | bound ? | **| ^l | Not so ] much, how- | ever, by | strong 
 | chains, [ **] but, | like | Gulliver in the | tale, | M by a | mul- 
 titude of | threads | ^j which | still | keep us | down — | ^j **| | 
 tiny | cords of de- | tention, | *i their | number [ making | up 
 for their | indi- 1 vidual | insig- | nificance, | **] and | which would 
 | not have been | fastened on our | strength | **J if we | had 
 not | fallen a- | sleep a- | mong our | Lilli- | putian | adversa- 
 ries. I ' — 1 ' — 1 I — 1 — ] J 
 
 Great | duties, | **| ^ | great | sacrifices | even, | *"j are | often | 
 much | easier than | small ones. | **j As | Fenelon | well | 
 says : — | " How many | ^J are | willing to | die for' | Christ j | 
 how | few are | able to | live | like him !" | 
 
 So | true is | this, | ^| that it | is un- | doubtedly the | case 
 that j many an | one has | died a | martyr, | who would have j 
 been en- | tirely un- | able to | meet, in a | Christian | spirit, | 
 **| the vex- | ations which | come a- | mid | life's | ordinary | 
 circumstances. | **j The oc- | casions for | striking, | **j for he- | 
 roic, | virtue | seldom oc- | cur • | "1, but | every | day, a- | mid 
 what ad- | dresses | selfishness, | *"] or | love of | gain, | ^ or | 
 
164 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 wounds | self- | love, | *"| or | shocks, per- | haps, a | too fas- | 
 ticlious | taste, | **] or | irritates | temper, | *] there are | calls 
 for | self-con- | trol, | **j for the | softening of | slight as- | peri- 
 ties, | *"] for | wise | silence, | **| or | prudent | speech, | *i for 
 | some | slight re- | linquishment, | all of | which are | tests 
 of | Christian | character — | *"] *"1 | some of them | **] the | 
 very | hardest | tests to j which | character | could be sub- j 
 jected. | ^ **| | 
 
 Let re- | ligionists | speak as | slightingly as they | may in 
 | these | days, | when, in | some | quarters, re- | ligious ex- j 
 citement and ma- | chinery | seem to have | taken the | place 
 of the | old, | unosten- | tatious, | private, | simple | ways of j 
 piety — | **] h | let them | speak | slightingly of | all as- | sur- 
 ance and [ evidence | *"] which | do not | come from | mystical 
 | raptures, | he | cannot be | very | for from the | right | 
 path, | **j at | least from its | entrance, | ^ who, be- | cause 
 he | wishes to | be a | child of | God, | **j sue- | ceeds iu | even 
 [ such a | little | thing as | this — j **| ^ | being | gentle, i 
 where he was | once | harsh; | truthful, | ^ where he was | 
 once | careless in | speech; | **] for- 1 giving, | where he was | once 
 vin- | dictive. | ^ **j | Yes, | even though his | whole | strug- 
 gle to | this | end | **j may have | been a- | mong | trivial 
 de- | tails. | having, | **] ex- | cept as re- | gards him- | self, j 
 meagre re- | suits. | ^ **] | 
 
 When a man | says, in | common | phrase, | It is a | great 
 | thing to | be re- | ligious, | **| he | speaks | truly. | **] **] | But 
 it is | not | always | doing what | he | calls a | great | thin-. 
 *"| or in | placing him- | self in the | way of con- | spicuous 
 
EXERCISES. 165 
 
 and | striking | instruinen- | talities, | **} tliat he | is to | seek 
 to be re- | ligious. 
 
 *| *] | If, when he | speaks | thus, he | means | that there is 
 | something | so mo- | mentous, | *"] **j | so | vast, a- 1 bout re- | 
 ligion, | **| that it | is to be | sought ex- | clusively a- | mid | 
 influences | **] and e- | motions | lying | out of | common ex- | 
 perience, | **| and | every-day j effort, | *»1 **] | he is in | error. 
 
 *1 Re- | ligion is | vast, | **! **] | infinite | **j in its | scope. | 
 **j But | these | terms | do not at- | tach to | this | simple | 
 question : — | **[ Shall I | do | right or | wrong, as it | meets 
 me to- | day ? | *"1 Yet, | who shall | say that | that | question 
 is | not a mo- | mentous one ? \ M *1 | , *1 It is | not a | great | 
 thing to | make a | small | sacrifice of | comfort, or | ease, or | 
 interest, | **| for the | sake of a | principle, | "*] or an- | other's 
 | happiness. | **} It is | not a | great | thing to | say to one's 
 j self, | M I will | do | thus much— | *| I will | break off to- | 
 day | ~j that | one | bad | habit, j ~j *■] | 
 
 This is | not | doing a | great | deal, | **| and | yet | on my 
 a- | bility to | do it, de- | pends the | question, | whether I 
 shall | do | anything? ] **| ~] | whether I shall | ever | be a 
 re- | ligious | man or | no ? | M **j | whether I | shall or shall | 
 not | eren be- | gin to | be a re- | ligious | man? | **] *"i I 
 
 11 Gather | up the | fragments," | **j said | Jesus. | *| **| | ^ 
 The | soul that is | truly | wise | **] is | prudent, | ^ ^ | 
 thrifty. | ^1 It | gathers | up | what the | others | disre- | 
 regard. | *| **} | M It will | waste | nothing, | M fore- ( go | 
 nothing, which | helps | character. | **| **| | 
 
166 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 PSALM CXXXIX. 
 
 | Lord, **] | thou hast | searched me, | **| and | known 
 me. | M *| | *| ~j | *\ Thou | knowest my | down- | sitting | *j 
 and mine | up- **j | rising; | *1 thou | under- | standest my | 
 thought | *j a- | far | off | *1 ^ | ^ **j | M **] | Thou | com- 
 passest my | path, **] | **] and my | lying | down, ^ | and art 
 ac- | quainted with | all my | ways. | **] **j | For there is | not a 
 | word in my | tongue, | **] but, | lo, **| | *i | Lord, | thou 
 *| | knowest it | alto- | gether. | *] *] | *| **| | Thou hast be- | 
 set me | *"j be- | hind and be- | fore, *"| | **| and | laid thy | 
 hand upon me. | **j **] | *1 **| | Such **] | knowledge is | too | 
 wonderful for | me ; | ~j *1 | it is | high, *"1 | ^| 1 1 cannot at- | 
 tain unto it | **] ^j | "*j **] | Whither shall I | go *"J | **j from 
 thy | Spirit ? | ^ ^ | ~] or | whither shall I. | flee from thy | 
 presence ? | **] ** | **| **| | If I as- | cend **| | up into | heaven, 
 | ^| ^! | thou art | there ; | **] **] | If I | make my | bed in | hell, 
 | ^ be- | hold, *] | thou art | there. | **| m | *| ~j | If I | take 
 the | wings of the | morning, | ** and | dwell in the | utter- 
 most | parts of the | sea; **j | ^ *"] | Even | there | **| shall | 
 thy **| | hand *"| | lead me, | *l and thy | right **] | hand shall 
 | hold me. | ^] ^ | **] ^ | If 1 1 say, ~] | Surely the | darkness 
 shall | cover me; | **| **| | even the | night **} | "*| shall be ] 
 light about me. | "*j *"] | Yea, | **] the | darkness | bidet h not 
 
EXERCISES. 16 
 
 from | thee ; | H ^j | but the | night | shineth as the | day : | 
 *| **| | ~| the | darkness | ~\ and the | light *\ | "*j are | both 
 a- | like to | thee. | *| *1 | *| *1 | 
 
 SUMNER ON WAR. 
 
 *J An- I other I prejudice in | favor of | war | ^is | founded 
 on the | practice of | nations, | past and | present. | **[ *\ | *< 
 There is | no | crime or e- | normity in | morals, | **| which | 
 may not | find the sup- | port of | human ex- | ample ; | *\ ~\ | 
 often | on an ex- | tended | scale. [ *1 *| | ^j But it | cannot 
 be | urged in | our day, | **| *"| | that we are to | look for a | 
 standard of | duty | **| in the ] conduct of | Tain, | fallible | 
 man. | **| **J | M It is | not in the | power of | man by | any | 
 subtle | alchemy, | **j to trans- | mute | wrong into | right. | 
 *l **} | **J Be- | cause | war is ac- | cording to the | practice of 
 the | world, | **} it | cannot | follow | that it is | right. | **j **J | 
 *J For | ages [ **j the | world | worshipped | false [ gods; | **j 
 but | these | gods were | not less | false be- | cause | all | 
 bowed be- | fore them. | **j *] | ^j At | this j moment the | 
 larger | portion of man- | kind are | Heathen ; | *1 but | Hea- 
 thenism is | not | true. | **j **] | **| It was | once the | practice 
 of | nations to | slaughter | prisoners of | war ; | *"| but | even 
 the | spirit of | war re- | coils | now from | this | bloody | 
 sacrifice. | *"| **] | **] In ] Sparta, | theft, | **] in- | stead of being 
 
168 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 | judged as a | crime, | was, by a per- | verse mo- | rality, | ^ 
 like | war it- | self, | dignified | into an | art | *■* and an ac- | 
 complishment ; | **!**! | **] like | war | it was ad- | mitted | into 
 the | system of | youthful eclu- | cation ; | and it was en- | 
 lightened, like | war | also, by an | instance of un- | conquer- 
 able | firmness, | ^ which | is a bar- | baric | counterfeit of | 
 virtue. | **j ^l | **J The | Spartan | youth who al- | lowed the | 
 stolen | fox be- | neath his | robe to | eat into his | heart, | w | 
 is an ex- | ample of mis- | taken | fortitude, | not un- | like | 
 that | which we are | asked to ad- | mire in the | soldier. | ^ 
 *] | Other illus- | trations of | this | character | crowd upon 
 the | mind; | *"| but I | will not | dwell upon them. | **j **| | **| 
 We | turn with dis- | gust from | Spartan | cruelty, | **] and 
 the | wolves of Ta- | ygetus; | *1 from the | awful | canni- 
 balism | "*| of the Fee- | jee | Islands; | **] from the pro- 1 faue 
 | rites of in- | numerable | savages; | **j from the | crushing | 
 Juggernaut; | ^ from the | Hindoo | widow | lighting her | 
 funeral | pyre ; | ^ from the | Indian | dancing at the | stake. 
 1*1*11 **1 But | had not | all | these | ^j in their re- | spectivc 
 | places and | days, | *\ like | war, the | sanction of es- | 
 tablished | usage ? | **| **j | 
 
 But it is | often | said, | **| **| | " Let us | not be | wiser than 
 our | fathers." | **} **] | Rather let us | try to ex- | eel our | 
 fathers in | wisdom. | ~j Let us | imitate | what in | them was 
 | good, | ""j but | not | bind ourselves, | as in the | chains of | 
 fate, | *] by | their im- | perfect ex- | ample. | ^l *"] | Principles 
 are | higher than | human ex- | amples. | **| **] | **| Ex- | amplea 
 may be | followed | when they ac- | cord with the | adn 
 nitions of I duty. | *i **] | ~] But | he is uu- | wise and | wicked 
 
EXERCISES. 169 
 
 ! **] who at- | tempts to | lean upon | these, | rather than upon 
 those | truths | **j which, | like the | Ever- | lasting | Arm, | 
 m ~j | cannot | fail ! | *] **| | 
 
 *i In | all | modesty be it | said, | **| we have | lived to | 
 little | purpose, | **J if we | are not | wiser than the | gene- | 
 rations | *1 that have | gone be- | fore us. | **j *| | It is the | 
 grand dis- j tinction of | man | ^ that | he is a pro- | gressive 
 | being ; \ that his | reason, | **| at the | present | day, | **| is | 
 not the | reason of a | single | human | being, | **I but | that 
 of the j whole | human | race, | **| in | all | ages from | which 
 | knowledge has de- | scended, | **| in | all | lands from | 
 which it has been | borne a- | way. | *"] **| | We are the | heirs 
 to an in- | heritance of | truth, | gradually ac- | cumulating | 
 **j from J gene- | ration to gene- | ration. | **j **] | 
 
 M Let us | cease, | then, to | look for a ( lamp to our | feet, 
 | **| in the | feeble | tapers that | glimmer in the | sepulchres 
 of the | past. | *1 *] | Rather let us | hail those | ever- | burn- 
 ing | lights a- | bove, | ^J in j whose | beams is the | bright- 
 ness of | noon-day. f . **| *| J 
 
 15 
 
170 GRAMMAR OV ELOCUTION. 
 
 CATO'S SOLILOQUY ON IMMORTALITY. 
 
 1 . *| It I must be | so : | *| **| | Plato, |**| thou | reasonest | well l\*[*[\ 
 Else, | whence this | pleasing | hope, | **] this | fond de- | sire, | 
 <*| This | longing after | imnior | tality? | **| **] | 
 
 **| Or | whence this | secret | dread, and [ inward | horror, 
 **] Of | falling into | nought ? | **| H | Why | shrinks the | soul 
 Back on her- | self, | "*J and | startles at de- | struction ? ■ | *\ *■{ 
 *| *| 'Tis the Di- | vinity that | stirs with- | in us : | 
 *1 'Tis | heaven it- | self that | points out | **i an here- | after, j 
 **j And | intimates e- | ternity to | man. 
 
 2. ^| E- | ternity ! | *\ thou | pleasing, | dreadful | thought ! | 
 Through | what va- | riety of | untried | being, | 
 
 ""J Through | what | new | scenes and | changes | *"j must we | pass ! | 
 **J The | wide, | *"] the un- 1 bounded | prospect | lies be- | fore 
 
 me; | ~, ~j | 
 ^| But | shadows, | clouds, and | darkness | rest upon it. | **| **| | 
 
 3. Here will 1 1 hold. | *i ~j | If there's a | power a- 1 bove us, | 
 (And that there | is, | all | nature | cries a- | loud, | **| 
 Through | all her | works,) | He must de- | light in | virtue : | 
 **| And | that which | he de- | lights in | must be j happy. 
 
EXERCISES. 171 
 
 **] But | when ? | *< or | where ? | w j **! | This | world was | 
 
 made for | Caesar ! | 
 **j I'm | weary of con- | lectures : | this must | end them. |**j^| 
 
 (Laying his hand on his sword.} 
 
 4. Thus am I | doubly | armed. | **j My | death and | life, | 
 **J My | bane and | antidote, | **] are | both be- | fore me. | **| *1 I 
 This in a ] moment | brings me to an | end j | 
 *\ But | this in- | forms me | ^1 shall | never | die. | ^ ^ \ 
 ^| The | soul se- | cured in her ex- | istence | smiles 
 At the | drawn | dagger, | r] and de- | fies its | point. | w | *1 I 
 **] The | stars shall | fade a- | way, | **j the | sun him- | self 
 Grow | dim with | age, | **] and | nature | sink in | years ; | 
 **| But | thou shalt ] nourish in im- | mortal | youth, | 
 Un- | hurt a- | midst the | war of | elements, | 
 **] The | wreck of | matter, | **| and the | crush of [ worlds. 
 
 Addison. 
 
 AGAINST PROCRASTINATION. 
 
 *j Be I wise to- | day; | ^ 'tis | madness | *»| to de- | 
 
 fer; ~j | -] M | 
 Next | day the | fatal | precedent | **| will [ plead, | ~\ *< | 
 Thus | on, *| | **j till | wisdom | *j is | pushed | out of | 
 
 life, -i 1 1 -i m nl 
 
172 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 •J Pro- | erasti- | nation | *»] is the | thief of | time ; *\ \ **| *\ \ *j *** | 
 Year after | year it | steals, | *\ till | all are | fled, i- | | 
 And to the | mercies of a | moment | leaves *] | 
 *| The | vast con- 1 cerns | *| of an e- 1 ternal | scene. **j \ *»| **] \ **j »| j 
 
 If | not so | frequent, | would not | this be | strange ? **j | 
 *[ That I 'tis so | frequent, | this is | stranger | still. | **j **| | *[ ** | 
 
 **1 Of | man's mi- | raculous mis- | takes, **| | this **} | bears 
 
 The | palm, **| | *[ that | all men | *] are a- | bout to | live ; 
 
 **j For | ever | **} on the | brink of | being | born. | **| **! I **| **J j 
 
 All | pay themselves the | compliment to | think | 
 
 **] They | one day | shall not | drivel ; | **] and their | pnde M \ 
 
 *] On | this re- | version | takes up | ready | praise, *\ | 
 
 *"1 At | least their | own ; | **] their | future | selves | *"1 ap- | 
 
 plaud;~]| ^m| — I — 1 J 
 How | excellent | that m | life | *| they | ne'er will | lead ! M | **| *| j 
 Time | lodged in their | own | hands | **| is | folly's | vails; | **] **| | 
 Tbat | lodged in | fate's | *l to | wisdom | **j they con- | 
 
 sign; | ~|~|| 
 M The | thing they | can't but | purpose, | **| they post- | 
 
 pone; 1| ^ ~| | 
 'Tis not in | folly, | not to | scorn a | fool; **] **j | 
 **| And | scarce in | human | wisdom, | **J to | do | 
 
 more. ~| | *1*1 | *1 1 | 
 
 All | promise | **J is | poor | dilatory | man, **| | 
 •J And | that **| | **| through | every | stage : | *J *j | **| when 
 I vounff. in- 1 deed. ""I I 
 
EXERCISES. 173 
 
 *■] In | full con- | tent we | sometimes | nobly | rest, *"j | 
 
 **] Un- | anxious for our- | selves; *] | *\ and | only | wish, **| | 
 
 **| As [ duteous | sons, **] | *"] our | fathers | ^J were more | 
 
 wise. **j | *| ^ | 
 *] At | thirty | **| **| | man sus- | pects himself | *] a | 
 
 fool ^ ' — i | ' — i ^ — ] | 
 Knows it at | forty, [ ~\ and re- | forms his | plan ; | **j **| | 
 •J At | fifty | **] *"J | chides his | infamous de- | lay, *J | 
 **J **j | Pushes his | prudent | purpose | **j to re- | solve ; | 
 •J In | all the | magna- | nimity of | thought **] | 
 •J Re- | solves ; *\ | *i and | re-re- | solves ; | *i **i | then **| | 
 
 dies the | same. | **J *j | ■*] *] | 
 
 Young. 
 
 THE GRAVE. 
 
 There is a [ calm | ^ for | those who | weep, **\ | 
 ^ A | rest **| | *l for | weary | pilgrims ] found, **] | 
 **J They | softly | lie, **j | **] and | sweetly | sleep, **i | 
 Low in the | ground. | **] ** | *i ** ( 
 
 **] The | storm | *"| that | wrecks the | wintry | sky **! | 
 No | more dis- | turbs ^j | their | deep re- | pose, **| | 
 •"J Than | summer | evening's | latest | sigh, «i 
 
 ^ That | shuts | ^ the | rose. ^J | 1 ^j | ^ **] 
 15* 
 
174 GRAMMAR OF EIiOCUTION. 
 
 *| I | long to | lay | ^ this | painful | head *"| | 
 **] And | aching | heart be- | neath the | soil, | 
 ^1 To | slumber in that | dreamless | bed **j | 
 
 ^ From | all | H my | toil. | *j *| | *1 ~] | 
 
 ^ For | misery | *1 ~j | stole me | *[ at my | birth, *| | 
 **| And | cast me | helpless | ~\ on the | wild : ^ | **] **| | 
 ^1 1 perish ; | ^ ^] | my | mother | earth, *■] | 
 
 Take | home | ~1 thy | child. | **] *| | 
 
 On thy | dear | lap *"j | these | limbs re- | clined, **j | 
 ~] Shall | gently | *| M | moulder | ~| into | thee j ~\ | 
 *[ Nor [ leave | one | wretched | trace be- | hind, *] | 
 
 1 ^ | ^| Re- | sembling | me. *] | M *| | *j «*| | 
 
 Hark ! , *| | **| a | strange | sound | **J af- 1 frights mine | ear; *"j | **j **] | 
 
 **| My | pulse, | *■* my | brain | runs | wild, | **J I | rave : ^j | 
 
 **| **| | Ah ! | who art | thou whose | voice 1 1 hear? H | **}**| | *\ w| j 
 
 I am the | Grave ! | "1 *1 | *1 *| | 
 
 **j The | Grave, *< | **] (that | never | spake be- | fore,) *\ \ 
 *\ Hath | found at | length a | tongue | **] to | chide : **i | 
 O | listen ! | **J ~] | I will | speak no | more : [ 
 
 **! **] | **! Be | silent, | Pride. | **| *\ | ^ r | 
 
 Art thou a | wretch, *| | ^ of | hope | **J for- | lorn, *| | 
 *| The | victim | *| of con- | suming | care ? *] | **| *| | 
 Is thy dis- | tracted | conscience | torn ^| | 
 
 ~j By | fell de- | spair ? | -j **] | *j H | 
 
EXERCISES. 175 
 
 *■] Do | foul mis- | deeds *"| | **] of | former | times **] | 
 Wring with re- | morse thy | guilty | breast ? | 
 *J And | ghosts | **| of | unfor- | given | crimes | 
 Murder thy | rest ? | *! *1 M *1 1 
 
 Lash'd by the | furies of the | mind, H | 
 
 **] From | wrath and | vengeance | ^J would' st thou | flee?^i | **IM | 
 
 Ah ! | think not, | hope not, | fool, ^| | **] to find **| | 
 
 *] A | friend | H in | me. H | *| ~| | *] r| | 
 
 *"j By | all the | terrors of the | tomb, **| | 
 *\ Be- | yond the | power of | tongue | ^ to | tell, **j | 
 ~| By the | dread | secrets of my | womb, **| | 
 **! By | death | *\ and | hell ! | 
 
 **{ I | charge thee | live ! | *1 re- | pent and | pray ; **] | 
 
 **j In [ dust thine | infamy de- | plore ; *"] | 
 
 •* There | yet is | mercy ; | *| *■*] | go thy | way, **| | 
 
 **] And | sin *| | *] no | more. | *[ M | H M | 
 
 ~] What- | e'er thy | lot, *i | *] who- | e'er thou | be, *1 | 
 *1 Con- | fess thy | folly, | *] "] | kiss the | rod, «-| | 
 And in thy | chastening | sorrows | see | 
 
 ~] The | hand | ^ of | God. ^ | ~] ^ | *j *| | 
 
 **] A | bruised | reed **| \ ~j he | will not | break j ~[ | *] *\ | 
 **] Af- | flictions | all his | children | feel ; *\ | M M | 
 *[ He | wounds them | **j for his | mercy's | sake, **] | 
 
 ~\ He | wounds | *] to | heal ! | *] *-j | HM | 
 
176 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Humbled be- | neath his | mighty | hand, **j | 
 Prostrate, | ^] his | providence a- | dore : | 
 *] 'Tis | done ! *| | *j a- 1 rise ! ~j | *| ~j | He | bids thee | stand, *| | 
 ~] To | fall | ^ no | more. | *J *-| | *| *| | 
 
 Now | traveller in the | vale of | tears ! 
 
 ** To | realms of ever- | lasting | light, **] | 
 
 *[ Through | time's | dark | wilderness of | years, ** 
 
 **] Pur- | sue | *|*| thy | flight. ^, | 1 *1 M ^| | 
 
 *] There | is **j | **[ a | calm for | those who | weep, *| \ 
 **} A | rest *»] | **| for | weary | pilgrims | found ; | 
 *"| **] | **] And | while the | mouldering | ashes | sleep *] | 
 Low in the | ground ; | 
 
 ^ The | soul, ~] | ~] (of | origin | ^ di- I vine, **] | 
 God's | glorious | image), | **] **J | freed from | clay, 
 **j In | heaven's | **J e- | ternal | sphere shall | shine, **| | 
 *1 A | star | *-| of | day ! | *| **| [ *| H | 
 
 H The | sun | is but a | spark of | fire, *] | *| ~[ \ 
 *[ A | transient | meteor | *»| in the | sky, **] | **| **] | 
 **] The | soul, | *] im- | mortal | *| as its | sire, **] | 
 *| Shall | never | die. | *M | **M | 
 
 Montgomery. 
 
EXERCISES, 177 
 
 HARVARD COLLEGE. 
 
 *] With- | in a | short | distance of | this | city | stands an 
 insti- | tution of | learning, | *j which was | one of the | earliest 
 | cares of the | early | forefathers of the | country, | **| the | 
 consci- | entious | puritans. | **| **| | Favored | child of an | age 
 of | trial and | struggle, | carefully | nursed through a | period 
 of | hardship and anx- | iety, | *1 en- | dowed at | that | time 
 | *i by the ob- | lations of | men like | Harvard, | **| sus- | 
 tained from its | first foun- | dation | *"] by the pa- | ternal | 
 arm of the | commonwealth, | ~\ by a | constant sue- | cession 
 of mu- | nificent be- | quests, | ^j *"] | and by the | prayers of | all 
 | good | men, | ^| the | Uni- | versity at | Cambridge | now 
 in- | vites our | homage | **j as the | most j ancient, | **] the 
 most | interesting, | *"] and the | most im- | portant | seat of | 
 learning | **i in the | land ; | *"| pos- | sessing the | oldest | **| 
 and | most | valuable | library; | **] *"] | one of the | largest 
 mu- | seums of | mine- | ralogy and | natural | history ; | *[ a 
 | school of | law, which | annually re- | ceives into its | bosom 
 | more than | one | hundred and | fifty | sons from | all | parts 
 of the | Union, | where they | listen to in- | struction from 
 pro- | fessors whose | names have be- | come | **] a- | mong the 
 most | valuable pos- | sessions of the | land; | H **j | **j a | 
 school of di- | vinity. | **] the | muse of | true | learning and | 
 
178 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 piety ; | ^^J | one of the | largest and | most | flourishing | schools 
 of | medicine in the | country ; j *| be- | sides | there is a 
 general | body of | teachers, | twenty- | seven in | number, 
 many of | whose | names | help to | keep the | name of the 
 country re- | spectable in | every | part of the | globe where 
 science, | learning, and | taste are | cherished; | **| the 
 whole pre- | sided over at | this | moment by a | gentleman 
 early dis- | tinguished in | public | life by his un- | conquer- 
 able | energies | **] and his | masterly | eloquence; | ^ at a 
 later | period, by the | unsur- | passed a- | bility | *\ with 
 which he ad- | ministered the af- | fairs of our | city, | *| and 
 | now in a | green old | age, | full of | years and | honors, | **| 
 pre- | paring to | lay | down his | present | high | trust.* | **] 
 **| | Such is | Harvard Uni- | versity ; | ^j and as | one of the 
 | humblest of her | children, | happy in the | recol- | lection 
 of a | youth | nurtured in her | classic re- | treats, | *< I | 
 cannot al- | lude to her | **| with- | out an ex- | pression of | 
 filial af- | fection and re- | spect. | w | *"1 | 
 
 **] It ap- | pears, from the | last re- | port of the | Treasurer, 
 | *\ that the | whole a- | vailable | property of the | Uni- | 
 versity, | *"] the | various ac- | cumu- | lations of | more than 
 | two | centuries of | gene- | rosity, | **| a- | mounts to | seven 
 | hundred and | three | thousand | one | hundred and | seventy- 
 | five | dollars. | **| **| | 
 
 Change the | scene, | **j and | cast your | eyes upon an- | 
 other | object. | **] There | now | swings | idly at her | moor- 
 ings, in | this | harbor, | **| a | ship of the | line, | **| the 0- | 
 
 * Hon. Josiah Quincy. 
 
EXERCISES. 179 
 
 hio, I carrying | ninety | guns, | finished as | late as | eighteen 
 | hundred and ] thirty- | six, | *l for | five | hundred and | 
 forty- | seven | thousand | eight | hundred and | eighty- | eight j 
 dollars ; | **| re- | paired | only | two years | afterwards, | *1 in 
 | eighteen | hundred and | thirty- | eight, | ""j for | two | 
 hundred and | twenty- | three | thousand and | twelve | dol- 
 lars j | **| with an | armament | **| which has | cost | fifty- [ three 
 | thousand | nine | hundred and | forty- | five | dollars ; | *i ^| | 
 making an a- | mount of | eight | hundred and | thirty- 1 four 
 | thousand | "I *1 1 eight j hundred and | forty- 1 five | dollars,* | 
 **] as the | actual | cost at | this | moment | *1 of | that | single | 
 ship; | *1 *1 | more than | one | hundred | thousand he- | 
 yond | all the a- 1 vailable ac- | cumu- | lations of the | richest 
 and | most | ancient | seat of | learning | **] in the | land ! | *| 
 *1 | Choose | ye, my | fellow | citizens of a | Christian | state, 
 | **] be- | tween the | two | caskets — | **| ^ | that where- | in 
 is the | loveliness of | knowledge and | truth, | **| or | that 
 which con- f tains the [ carrion j death. | *"i *"] | 
 
 ^ I re- | fer | thus par- | ticularly | **] to the 0- | hio, he- | 
 cause she | happens to | be in our | waters. | H But in | so | 
 doing, I | do not | take the | strongest | case af- | forded by 
 our | navy. 1*1*11 Other | ships have ab- | sorbed | still | 
 larger | sums. | *1 *1 | *"1 The ex- | pense of the ] Delaware, in 
 | eighteen | hundred and ] forty- | two, | *1 had been | one ] 
 million | fifty- | one | thousand | dollars. 1*1*11 
 
 *1 Pur- | sue the com- | parison | still | further. | **| The 
 
 * Document No. 132, House of Representatives, 3d Session, 27th 
 Congress. 
 
180 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 ex- | penditures | "-] of tlie | Uni- | versity | during the | last 
 | year, for the [ general | purposes of the | College, | ^ the 
 in- | struction of the | under- | graduates, | and for the | 
 schools of | law and di- | vinity, | *| a- | mount to | forty- j 
 six | thousand | nine | hundred and | forty- | nine | dollars. 
 | **l The | cost of the 0- | hio for | one | year in | service, in | 
 salaries, | wages, | *\ and pro- | visions, | **] is | two | hundred 
 and | twenty | thousand | dollars; | *"| being | one | hundred 
 and | seventy- | five | thousand | dollars | more than the | an- 
 nual ex- | penditures | **| of the | Uni- | versity ; | more than 
 | four | times as | much. | *] **] | **j In | other | words, | **] for 
 the | annual | sum which is | lavished on | one | ship of the | 
 line, | **| ^ | four insti- | tutions, like | Harvard Uni- | versity, 
 | might he sus- | tained through- | out the | country ! | 
 
 Sumner. 
 
 INDUSTRY NECESSARY TO THE ATTAINMENT 
 OF ELOQUENCE. 
 
 ^ The I history of the | world | **| is j full of | testimony | ~\ 
 to | prove | how | much de- | pends upon | industry ; | **| *1 | not 
 an | eminent | orator | ~j has | lived | M , ^ | but is an ex- | 
 ample of it. | ^] **] | Yet, in | contra- | diction to | all | this, | 
 *1 the | almost | uni- | versal | feeling ap- | pears to | be | h that 
 | industry | *| can ef- | feet | nothing; |.*| that | eminence | *| 
 is the re- I suit of I accident, I ~j and that | every one | must 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 181 
 
 be con- | tent to re- | main | jnst | what he may | happen to | 
 be. | *1 ^ | Thus | multitudes, | ~| who | come | forward as | 
 teachers and | guides, | ^ *"] | suffer them- | selves to be j 
 satisfied | ~] with the | most in- | different at- | tainments, | *l 
 and a | miserable | mecli- | ocrity, | **1 with- | out so | much 
 as in- | quiring | how they may | rise j higher, | "I ~| | much 
 | less | making | any at- | tempt to | rise. 
 
 **j For | any | other | art | they would have | served an ap- 
 | prenticeship, | M and would | be a- | shamed to | practice it 
 in | public | **j be- | fore they had | learned it. | *"j *"j | *j If | 
 any one would | sing, | **j he at- | tends a | master, | ^] and is 
 | drilled in the | very | ele- | mentary | principles; | *[ and | 
 only | after the | most la- | borious | process | dares to | exer- 
 cise his | voice in | public. | **] *"| | This he | does, | though 
 he has | scarce | anything to | learn | *"j but the me- | chanical 
 | exe- | cution of | what | lies in | sensible | forms be- | fore 
 the | eye. | **| M | But the ex- | tempore | speaker, J who is to 
 in- | vent as | well as to | utter, | **| to | carry | on an | ope- ( 
 ration of the | mind, | **j as | well as to pro- | duce | sound, | 
 ~] *\ | enters upon the | work with- | out pre- | paratory | dis- 
 cipline, | *1 and | then | wonders that he | fails. | **j **] | If he 
 were | learning to | play on the | flute | ^| for | public exhi- | 
 bition, | *"| what | hours | **] and | days would he | spend | M 
 in | giving fa- | cility | *-, to his | fingers, | *l and at- | tain- 
 ing the | power of the | swiftest | *| and most ex- | pressive 
 exe- | cution I | **] **| | If he were de- | voting him- | self to 
 the | organ, | **j **J | what | months and | years would he | 
 labor, | that he might | know its | compass, | **] and be | mas- 
 ter of its ] keys, and be | able to | draw | out, at | will, | all 
 16 
 
182 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 its | various | couibi- | nations of har- | monious | sounds, | **| 
 and its | full | richness and | delicacy of ex- | pression ! | **] **| ] 
 
 **j And | yet he will | fancy that the | grandest, | ^ the 
 most | various, | **| and | most ex- | pressive of | all | instru- 
 ments | **] which the | infinite Cre- | ator has | fashioned, by 
 the | union of an | intel- | lectual | soul | *] with the | powers 
 of | speech, | *i may be | played upon | *\ with- | out | study 
 or | practice. | **] **j | **] He | comes to it | *< a | mere | unin- 
 | structed | tyro, | *| and | thinks to | manage | all its | stops, 
 | *\ and com- | mand the | whole | compass of its | varied | **[ 
 and | compre- | hensive | power ! | **[ he finds himself a | 
 bungler | in the at- | tempt, | **j is | mortified | *| at his j 
 failure, | '•J and | settles it in his | mind for ] ever | that the 
 at- | tempt is | vain. | *{ **J | **] **| | 
 
 **J Sue- | cess in | every | art, J **| what- | ever may | be the | 
 natural | talent, | ^ is | always the re- | ward of | industry 
 and | pains. | ^j **] | ^j But the | instances are | many, | **] of | 
 men of the | finest | natural | genius, | whose be- | ginning 
 has | promised | much, | **] but | who have de- | generated | 
 wretchedly | as they ad- | vanced, | *1 be- | cause they | 
 trusted to their | gifts, | **] and | made | no | efforts | *j to 
 im- | prove. | *1 **] | That there have | never | been | other | 
 men of | equal en- | dowments with De- | mosthenes and | 
 Cicero, | *"! ^ | none would | venture to sup- | pose ; | ~] but | 
 who have | so de- | voted them- | selves to their | art, | *| or 
 be- | come | equal in | excellence? | **j *■] | **] If | those | great 
 | men had | been con- | tent like | others | **| to con- | tiuue 
 as they be- | gan, | ^ and had | never | made their | perse- | 
 vering | efforts for im- | provement, | ^J **] | what would their 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 183 
 
 | countries have | benefited | **| from their | genius, | 1 or the 
 
 | world have | known of their | fame? | **l ^ | They would 
 
 have been | lost in the | undis- | tinguished | crowd | H that 
 
 sunk to ob- | livion a- | round them. | **| **| | 
 
 H. Ware. 
 
 TO THE URSA MAJOR. 
 
 w With | what a | stately and ma- | jestic | step | 
 
 **] That | glorious | constel- | lation of the | north | 
 
 Treads its e- | ternal | circle ! | going | forth 
 
 Its | princely | way a- | mongst the | stars, | *< in [ slow 
 
 And | silent | brightness ! | **| **J | Mighty one, [ all | hail ! | 
 
 ^J I | joy to | see thee | on thy | glowing [ path | 
 
 Walk like some | stout and | girded | giant, | **| **J | stern. | 
 
 "*] Un- | wearied, | ^j **| | resolute, | **J whose | toiling | foot 
 
 Dis- | dains to | loiter on its | destined | way. | **| **| | 
 
 **] The | other | tribes for- | sake their | midnight | track, | 
 **| And | rest their | weary | orbs be- | neath the | wave ; | 
 *"] But | thou dost | never | close thy | burning | eye, | 
 *< Nor | stay thy | steadfast | step. | **] But | on, | still | on ! | 
 **j While | systems | change and | suns re- 1 tire, | **| and | worlds | 
 Slumber and | wake, | **} thy | senseless | march pro- | ceeds. 
 *"J The | near ho- | rizon | tempts to | rest in | vain. | **J **| | 
 Thou, | faithful | sentinel, [ **| dost | never | quit 
 
184 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Thy | long ap- | pointed ] watch : | **] But, | sleepless | still, j 
 *| Dost | guard the | fixed [ light | *] of the | universe, | 
 **] And | bid the | north for- | ever | know its | place. 
 
 Ages have | witnessed | thy de- | voted | trust, | 
 
 Un- 1 changed, I"*] un- 1 changing. | *"] ^ | When the | sons of | God | 
 
 *] Sent | forth that | shout of | joy which | rang through | heaven, | 
 
 ^ And | echoed from the | outer | spheres that | bound 
 
 The il- | limitable | universe, | **j **] | thy | voice | 
 
 Joined the | high | chorus ; | **] from | thy | radiant | orbs | 
 
 **| The | glad | cry | sounded, | **| **| | swelling to | his | praise | 
 
 *| Who | thus had | cast an- | other | sparkling | gem, | 
 
 Little but ] beautiful, | *"} a- | mid the | crowd 
 
 Of | splendors that en- | rich his | firmament. 
 
 As thou art | now, | so wast thou | then | *] the | same. 
 
 Ages have | rolled their | course ; | **j and | time grown | gray j | 
 **l The | seas have | changed their | beds ; | **| the e- 1 ternal | hills 
 Have | stoop'd with | age; | ^ the | solid | continents | 
 *"| Have | left their | banks ; | ^ and | man's im- 1 perial | works, | 
 *"] The | toil, | pride, | strength of | kingdoms,^ which had | flung 
 Their | haughty | honors in the | face of | heaven, | 
 ^J As | if im- | mortal, | *] *\ | have been | swept a- | way, | **J **] | 
 Shattered and | mouldering, | **j **] | buried and for- | got. | **| **| | 
 *1 But | time has | shed | no | dimness on | thy | front, | 
 "*] Nor | touch' d the | firmness of thy | tread; | **| *1 | youth, | 
 
 strength, 
 And | beauty | still are | thine, | ^ as | clear, | **| as | bright | 
 **| As | when the Al- 1 mighty | Former | sent thee | forth, | *] ~\ | 
 
EXERCISES. 185 
 
 Beautiful | offspring of his | curious | skill, | 
 
 **l To | watch | earth's | northern | beacon, | **[ and | pro- 1 claim | 
 
 **] The e- | ternal | chorus of e- | ternal | love. 
 
 ^ I ] wonder | H as I | gaze. | ^| **| | That | stream of | light, | 
 ^1 Un- | dimmed, | **J un- | quenched, | **| *l | just as I [ see 
 
 thee | now, | 
 **] Has | issued from | those | dazzling | points through | years | 
 ^ That | go back | far into e- 1 ternity. | ^ ^ | ~] *| | 
 *]Ex- | haustless | flood ! | *°i for | ever | spent, | **| re- | newed 
 For | ever ! | **| **] | yea, | *i and | those re- | fulgent | drops, 
 Which | now de- | scend upon my | lifted | eye, | 
 Left there | far | fountains | twice three | \ears a- | go. | ^^ | 
 While | those | winged | particles, whose | speed out- | strips 
 The | flight of | thought, | *J were | on their | way, | *] the | earth | 
 Compassed its | tedious | circuit | round and | round ; | 
 **} And | in the ex- | tremes of | annual | change be- | held | 
 Six | autumns | fade, | six | springs re- 1 new their | bloom : | **] *"| | 
 So | far from | earth those | mighty | orbs re- | volve ! | 
 **| So | vast the | void through | which their | beams de- | 
 
 scend • | *1 *1 I "1 *1 I 
 
 **\ Ye | glorious | lamps of | God, | He may have | quenched 
 Your | ancient | flames, | *i and | bid e- | ternal | night | 
 Rest on your ] spheres, | *"| and | yet no | tidings | reach 
 This | distant | planet. | *"J *i | Messengers | still | come, | 
 Laden with | your | far | fire, | and we may | seem 
 To | see your | lights | still | burning ; | while their | blaze 
 But | hides the | black | wreck | **] of ex- 1 tinguished | realms, | 
 16* 
 
186 GRAMMAR OP ELOCUTION. 
 
 **| Where | anarchy and | darkness | long have | reigned. 
 **| Yet | what is | this, | which, to the as- | tonished | mind, 
 Seems | measureless, | **] and | which the | baffled | thought 
 Con- | founds ? | "*| a span, | **| a point in | those do- | mains, | 
 | M **| | Which the | keen | eye can | traverse. | **| ^] | Seven | stars | 
 Dwell in that | brilliant | cluster, | **J and the | sight 
 Em- | braces | all at | once ; | **j yet | each from | each 
 Re- | sides as | far as | each of | them from | earth, | **] **] | 
 *] And | every | star from | every | other | burns | 
 No | less re- | mote. | *1 **] | **! *1 | From the pro- | found of | 
 
 heaven, | 
 Un- | travelled | e'en in | thought, | keen | piercing | rays | 
 Dart through the | void, re- | vealing to the | sense | 
 Systems and | worlds un- | numbered. | **| **| | Take the | glass, | 
 ^And | search the | skies. | w ] ,w ] |**|The | opening | skies pour | down 
 Upon your | gaze | thick | showers of | sparkling | fire. | 
 Stars | crowded, | **| *\ | thronged | **| in | regions [ so re- 1 mote, | 
 **| That their | swift | beams, | *"| the | swiftest | things that | be, | 
 *"] Have | travelled | centuries on their | flight to | earth. | *\ *»j | 
 Earth, | sun, and | nearer | constel- | lations, | what 
 Are | ye a- | mid this | infinite ex- | tent, 
 And | multitude of | God's | most | infinite | works • | *1 *1 1 *1 *1 1 
 
 **] And | these are | suns ! | ^ *■] | vast, | central, | living | 
 
 fires, | ~\ ~j | 
 Lords of de- | pendent | systems, | *\ **| | kings of | worlds, 
 ~] That | wait as | satellites | *| upon their | power, | 
 **| And | flourish in their | smile. | *] A- | wake, my | soul, 
 **l And | meditate the | wonder ! | **| *] | Countless | suns | 
 
EXERCISES. 187 
 
 Blaze | round thee, | leading | forth their | countless | worlds ! 
 | *] **! 1 Worlds in whose | bosoms | living | things re- | joice, 
 ~| And | drink the | bliss of | being | **] from the | fount 
 Of ] all per- | vading | love. 
 
 What | mind can | know, | *"] ^ | 
 What | tongue can | utter | all their | multitudes I | **| *[ \ 
 Thus | numberless, | *| in | numberless a- | bodes ! | **] **| | 
 Known but to | thee, | blest | Father ! | thine they | are, | 
 Thy | children and thy | care; | ^J and | none o'er- | look'd 
 Of | thee ! | *] **I | No, | not the | humblest | soul that | dwells 
 A- | mid the | giant | glories of the | sky, | 
 Like the | mean | mote that | dances in the | beam, 
 **j A- | mongst the | mirrored | lamps which | fling 
 Their | wasteful | splendor from the | palace | wall, | **] **| | 
 None, | none es- | cape the | kindness of | thy | care; | *"} *"| \ 
 All | compassed under- | neath thy | spacious | wing, | 
 Each | fed and | guided by | thy | powerful | hand. | **] **j | M **] | 
 
 Tell me, | **] ye | splendid | orbs, | as .from your | throne 
 Ye [ mark the | rolling | provinces that | own 
 Your | sway, [ *"! what | beings | fill those [ bright a- | bodes ? 
 *"] How | formed, | *] how | gifted ? | **| ^ | what their | powers, 
 
 | *•{ their | state, | 
 **1 Their | happiness, | "*] their | wisdom ? | **| **| | **| do they | 
 
 bear 
 The | stamp of | human | nature ? | **| **J | or has | God | 
 Peopled those | purer | realms with | lovelier | forms 
 And | more ce- | lestial | minds? | **] Does | innocence | 
 
188 GRAMMAR OP ELOCUTION. 
 
 Still I wear her | native and un- | tainted | bloom ? | *" ~ | 
 
 Or has | sin | breathed his | deadly | blight a- | broad, | 
 
 M And | sowed cor- | ruption | **| in those | fairy | bowers ? | 
 
 *"{ Has ] war trod | o'er them | h with his | foot of | fire ? | 
 *"] And | slavery | forged his | chains, | **| and | wrath, | *"j and 
 
 | hate, | 
 "■"I And | sordid | selfishness, | **] and [ cruel | lust, | 
 Leagued their [ base | bands to | tread out | light and | truth, ( 
 **j And | scattered | woe where | heaven had | planted | joy? | 
 *] Or | are they | yet | all | paradise, | **] un- | fallen, 
 And | uncor- | rupt ? | w ; ex- | istence | one | long | joy, — 
 "*] With- | out dis- | ease upon the | frame, or | sin 
 Upon the | heart, or | weariness of | life, | **] **| | 
 Hope | never | quenched, | ^ and | age un- | known, | 
 **] And | death un- | feared ; | **j while | fresh and | fadeless | 
 
 youth | 
 Glows in the | light from | God's | near | throne of | love ? | *1 H . I 
 
 Open your | lips, ye | wonderful and | fair ! | 
 
 Speak, | speak ! | **] the | mysteries of | those | living | worlds 
 
 Un- | fold ! | m ^j | No | language ? | *| **| | Ever- | lasting | light 
 
 And | everlasting | silence ? | **| **| | Yet the | eye 
 
 May ( read and | under- | stand. **] The | hand of | God | 
 
 *"j Has | written | legibly what | man may | know, | 
 
 *| The | glory of the | Maker. | ^ ~j | There it | shines, 
 
 ^i In- | effable, | *| un- | changeable j | **] «| | *\ and | man, | 
 
 Bound to the | surface of this | pigmy J globe, | 
 
 *>1 May | know and | ask no | more. 
 
EXERCISES. 189 
 
 *1 In | other | days, | 
 **J When I death shall | give the en- | cumbered | spirit | 
 
 wings, | 
 *| Its | range shall be ex- | tended ; | *] it shall | roam, 
 Per- | chance, a- | mong those | vast mys- | terions | spheres ; | 
 **| Shall [ pass from | orb to | orb, | ^ and | dwell in | each, 
 M Fa- | miliar with its | children ; | **| ^ | learn their | laws, 
 M And | share their | state, | **| and | study and a- | dore 
 The | infinite va- | rieties of | bliss 
 
 And | beauty, | ^ by the | hand of | power di- | vine, | ^ **J | 
 Lavished on | all its | works. 
 
 ~] E- | ternity | 
 M Shall | thus | roll | on with | ever | fresh de- | light ; | **j *| | 
 No | pause of | pleasure or im- | provement ; | **] **] | world 
 On | world [ still | opening to the in- | structed | mind 
 An | unex- | hausted | universe ; | **| and | time 
 But | adding to its | glories j | **j **| | while the | soul, 
 *"! Ad- | vancing | ever to the | Source of | light 
 And | all per- | fection, | *\ **j | lives, | *| a- | dores, | *| and 
 
 I reigns, | 
 ^1 In | cloudless | knowledge, | purity, and | bliss. | 
 
 H. Ware, Jr. 
 
190 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 HYMN TO THE DEIT1. 
 
 These, | *] as they | change, | M **] | Al- 1 mighty | Father, | these | 
 Are but the | varied | God. | *l The | rolling | year 
 Is | full of | thee. | **] **] | Forth in the | pleasing | Spring | 
 *1 Thy | beauty | walks, | *"] thy | tenderness and | love. | *j **| | 
 Wide | flush the | fields ; | *[ the | softening | air is | balm ; | 
 | **| **] I Echo the | mountains | round ; | *| the | forest | smiles ; | 
 **j And | every | sense and | every | heart is | joy. | **] **j | 
 
 Then | comes thy | glory in the | summer | months, | 
 « With | light and | heat re- | fulgent. | «| *| | Then thy | sun | 
 Shoots | full per- | fection | through the | swelling | year j | 
 ^| And | oft thy | voice in | dreadful | thunder | speaks ; | 
 ^] And | oft at | dawn, | deep | noon, or | falling | eve, | 
 **j By | brooks and | groves, in | hollow-whispering | gales. | 
 
 M Thy | bounty | shines in | Autumn | uncon- | fiued, | 
 *] And | spreads a | common | feast for | all that | live. | 
 *| In | winter, | awful | thou ! | **| with | clouds and | storms 
 A- | round thee | thrown, | **] ^ | tempest o'er | tempest | rolled, | 
 ** Ma- | jestic | darkness ! | ~] on the | whirlwind's | wing, | 
 Riding sub- | lime | ~j thou | bidst the | world a- | dore ; | 
 *| And | humblest | Nature with thy | northern | blast. | 
 
EXERCISES. 191 
 
 **] Mys- | terious | round ! | **| what | skill, | **J what | force di- 1 
 
 vine, | 
 Deep | felt, in | these ap- | pear ! | **1 a | simple | train, | 
 •J Yet | so de- 1 lightful | mixed, | H with | such | kind | art, | 
 *l Such | beauty and be- | neficence com- | bined : | *"| **J \ 
 Shade | unper- | ceived | so | softening into | shade, | 
 *"] And | all | so | forming an har- | monious | whole, | *' i *< | 
 That, as they | still sue- | ceed, | **] they | ravish | still. | ^ *"j | 
 
 *"j But | wandering | oft, with | brute, un- | conscious | gaze, | 
 Man | marks not | thee ; j **] **j | marks not the | mighty j hand | 
 ^j That, | ever | busy, | wheels the | silent | spheres, | *"| ^ | 
 Works in the | secret | deep, | **j **| | shoots | teeming | thence | 
 *"j The | fair pro- | fusion that o'er- | spreads the | spring, | 
 Flings from the J sun di- | rect J H the j naming | day, | , "1 **j | 
 Feeds | every | creature, | *1 *"! | hurls the j tempest | forth, | **| **J | 
 And as on | earth this | grateful | change re- | volves, | 
 **] With | transport | touches | all the [ springs of | life. | **] **J | 
 
 Nature at- | tend ! | **] **l | join | every | living | soul | 
 
 **| Be- | neath the | spacious | temple of the | sky, | 
 
 *"j In | ado- | ration | join, | *i and | ardent | raise | 
 
 One | general | song ! | **] To | him, ye | vocal | gales, | 
 
 ^1^] | Breathe | soft, | *\ whose | spirit in your | freshness | 
 
 breathes : | *"} *1 | 
 | talk of | him in | solitary | glooms, | **J **j | 
 Where | o'er the | rock | *"1 the | scarcely j waving | pine 
 Fills the | brown | shade | **] with a re- | ligious | awe. | *■*] *"] | 
 *"j And | ye whose | bolder | note is | heard a- | far, | 
 
192 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 ~| Who | shake the as- | tonished | world, | *[ *| | lift | high 
 
 to | heaven | 
 **| The im- | petuous | song, | **] and | say from | whom you | 
 
 His | praise, ye | brooks, at- | tune, | *1 ye | trembling | rills, | 
 ^| And | let me | catch it | **| as I | muse a- | long. | **J **} | 
 *"1 Ye | headlong | torrents, | rapid and pro- | found j j *■( *| | 
 **] Ye | softer | floods that | lead the | humid | maze 
 A- | long the | vale; | *"] and | thou, ma- | jestic | main, | 
 *"j A | secret | world of | wonders in thy- | self, | **j **| | 
 Sound | his stu- | pendous | praise, | *] whose | greater | voice, | 
 **i Or | bids you | roar, |**| or | bids your | roarings | cease. | *i **| ] *"j M | 
 
 Soft | roll your | incense, | herbs, and | fruits, and | flowers, | 
 **| In | mingled | clouds to | him whose | sun ex- | alts ; | 
 **| Whose | breath per- 1 fumes you,|**j and whose | pencil | paints. | 
 **1 Ye | forests, | bend; | **] ye | harvests, | wave to | him ; | 
 Breathe your | still | song into the | reaper's | heart, | 
 **| As | home he | goes be- | neath the | joyous | moon. | **| **| | 
 
 Ye that keep | watch in | heaven, [ **| as J earth a- | sleep | 
 *1 Un- | conscious | lies, | **{ ef- 1 fuse your | mildest | beams ; I 
 **| Ye | constel- | lations, | while your | angels | strike 
 A- | mid the | spangled | sky the | silver | lyre. | *\ *| | 
 Great | source of | day ! | blest | image | here be- | low 
 ~] Of | thy Ore- | ator, | ^ ^ | ever | pouring | wide, | 
 **| From | world to | world the | vital | ocean | round, | 
 ^ On | Nature | write with | every | beam | his | praise. | *| ^ | 
 
EXERCISES. 193 
 
 **} Ye | thunders | roll ; | *\ be | hushed the | prostrate | world, | 
 *| While | cloud to | cloud re- 1 turns the | solemn | hymn. | **| **j | 
 Bleat | out a- | fresh, ye | hills ; | ^ ye | mossy | rocks, | 
 **] Re- | tain the | sound ; | *| the | broad re- | sponsive | low, ] 
 *+. Ye | valleys, | raise, | ~j for the | Great | Shepherd | reigns, | 
 ^ And | his un- | suffering | kingdom | yet will | come. J ^ **} | 
 *i Ye | woodlands, | all a- | wake; | **] a | boundless | song | 
 Burst from the | groves : | ""j and | when the | restless | day, 
 Ex- | piring, | lays the | warbling | world a- | sleep, | ** **] | 
 Sweetest of | birds, | **| **| | sweet | Philo- | mela, | charm 
 The J listening | shades, and | teach the | night | his | praise. | **|H | 
 
 **i Ye | chief, for | whom the | whole ere- | atioa | smiles, | 
 *j At | once the | head, | **] the | heart, | ^j the | tongue of | 
 
 all, | ^^ | 
 Crown the | great | hymn. | *f "*] | ^ In | swarming | cities | 
 
 vast, | 
 **| As- | sembled | men | **| to the | deep | organ | join 
 The | long re- | sounding | voice, j w | *"! | oft | breaking | clear, 
 At | solemn | pauses, | through the | swelling | bass. | *"] H | 
 **| And as | each | mingling | flame in- | creases | each, | 
 M In | one u- | nited | ardor | rise to | heaven. | **! ""j | 
 Or, if you | rather | choose the | rural | shade, | 
 **! And | find a | fane in | every | sacred | grove, | **i *1 | 
 There let the | shepherd's | flute, | **j the | virgin's | lay, | 
 **| The | prompting | seraph | **J and the | poet's | lyre, 
 Still | sing the | God of | seasons, | ^ as they | roll. | M**j | M*j j 
 **] For | me, | **| when | I for- | get the | darling | theme, | *1 **l | 
 Whether the | blossom | blows, | **J the | summer | ray | 
 
 17 
 
194 GRAMMAR 01' ELOCUTION. 
 
 Russets the | plan, | ^ in- | spiring | autumn | gleams, | 
 **J Or | winter | rises in the | blackening | east, | **| **| \ 
 ^ Be | my | tongue | mute, | *j my | fancy | paint no | more, 
 *J And, | dead to | joy, | **| for- 1 get my | heart to | beat ! | **}*»] | 
 **j Should | fate com- | mand me | ^ to the | farthest | verge 
 Of the | green | earth, | ~] to | distant, | barbarous | climes, | *|*»| 1 
 Rivers un- | known to | song, | *•] where | first the | sun | 
 Gilds | Indian | mountains, | "*] or his | setting | beam | 
 Flames on the At- 1 lantic | isles, | **| **j | **! 'tis | nought to | me, 
 *] Since | God is | ever | present, | ^] **] | ever j felt \ | Mf| | 
 *| In the | void | waste | *| *| | as in the | cities | full : | *| *] | 
 w . And | where | He | vital | breathes | *1 ^] | there | must be | 
 
 **j When | e'en at | last the | solemn | hour shall | come, | 
 
 **| And | wing my | mystic | flight to | future | worlds, | 
 
 M I | cheerful | H will o- | bey ; | ~j m | There, with | new | 
 
 powers, | 
 *\ Will | rising | wonders | sing : | ~] I | cannot | go 
 **| Where | uni- | versal | love | smiles not a- | round, | 
 *"i Sus- | taining | all yon | orbs | **J and | all their | suns; | 
 **J From | seeming | evil [ still e- | ducing | good, | 
 ^j And | better | thence a- | gain, and | better | still, | 
 *1 In | infinite pro- | gression. | *\ **] | **] But I | lose 
 My- | self in | Him, | **j ~] | *1 in | light in- | effable ! | *| *J | 
 Come, | then, ex- | pressive | Silence, | ^ ^, | muse His | praise. 
 
 Thomson. 
 
EXERCISES, 195 
 
 WARREN'S ADDRESS. 
 
 1. Stand ! | *] the ground's your | own, my | braves, 
 Will ye | give it | up to ] slaves ? | *} *{ | 
 
 Will ye | look for | greener | graves ? | *| H | 
 
 Hope ye | mercy | still ? | *J ^ | *| *| | 
 
 What's the | mercy | despots | feel ? | *j *J | 
 
 Hear it in | that | battle | peal ! 1*1*11 
 
 Read it on | yon | bristling | steel ! | *] *] | 
 
 Ask it | *| ~] | ye who | will. | *] *] | *1 *] | 
 
 2. Fear ye | foes who | kill for | hire ? | *] *j | 
 Will ye to your | homes re- | tire ? | *] *! | 
 Look be- | hind you ! ] *"1 they're a- | fire ! | 
 
 *j And be- | fore you, | see | 
 Who have | done it ! | — *1 From the | vale | 
 On they | come ! | — *| and | will ye | quail ? — | *"] ^ | 
 Leaden | rain and [ iron | hail | 
 
 Let their | welcome | be ! | *] *! | *! *] | 
 
 3. ^ In the | God of | battles | trust ! | *| *} | 
 Die we | may | — *] and | die we | must; | *] *j | 
 *| But, | 0, | where can | dust to | dust | 
 
 Be con- j signed | so j well, 
 
39<j GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 **1 As | where | heaven its | dews shall | shed, | 
 
 ~J On the | martyred | patriot's | bed, | 
 
 **] And the | rocks shall | raise their | head, | 
 
 *-J Of | his i deeds to | tell ? | ~, ~ | *] *] \ 
 
 PlERPONT. 
 
 CHAPIN ON REFORM. 
 
 **J The I great | element of re- | form | ^ is | not | born 
 of | human | wisdom. | **| it | does not | draw its | life from | 
 human | organi- | zations. | **| **| | **J I | nn d i* | only in Chris- ] 
 tianity. | ~{ *| | ~] ^} | " Thy | kingdom | come !" | ~ There | 
 is a sub- | lime and | pregnant | burden | **| in | this | prayer. | 
 It is the | aspi- | ration of | every | soul that | goes | forth in 
 the | spirit of re- | form. | **> For | what is the sig- | nificance 
 of | this | prayer ? | ~| ~j | ^ ~J \ ~i It | is a pe- | tition that | 
 all | holy | influences | *] would | penetrate, | **j and sub- | 
 due | *"| and | dwell in the | heart of | man, | **j un- | til he 
 shall | think, | **j and | speak, | *i and | do | good, | *| from the j 
 very ne- | cessity of his | being. | *\ **\ | **] *] | So would the | 
 insti- | tutions of | error and | wrong | crumble and | pass 
 a- | way ; | ^ ~] | so would | sin | die out | *\ from the | earth ; | 
 **| and the | human | soul | living in | harmony | **j with the di- | 
 vine | will, | ^j^, | this | earth would be- | come like | heaven. 
 | •»] ^ | **j h | **| It is | too | late for the re- | formers to | sheer 
 at Chris- | tianity; | **j it is | foolishness for | them to re- | 
 
EXERCISES. 197 
 
 ject it. | In it are en- | shrined our J faith in | human | pro- 
 gress, | ^J our | confidence in re- | form. | **] It is in- | dis- 
 solubly con- | nected with | all that is | hopeful, | spiritual, | 
 capable, in | man. | **}*"! | **] That | men have | misunder- | stood 
 it, j *"] and per- | verted it, | M is | true. | *] **j | But it is | also | 
 true that the | noblest | efforts for | human melio- | ration | **| 
 have come | out of it, | ~j have been | based up- | on it. | **j *1 1 
 **] *i | Is it | not so ? | **] **] | **j H | Come, ye re- | membered | 
 ones, | *[ who | sleep the | sleep of the | just, | **| **] | **] who | 
 took your | conduct | *"| from the | line of | Christian phi- | loso- 
 phy, j **| **] | come from your | tombs and | answer I | ^1*11 *1 *1 I 
 Come, | Howard, | **] from the | gloom of the J prison, | *"1 and 
 the | taint of the | lazar-house, | **] and | show us | what phi- | 
 lanthropy can | do | **] when im- | bued with the | spirit of | 
 Jesus. | *1 1 M *1 | Come, | Eliot, | ^ from the | thick | 
 forest, | ^] where the | red man | listens to the | word of | life ) 
 | M *"] | come, | Penn, from thy | sweet | counsel and | weapon- 
 less | victory, | **j and | show us what | Christian | zeal and | 
 Christian | love can ac- | complish | **] with the | rudest bar- | 
 barians, | **j or the | fiercest | hearts. | M ^ | *] H j Come, | 
 Raikes, | **] from thy | labors with the | ignorant and the | poor, 
 ] **] and [ show us with | what an | eye this | faith re- | gards 
 the | lowest and | least of our | race ; | ^ **] [ *1 *1 I *1 an( * I 
 how | diligently it | labors, | not for the | body, | not for the 
 | rank, | ^ ^ | but for the | plastic | soul | *"| that is to | crown 
 the | ages of | immor- | tality. | "*j *] | *"j *"] | 
 
 **] And | ye, | *| who are a | great | number; | *j ~j | ye | 
 nameless | ones, | ^ who have | done | good in your | narrow | 
 spheres, con- | tent to fore- | go re- | nown on | earth, | **i 
 IT* 
 
198 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 and | seeking your re- | ward in the | record on | high, | *1M?| 
 come and | tell us how | kindly a | spirit, | *| how | lofty a 
 purpose, | ~j or how | strong a | courage, | ^ the re- | ligfot) 
 ye pre- | ferred can | breathe into the | poor, | *| the | humble, 
 and the | weak. | *"] ~| | *1 *1 | G-o | forth, then, | spirit of 
 Chris- | tianity, | **| to thy | great | work of re- | form 1 1 *j *j | 
 **] The | past bears | witness to thee | *| in the | blood of 
 thy | martyrs, | ^ and the | ashes of thy | saints and | heroes ; 
 | *j the | present is | hopeful be- | cause of thee; | **] the | 
 future shall ac- | knowledge thy om- | nipotence. | *| M | *| *| | 
 
 NINTH CHAPTER OF JOHN. 
 
 And as | Jesus | passed | by, ^! | **j he | saw a | man which 
 was | blind from his | birth. | **} **| | *"] w j | And his dis- | 
 ciples | asked him, | saying, | Master, | who did | sin, *»| 
 this | man, | *] or his | parents, | that he was | born h | 
 blind? | **j *1 | *1 *1 | Jesus | answered, | Neither hath | 
 this | man | sinned, | nor his | parents : | **j **} | but that the 
 | works of | G-od | *"J should be | made **| | manifest in him. 
 *1 *1 I *1 *1 I I must I wor k tne I works of | him that | sent 
 me, | while it is | day : | **] **] | *1 the | night | cometh, | *\ 
 when | no *] | man | can **] | work. **| | ^j **j | **] **j | **| As | long | 
 *"| as | I am in the | world, *] 1 1 am the | light of the | world. 
 ^ *1 I *1 *1 I When he had | thus ^ | spoken, | **] he | spat on 
 
EXERCISES. 199 
 
 the I ground, **] | **| and | made | clay | h of the | spittle, | **| **| \ 
 and he a- | nointed the | eyes **| \ **j of the | blind man | H 
 with the | clay, <"] | **] and | said unto him, | Go, ~| | wash in 
 the | pool of | Siloam, | **J *"| | (which is, by in- | terpre- | ta- 
 tion, | Sent.) [ *[ M | **j *| | **] He | went his | way, | therefore, 
 | r| and | washed, | w j and | came | seeing. | *1 *1 | *1 ^1 | 
 
 rj The | neighbors, | therefore, | **] and | they which be- | 
 fore had | seen him, | that he was | blind, | ^ **j | said, **| | 
 Is not | this ^ ] he that | sat and | begged ? | **| ^j | *j S| | 
 Some | said, *"j | This | is j he ; | **| •} | others | said, ""J | He 
 is | like him : | **| ~j | *[ but | he | said, | ~| I | am | he. | *| 
 *1 I *1 *1 I Therefore | said they unto him, | ^ *"j | How | were 
 thine | eyes | opened ? | **j *1 | **1 "I | **j He | answered and | 
 said, | *| A | man | **] that is | called | Jesus, | made | clay, | 
 **] and a- | nointed mine | eyes, ^] | *"j and | said unto me, | Go 
 to the | pool of | Siloam, | *| and | wash : ~j | ~| «j | H and I | 
 went and | washed, | **| and I re- | ceived | sight. | "*j **] | *»] **1 
 | Then | said they unto him, | *1 *1 | Where | is he ? | *| **J | 
 ^ He | said, **| | *; I | know not. | ^ *] | ^ **J | 
 
 **j They | brought to the | Pharisees | him that a- | foretime 
 was | blind. | ~] ~j | And it was the | Sabbath | day ~J | *] 
 when | Jesus | made the | clay, | *\ and | opened his | eyes. | 
 *1 *1 1 ""I w i I Then a- | gain the | Pharisees | also | asked him 
 | how he had re- | ceived his f sight. | **] **i | *1 He | said unto 
 | them, | **| He | put **] | clay^ | ^ upon mine | eyes, | *"| and 
 I ] washed, | and do | see. | *1 m | *fj **j | Therefore said | some 
 of the | Pharisees, | ^ This | man is | not of | God, | **| be- | 
 cause | ^ lie | keepeth | not the | Sabbath | day. | **1 *"j | Others 
 | said, **] | How can a | man that is a | sinner | do such | 
 
200 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 miracles? 1*1*11*1 And | there was a di- | vision a- | mong 
 them. | *1 *1 | *1 *1 | *1 They | say unto the | blind | man a- | 
 gain, ^ | ** *| | What | sayest | thou of him ? | that he hath | 
 opened thine | eyes ? | *1 *1 | **j He | said, *1 | He is a | pro- 
 phet. 1111^,1 
 
 **| But the | Jews | did not be- | lieve con- | cerning him | 
 **i that he | had been | blind, | **j and re- | ceived his | sight, 
 | **] un- | til they | called the | parents of | him that had re- | 
 ceived his | sight. | *1 *1 | *1 And they | asked them, | saying, 
 | **| *1 | Is | this your | son, | who ye | say | *\ was | born | 
 blind ? *1 | **| **| | how | then *| | doth he | now **. \ see ? «| | *] 
 *1 I '"1 *1 I *1 ^ s I P arents | answered them, | *1 and | said, | 
 *1 *1 I *1 ^ e I know that |. this is our | son, **| | and that he 
 was | born | blind : *1 | *1 *1 | But by | what *| | means | "*] he 
 | now | seeth, | **| we | know | not; **| | **| or | who hath 
 opened his | eyes, | *] we | know not : | *1 ^ | he is of | age, **i 
 | ask | him, **] | he shall | speak for him- | self. *1 1 *1 *1 1 **|*1 
 
 These | words *1 | spake his | parents, | *"j be- | cause they 
 | feared the | Jews : | *1 *1 | *1 for the | Jews had a- | greed 
 al- | ready, | that if | any man | **| did con- | fess that he was 
 | Christ, | *•] **| | he should be | put | out of the | synagogue. 
 I *1 *1 I "1 *1 I Therefore | said his | parents, | He is of | age, 
 ~| | ask *| | him. **| | ~] ^ | M *| | 
 
 Then a- | gain **| | called they the | man that was | blind, | 
 **} and | said unto him, | **M | Give **] | God the | praise : | ** we 
 | know that | this **] | man ^ | **j is a | sinner. | *1 *1 | *1 *1 | 
 *1 He | answered and | said, **| | Whether he | be a | sinner or | 
 no, **| | "*] I | know not; | *1 *1 | one | thing I | know, | ^ 
 that, where- | as T | was *| | blind, *", | w ; ~\ | now | ~ I | 
 
EXERCISES. 201 
 
 see. | **I *1 | **] **1 | Then **■ [ said they | to him a- | gain, **| | 
 What | did he | to thee '( \ *| **] | How **[ | opened he thine | 
 eyes ? ( **| **] | **| *"| | **| He | answered them, | ""J I have | told 
 you al- | ready, | **| and ye | did not | hear : | **] """j ] where- 
 fore | would ye | hear it a- | gain ? | *■*] **] | **| Will | ye | also | 
 be his dis- | ciples? | *1 ^ | **! ^ | Then they re- | viled him, 
 | *"} and | said, | Thou art | his dis- | ciple j | **] but | we are | 
 Moses' dis- | ciples. | *| «"| | *| *\ | r] We | know that | God "\ 
 | spake unto | Moses : | **| **| | as for | this *\ | fellow, | *| we | 
 know not from | whence he | is. | *1 r] | **j **] | **} The | man | 
 answered and | said unto them, | *] **] | Why, **] | herein | *»] 
 is a | marvellous | thing, | *1 that ye | know not from | whence 
 he | is, **] | ^ and | yet he hath | opened mine | eyes. | *1 *"] | 
 **] *[ | Now we | know that | God **| | heareth not | sinners : | 
 *"1 *\ | but if | any man | be a | worshipper of | God, ^ | **J 
 and | doeth his | will, **| | him he | heareth. | ■■ **| *"} | ^j .*| | 
 Since the | world be- | gan M | was it not | heard | **] that | 
 any man | opened the | eyes of | one that was | born *| | blind 
 
 *1 I *1 *1 I *1 -^ I tG ^ s I man were I not °f I ^°^ I *1 ne could 
 | do | nothing. | M *] | **| **] | *] They | answered and | said 
 unto him, | **| **| | Thou wast | alto- | gether | born in | sins, 
 | **| and dost | thou | teach **] | us ? | **] "*] | And they | cast 
 him | out. | **j **j | ^ *"] | 
 
 Jesus | heard that they had | cast him | out ; **] | **| and | 
 when he had | found him, | **] he | said unto him, | **] **| | 
 Dost thou be- | lieve on the | Son of | God ? | ^! *1 I *1 **! I *1 
 He | answered and | said, ^ | Who | is he, | Lord, | **J **] | 
 that I | might be- | lieve on him ? | -**] ~j } M **||f *j And | 
 Jesus | said unto him, | *1 > 1 T ^1 Thou hast | both | seen him, 
 
*^02 GRAMMAB OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 | ^1 ^ | and it is | he that | talketh with thee. | "\ ~ | *] ^ | »| 
 And he | said, **| | Lord, | *j I be- | lieve. | *| *< | *| And he | 
 worshipped him. | **| **! | *| **| | 
 
 *| And | Jesus | said, ~] | •*] *j | *| For | judgment | ^ I 
 am | come into this | world ; | **] •] | *] that | they which | see 
 | not | might *"] | see, *] | and that | they which | see ^ | 
 might be | made | blind. | **] "] | ** **| | *»j And | some of the | 
 Pharisees | **| which were | with him | heard these | words, | 
 *J and | said unto him, | *] *] | **] Are | we | blind | also ? | **,*f 
 | *"] *] | Jesus | said unto them, | **] **| | If ye were | blind, **] | 
 ^1 *1 | ye should have | no **j | sin : | **j *] | ^ but | now ye | 
 say, **} | *i We | see ; | **| *| | therefore | *] your | sin re- | 
 maineth. H*1h*l| 
 
 EXTRACT FROM COWPER'S "TASK." 
 
 ~j Ac- | quaint thyself with | God, M | *| *| \ if thou would' st 
 
 | taste *] | 
 *| His | works. | »"j **| | *[ Ad- | mitted | once to | his em- | 
 
 brace, **] | 
 Thou shalt per- | ceive **] | that thou wast | blind be- | 
 
 fore : | *| ^ | 
 *| Thine | eye shall be in- | structed; | *"| "", | and thine | 
 
 heart ~| | 
 Made *| | pure, | *] shall | relish with di- | vine de- | light **| | 
 
EXERCISES. 203 
 
 •J Till | then un- | felt, **| | **j what | hands di- | vine have | 
 
 wrought. | "*j **j | 
 Brutes | graze the | mountain | top, | ^ with | faces | prone | 
 ^| And | eyes | **] in- | tent upon the | scanty | herb **| | 
 *\ It | yields them ; | **j *1 | or, re- | cumbent on its | brow, rj | 
 Ruminate, | *< **j | heedless of the | scene out- | spread **] | 
 **] Be- | neath, | **| be- | yond, ^| | **] and | stretching | far a- | 
 
 way ^ | 
 **| From | inland | regions | **] to the | distant | mam. | ^}'*|| *1*T| 
 Man | views it, | **j and ad- | mires; | *| **| | **] but | rests 
 
 con- | tent **| | 
 **| With | what he | views. | **j ^ | **] The | landscape | has 
 
 his | praise, | 
 *| But | not its | Author. 1*1*11 Uncon- | cerned *i j who | 
 
 formed *] | 
 *| The | paradise he | sees, | *| he | finds it | such, *| | 
 *j And | such **j | well | pleased to | find it, | **| *] | asks no | 
 
 more. M ^ | ~M | 
 Not | so the | mind **| | that has been | touched from | heaven, | 
 And in the | school of | sacred | wisdom | **| **] | taught **j | 
 *| To | read *| | Ms *J | wonders, | *\ in | whose | thought | **i 
 
 the | world, *] \ 
 Fair as it | is, H | **| ex- | isted | ere it | was : | *] **j | **| *1 | 
 Not for its | own | sake *", | merely, | but for | his, **] | 
 Much | more, | **] who | fashioned it, | ^ he | gives it | 
 
 praise ; | **] ^ | 
 Praise | **] that from | earth re- 1 suiting, | **j as it | ought, **! | ^ *"| 
 *i To | earth's ac- | knowledged | Sovereign, | **[ r|-| finds at 
 
 | once *\ | , 
 
204 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 ~] Its | only | just pro- | prietor | ~j in | *] Him.*'] | *■ *j |*J ^ | 
 **] The | soul that | sees him, | or re- | ceives, sub- | limed, **] | 
 New | faculties, | "^ or | learns at | least to em- | ploy *< | 
 More | worthily | ^ the | powers she | owned be- | fore, *"! | 
 *"j Dis- | cerns in | all things | what with | stupid | gaze 
 Of | ignorance, | **j till | then she | over- | looked, *| | 
 **] A | ray of | heavenly | light, ""j | gilding | all | forms **| | 
 **j Ter- | restrial | *"j in the | vast and the mi- | mite; | **! **i | 
 ^j The | unani- | biguous | footsteps | **j of the | God, *"! \ 
 **} Who | gives its | lustre | **] to an | insect's | wing, ""j | 
 *"] And | wheels his | throne upon the j rolling | worlds. ' w ]* 1 , ^"i"* 1 
 Much | conversant with | heaven, | **i she | often | holds ^J | 
 *^j With | those | fair | ministers of | light to | man, | 
 *] That | fill the | skies *", | nightly with | silent | pomp, **| | 
 Sweet | conference. | *", ^ | **j **! | *1 In- | quires, what | strains 
 
 were | they *"] | 
 **j With | which **j | heaven | rang, | **J when | every | star, in 
 
 | haste | 
 ""l To | gratulate the | new-created | earth, ^ | 
 Sent forth a | voice, **\ | '•j and | all the | sons of | God **| | 
 Shouted for | joy. *] | *", *"; | *\ ^ | " Tell me, | *| ye | shining 
 
 | hosts, *< | 
 M That | navigate a | sea that | knows | no *•] | storms, **| | 
 *| Be- | neath a | vault un- | sullied with a | cloud, | ""j **] | 
 If from your | ele- | vatiou, | **j **] | whence ye | view 
 Dis- | tinctly, | **| **] | scenes | **| in- | visible to | man, | 
 ^| And | systems, | **] of whose | birth no | tidings | yet *J | 
 ~\ Have | reached this | nether | world, | ' *| *| | ** ye | spy a 
 
 | race, ^j | 
 
EXERCISES. 205 
 
 Favored as | ours; | **[ *"] | trans- | gressors from the | womb, 1 ^ | 
 
 ^ And | hastening to a | grave, ^ | yet *| | doomed to | rise, **j | 
 
 And to pos- | sess a | brighter | heaven than | yours ? | 
 
 **[ As | one who | long de- | tained on | foreign | shores, *| | 
 
 Pants to re- | turn, | **] ""J | and when he | sees a- | far | 
 
 **i His | country's | weather-bleached | "rl and | battered 
 
 rocks, **| | 
 *< From the | green | wave e- | merging, | darts an | eye **] | 
 Radiant with | joy, *"j | towards the | happy | land ; | ""j **| | 
 So **| | I | ^| with | animated | hopes be- | hold, ""J | 
 *"1 And | many an | aching | wish, | *< **] | your | beamy | fires, **| | 
 **] That | show like | beacons | ^] in the | blue a- | byss, **J | 
 "*| Or- | dained to | guide the em- | bodied | spirit | home | 
 **| From | toilsome | life "*} | *\ to | never- | ending | rest. *"] | **] **! | 
 Love | kindles as I | gaze ! | **J **| | **| I | feel de- | sires, | 
 **] That | give as- | surance of their | own sue- | cess, | T*] | 
 And that in- | fused from | heaven **| | must | *1 | thither 
 
 | tend." r| | *] *| | *j H | 
 So | reads | he *| | nature, | *1 **] | whom the | lamp of | 
 
 truth | 
 *| II- | luminates. | *| *| | *\ *| | Thy | lamp, H | «l m y S - | 
 
 terious | word ! | **| *] | 
 **j Which | whoso | sees | *j *] | *\ no | longer | wanders | 
 
 lost, ~| | 
 w j With | intellects be- | mazed in | endless | doubt, | **| **] | 
 *| But | runs the | road of | wisdom. | **1 *! | **| *j | Thou hast 
 
 | built | 
 ^| With | means, **| | *] that | were not | till by | thee em- | 
 
 ployed, | *| -| | 
 18 
 
206 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Worlds, that had | never | been | ^ hadst | thou in | streugth 
 
 Been | less, *i |^j or | less be- 1 nevolent than | strong. | *1 *1 1 *1 *1 1 
 
 They are thy | witnesses, | **] **] | who | speak thy | power | 
 
 **| And | goodness | infinite, | *"i but | speak in | ears | 
 
 **! That | hear not, | H or re- 1 ceive not | their re- 1 port. | *"|*1 | **M | 
 
 *1 In | vain | *"j thy | creatures | testify of | thee, | 
 
 *| Till | thou pro- | claim thy- | self. | *] M | *] *j | Theirs is, 
 
 in- | deed, | 
 *1 A | teaching | voice ; *1 | but 'tis the | praise of | thine, | 
 *1 That | whom | it | teaches | *| it | makes **J | prompt to | 
 
 learn, | 
 *1 *J | And with the | boon **] | gives | talents | ^| for its | 
 
 use. | *1 *| | *', *] | 
 *1 Till | thou | ^] art | heard, | "*] im- | agi- | nations | vain | 
 ""| Pos- | sess the | heart; | *| *1 | *| and | fables | false as | hell, | 
 Yet | deemed o- | racular, | lure | down to | death, *] | 
 *1 The | unin- 1 formed and | heedless | souls of | men. | *1 *J | *1 *| | 
 We | give to | chance, ^ | blind | chance, ~| | **| our- | selves 
 
 as | blind, | 
 **j The | glory of | thy | work j | ^ *[ | ~J which | yet ap- 1 pears *] | 
 Perfect | ^j and | unim- | peachable of | blame, 1*1*11 
 Challenging | human | scrutiny, | ^ and | proved **| | 
 Then | skillful | most | ^ when | most se- | verely | judg- 
 ed. | *] *] | *1 ~l | 
 
 •j But | chance is | not ; | ~] *] | *| or | is not | where | thou | 
 
 reignest : | *] *1 | 
 Thy | providence | *j for- | bids | that | fickle | power **j | 
 (*1 If | power she | be * | ^ that | works but to con- | found) *| | 
 *j To | mix her | wild va- | garies j *[ with | thy | laws, j *| ~ \ 
 
EXERCISES, 207 
 
 Yet | thus we | dote, | **] re- [ fusing | *1 while we | can | 
 
 **| In- | struction, | **| and in- | venting to our- | selves **] | 
 
 Gods | such as | guilt makes | welcome ; | **| **] | gods that | sleep | 
 
 **{ Or | disre- | gard our | follies, | **] or that | sit **l \ 
 
 **] A- 1 mused spec- 1 tators | **] of this | hustling | stage. | **| **| | **j **] | 
 
 Thee | we re- | ject, **] | un- | ahle to a- | bide !"] | 
 
 Thy **j | purity, | **] till | pure | **] as | thou art | pure ; | **| **| | 
 
 Made | such by | thee, | **] we | love thee | **] for | that *»] | cause | 
 
 **| For | which we | shunned and | hated thee | *"1 be- | 
 
 fore. | H M | **] «"| | 
 Then are we | free. **! | **| *1 1 *1 *1 1 Then | liberty, | **] like | day, | 
 Breaks on the | soul, | **| ^j | and, by a | flash from | heaven, **| | 
 Fires | all the | faculties | ^j with | glorious | joy. | **| **| | **| *"] | 
 **j A | voice is | heard, | **} that | mortal | ears **] | hear *"] | not **| | 
 **| Till | thou hast | touched them : | **] 'tis the | voice of | song, **| | 
 **| A | loud ho- | sanna | sent from | all thy | works ; **] ] 
 H Which | he that | hears it | **j with a | shout re- | peats, **j | 
 M And | adds **| | his **J | rapture | **| to the | general | praise. | **| **| | 
 **J In | that M | blest | moment, | *\ **] | Nature, | throwing | 
 
 wide **| | 
 *] Her | veil o- | paque, | **| dis- | closes with a | smile **| | 
 **1 The | Author of her | beauties, | who, re- | tired | 
 "•1 Be- | hind his | own ere- | ation, | works un- | seen **| | 
 By the im- 1 pure, | **] and | hears his | power de- 1 nied. | **| **| | **| **| | 
 Thou art the | source | **] and | centre of | all | minds, | 
 **] Their | only | point of | rest, w | | *| E- | ternal | Word ! | **]**] | 
 *•] From | thee de- 1 parting, | **| **] | they are | lost, **| | **! and | rove I 
 **1 At | random, | **] with- | out *»] | honor, | hope, or | 
 
 peace. | **J **! | *1 **j | 
 
808 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 *] From | thee is | all that | soothes the | life of | man, | 
 **] His | high en- | deavor, | ^| and his | glad sue- | cess, **] | 
 *"| His | strength to | suffer, | M and his | will to | serve. | *| **J | *| **| | 
 **] But | oh, thou | bounteous | Giver of | all | good, *| | 
 Thou | art of | all thy | gifts ~| | ~\ thy- 1 self the | crown ! | *] *f| 
 Give what thou | canst, | **] with- 1 out | thee | *1 we are | poor, j 
 **l And ] with thee | rich, **| | take what thou | wilt a- | 
 
 way. n t i *n | 
 
 ON THE BEING OF A GOD. 
 
 *| Re- I tire ; ~] | ~] the | world **j | shut *| | out; *| | *] thy 
 
 | thoughts | call | home : | 
 *^ Im- | agi- | nation's | airy | wing **] | **] re- | press ; *j | ^ ""J | 
 Lock up thy | senses ; | **| **] | let no | passion | stir ; **J | **] **j | 
 Wake | all to | reason ; \ « **] | ^j let | her w j | reign a- | lone : **] | 
 **] ^| | Then **| | **| in thy | soul's | deep **] | silence, | **j and | 
 
 the | depth ~] | 
 **j Of | nature's | silence, | **j *| | midnight, | H **] | thus in- | 
 
 quire : ^ | 
 w . As 1 1 have | done ; ^ | and shall in- 1 quire no | more. \*\**\ | "*|^ | 
 *! In | nature's | channel | thus the | questions | run : | *1*1 1 ^1*1 1 
 " What | am I? | ~j and from | whence ? | *f ~\ | <-| I | nothing 
 
 | know, •*] | 
 But that 1 1 am; | **| *j | ^| and, | since I | am, | ^ con- 1 elude H | 
 
EXERCISES. 209 
 
 Something e- | ternal : | **] H ] had there | e'er been | 
 
 nought, *| | 
 Nought | still had | been; — | ^ e | ternal | M there | must | 
 
 be. *1 | M H | *| H | 
 **] But | what e- 1 ternal? | **] *"] | Why not | human | race ? j ^^1 | 
 **] And | Adam's | ancestors | **| with- 1 out an j end? ^j j^^ ^^ \ 
 That's | hard to be con- | ceived; **| | ^ since | every | link^j | 
 **1 Of | that | long M ] chained sue- j cession | **< is | so | frail ; **] | 
 **| Can | every | part de- 1 pend,^ | **] and | not the | whole ? | **j **■ | 
 **] Yet | grant it | true; **j | new | difficulties | rise; **, | 
 **J Fm | still | quite ^ | out at | sea : **] | **j nor | see the | 
 
 shore. | **j ~j | *] w j | 
 Whence | earth, | -*] and | these | bright | orbs? *| |-**| E- | 
 
 ternal | too ? | "1 ^ | 
 "*| **] | Grant | matter | **j was e- | ternal ; | H "*[ | still these | 
 
 orbs **j | 
 **] Would | want some | other ] father; | **j **j | much de- | 
 
 sign **] | 
 **| Is | seen in | all their | motions, | *"|^ | all their | makes; [^p*|*| 
 **j De- | sign | **| im- | plies in- | telligence | *J and | art,** | **J^! | 
 That **| I can't be | **| from them- | selves | "-1 or j man ; *"! | *1 
 
 ~> | that *] | art ~| | 
 Man | scarce can | compre- | hend, **] j *1 could | man be- | 
 
 stow ? **! | 
 ""J And | nothing | greater | yet al- 1 lowed | ""j than | man, *1 1 '■'M | 
 Who, | motion, | **[ *| | foreign to the | smallest | grain, | 
 Shot through | vast **| | masses | ^ of e- 1 normous | weight ? **] | 
 **! *". | Who | bid ^j | brute **J | matter's | restive [ lump as- | 
 
 sume 
 18* 
 
210 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Such | various | forms, **] j **] aDd | gave it | wiDgs to j fly ? | *} *] | 
 *| Has | matter | innate | motion ? | *| **] | then *] | each *| | 
 
 atom, | *»] 
 **{ As- | serting its in- | disputable | right "| | 
 **| To | dance, | **{ would | form an | universe of j dust ! **J j *< **] | 
 **| Has | matter | none ? | *"1 **] | Then M | whence those | glo- 
 rious | forms | 
 **] And | boundless | flights, **] | **] from | shapeless | **| and 
 
 re- | posed ? | **| **| | 
 **j Has | matter | more than [ motion ? | has it | thought, | 
 Judgment, and | genius ? | **] **| | Is it | deeply | learned 
 In | mathe- | matics? | **} ^ | Has it | framed | such **| | 
 
 laws, | 
 Which but to | guess, **] | ^ a | Newton | made im- | mortal ? | 
 **| If | so, *1 | how *\ | each *j | sage | atom | laughs at | 
 
 me, *| | 
 ^| Who | think a | clod in- | ferior to a | man ! **] | 
 **j If | art to | form ; | **| and | counsel to con- | duct ; **| | 
 **] Re- | sides not | *\ in | each *| | block; ~j | *Ja | Godhead | 
 
 reigns. | **j "I | **| **| | 
 Grant, ~| | then, *] | ^ in- | visible, | **] e- | ternal | mind; | *}*1 1 
 That | granted, | all is | solved. | *| **] | But, **j | granting | 
 
 that, *| | 
 Draw I not | o'er me | *\ a | still | darker | cloud ? *■} j ^\ ** | 
 Grant I not | that *»] | which I can | ne'er con- | ceive ? | *| **| | 
 *"| A | Being | without | origin | **J or | end ! | *"1 **| | *1 *1 | 
 Hail, | human | liberty ! | **| there | is no | God ! **j | 
 M Yet | why ? *1 | *| on | either | scheme | that *| | knot sub- j 
 
 sists; **I I 
 
EXERCISES. 211 
 
 *•] Sub- 1 sist it | must, <*l | **| in | God,^ | *| or | human | race : | **] *| | 
 
 If in the | last, *"] | how many | knots be- | side, **] | 
 
 *| In- | dissoluble | all ? | *| *| | *\ *] f Why | choose it | 
 
 there, **] | 
 Where | chosen | still sub- | sist H [ ten | thousand | 
 
 more ? | w | *| | 
 ^1 Re- | ject it, | where | that | chosen, | *"J **i | all the | 
 
 rest ^1 | 
 ^ Dis- | persed, | leave | reason's | whole ho- | rizon | 
 
 clear? | ^ H | *]<-] | 
 This is not | reason's | dictate ; | **] **] | reason | says, **J | 
 Choose with the | side *j | *] where | one ^ | grain [ turns 
 
 the | scale ; | *l **J | 
 **} What | vast pre- | ponderance | M is | here ! | *1 *1 | **| can | 
 
 reason | 
 **] With | louder | voice ex- | claim, | *1 Be- | lieve a | 
 
 God rH|^M| 
 **| And | reason | heard | ^ is the | sole j mark of | man. *| | *"j*< | 
 What | things | **| im- | possible | *"| must | man think | 
 
 true, ~1 | 
 **j On | any | other | system ! | **| *l | *1 and | how *\ | strange | 
 **] To | disbe- 1 lieve | **\ through | mere ere- 1 dulity ! | **j ^ | M **] | 
 If ^] | **] in | this | chain | *l Lo- | renzo | finds no | flaw, *\ | 
 Let it for | ever | bind him | **| to be- | lief. | **j **] | 
 *\ And | where the | link | **| in | which a | flaw he | 
 
 finds ? | *1 *] | 
 *| And | if a | God there | is, | *] ^ | that | God | how | 
 
 great! | *|:*J | *H | 
 
 Young. 
 
212 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTTOX. 
 
 ADAM AND EVE'S MORNING HYMN. 
 
 These are thy | glorious | works ! | **{ **] | Parent of | good ! | 
 **j **i | Al- | mighty ! | ^ **| | thine this | uni- | versal | frame, | 
 Thus | wond'rous | fair : **] | ^] thy- | self **j | how | wond'- 
 
 rous | then, ^j | 
 Un- | speakable ! | *< who | sitt'st a- | bove *] | these | heavens, | 
 **| To | us in- | visible, | "*-*l or | dimly | seen, **{ | 
 *[ In | these thy | lowest | works : **} | ^ *i | yet w ; | these 
 
 de- | clare **] | 
 *1 ^ n y I goodness | H be- | j^ond | thought, | *\ and | power di- 
 
 viue. | ^ ^ | ~\ *] | 
 Speak, **] | ye *"] | *"] who | best can | tell, **j J **] ye | sons of | 
 
 light, | **| ^ | 
 Angels ! | *"] for | ye be- | hold him, | **] and with | songs ^ | 
 ^ And | choral | symphonies, | ^ **j | day without | night, *1 | 
 Circle his | throne | **} re- 1 joicing. | *1 **] | Ye in | heaven ! | **j ^j | 
 ^l On | earth, **! | *|H | join, ^j | all ye | creatures, | *»] to ex- | 
 
 tol -i, | -|~j | 
 
 Him | first, **\ | him | last, **] | him | midst, | and without | 
 
 end. | *1 ^i | ^1 ^[ | 
 Fairest of | stars ! **l | *"j **] | last in the | train of | night, *] | 
 *1 If | better thou be- | long not to the | dawn, | ^ ^ | 
 Sure ! pledge of | day, I *| that I crown'st the | smiling I morn *"| | 
 
EXERCISES. 213 
 
 *j With thy | bright *\ | circlet, | **| *] | praise hiin | **j in thy | 
 
 sphere, ^j | 
 While | day a- 1 rises, | ^^j | that sweet | hour of| prime. |^J*| | ^|^J | 
 Thou | sun ! *[ | *| H | *| of | this M | great *| | world | ^ 
 
 both | eye and | soul, *] | 
 **] Ac- | knowledge | him ^] | thy | greater • | **] *| | sound his 
 
 | praise | 
 In thy e- | ternal | course, | *1 *\ | both when thou | climb'st, | 
 And when | high **] | noon hast | gain'd, ^ | ^ and | when 
 
 thou | fall' st. | *| *-] | **| ~] | 
 Moon ! | ^| that | now | meet'st the | orient | sun, | **] *[ j now | 
 
 fly'st,-] | 
 **J With the | fixed **} | stars, ^ | *]*] | (fixed in their | orb that 
 
 flies !) | ~H | 
 **| And | ye *»] | five | other | wand'ring | fires ! | **| that | move ^ | 
 ^ In | mystic | dance, | **| **j | cot without | song ! | **j re- | 
 
 sound ""l | 
 His | praise | **J who | out of | darkness | called up | 
 
 light. *1 | ^1 *1 | *1 ^, | 
 Air, *-l | *"j and ye | elements ! | *[ the | eldest | birth M | 
 *1 Of | Nature's | womb, | that in qua- | ternion | run **j | 
 H Per- | petual | circle, | **\ **] | multiform and | mix, | 
 **] And | nourish | all things, | **! **| | let your | ceaseless | change , 
 Vary to our | great *] | Maker | ^ h | still H | new ^ | 
 
 praise. | *| H [ ^J H | 
 *i Ye | mists | **[ and | exha- | lations ! | "*j that | now | rise *1 | 
 **j From | hill or | steaming | lake, **| | dusky or | grey, | 
 **] Till the | sun **j | paint your | fleecy | skirts with | gold, *j | 
 M In | honor to the | world's | great *"] | Author | rise ; **] | *"] **| | 
 
214 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Whether to | deck with | clouds *| | *| the un- 1 colored sky, *] | 
 **] Or | wet the | thirsty | earth with | falling | showers,** | »*l *| | 
 Rising | **i or | falling, | **j*| | still ad- 1 vance | his | praise. \*]*] | *"|M| 
 His | praise, | **| ye | winds *| | **| that from | four *| | quarters 
 
 | blow, *| \*[*[\ 
 Breathe | soft or | loud !*]!*] and | wave your | tops, ~ \ *j 
 
 ye | pines, ^ | 
 **] With | every | plant, | **] *| | *< in [ sign of | worship, | 
 
 wave. | **j **| j *} ^ | 
 Fountains ! | *\ and | ye that | warble | **] as ye | flow | 
 *"| Me- | lodious | murmurs, | **] **j | warbling, | ^ ^ | tune his 
 
 | praise. | **j ** | 
 Join | voices, J all ye | living | souls. | *] *\ | **j Ye | birds, *"1 | 
 H That | singing, | up to | heaven's | gate as- | cend, | **J **j | 
 Bear on your | wings, [ and in your | notes ** | his *•} | 
 
 praise. | ^ M | ~] ~j | 
 Ye that in | waters | glide, | ** and | ye that | walk 
 The | earth, | ^ and | stately | tread | ^j or | lowly | creep ! w | 
 Witness if | I be | silent, | **| **] | morn | *\ or | even, | 
 M To | hill or | valley, | fountain or | fresh *J | shade, | 
 **] *j | Made [ vocal by my | song, I *1 and | taught ^ | his 
 
 **| | praise. | *] 1 | *1 *", | 
 Hail, | uni- | versal | Lord ! | ^j ^ | ^ be | bouuteous | still, | 
 *i To | give us | only | good J *1 | **] **j | <™d if the | night *| | 
 ^j Have | gathered ] aught of | evil, | *] or con- | cealed, *] | 
 ^ Dis- | perse it, | **| as | now | light | ~ dis- | pels the | 
 
 dark. | ~] *| | ~j *] | 
 
 Milt ox. 
 
EXERCISES. 215 
 
 SPEECH OF THE EARL OF CHATHAM, 
 
 ON THE SUBJECT OF EMPLOYING INDIANS TO FIGHT AGAINST 
 THE AMERICANS. 
 
 **j I | CANNOT, | *i my | lords, **| | *] I | will not, | join in 
 con- | gratu- | lation | on mis- | fortune | *< and dis- | grace. 
 I 1 *1 I *1 *1 I Tnis ; |1 my | lords, ~[ | ^ is a | perilous | ^ 
 and tre- | mendous | moment; | **j *»| | "-1 the | smoothness 
 of | flattery | cannot | save us | ^ in this | rugged and | 
 awful | crisis. | ""J *"J | *"J *"] | *"] It is | now j necessary | *1 to 
 in- | struct the | throne | ""j in the J language of j truth. [ **] 
 *n *1 ■"*! I *1 We I milst > 1 I 1 if possible, | **] dis- | pel the 
 de- | lusion and | darkness | *] which en- | velope it; | ■ *| and 
 dis- | play, **] | **j in its | full | danger | **| and | genuine | 
 colors, | *"] the | ruin | **| which is | brought to our | doors. | 
 ^ *1 I *1 *1 I ^ an I mm isters | still pre- | sume to ex- | pect 
 sup- | port ** | in their in- | fatu- | ation ? [ ^ **] | M Can | 
 parliament | **] be [ so | dead to its | dignity and | duty, | *1 
 as to | give its sup- | port *"] | *"] to | measures | thus ob- | 
 traded and | forced up- | on it ? | w | ** | Measures, | *< my | 
 lords, **| | which have re- | duced this | late | flourishing | 
 empire | *"] to | scorn and con- | tempt ? | **j *| | **| But | yes- 
 terday, | **| and | England | might have | stood against the | 
 
216 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 world; | *»| *1 j now, **] | none so | poor | *»| as to | do her | 
 reverence ! | **| *"| | ^ The | people | (whom we at | first de- | 
 spised as | rebels, | **j but | whom we | now ac- | knowledge 
 as | enemies), | ""j are a- | betted a- | gainst us, | **} sup- | plied 
 with | every | military | store, | **j their | interest con- 1 suited, 
 | """j and their am- | bassadors | enter- | tained | **] by our in- | 
 veterate | enemy; | M **j | **] and | ministers | do not, | '•J and 
 | dare not, | inter- | pose | *"[ with | dignity | **| or ef- | feet. | 
 *1 *1 I *1 *1 I *1 ^ ne I desperate | state of our | army a- | broad 
 | ^ is in | part *"| | known. | *j **| | *1 **j | No man | **j more | 
 highly es- | teems and | honors the | English | troops | ^] than 
 | I do : | **] *] | ^ I | know their | virtues | *i and their | 
 valor ; | **| **| | **! I | know they can a- | chieve "■*] | anything 
 but | impossi- | bilities > | **j **] | and I | know that the | con- 
 quest of | English A- | merica | is an | impossi- | bility. | *". *■] 
 | ~] * | **] You | cannot, | **] my | lords, | *\ you | can- | not **] 
 | conquer A- | merica. | **| **| | *1 "I | What is your | present | 
 situ- | ation | there ? | *\ *J | ^ We J do not | know the | 
 worst : | **]*"! | but we | know that in | three cam- | paigns | N 
 we have | done | nothing | **j and | suffered | much. **] | **] **} | 
 M h | You may | swell every ex- | peuse, | **] ac- | cumulate | 
 every as- | sistance, | **| and ex- | tend your | traffic | *] to the 
 | shambles of | every | German | despot; | *j *j | your at- | 
 tempts *| | h will | be for | ever | vain and | impotent; | **J 
 ^ | doubly | so, in- | deed, **| | *[ from this | mercenary | aid 
 | *J on | which you re- | ly ; *| \ r| *] | for it | irrirates | *] to 
 an in- | curable re- | sentment, | ~] the | minds of your | 
 adversaries, | *j to | over- | run them with the | mercenary 
 | sons of | rapine and | plunder, | **| de- | voting | them and 
 
EXERCISES. 217 
 
 their pos- | sessions | **| to the ra- | pacity of | hireling | 
 cruelty. [ «■] ^ | ^ H | 
 
 But, | **| my | lords, | who is the | man, "*| | that, in ad- | 
 dition | **] to the dis- | graces and | mischiefs of the | war, | **] 
 has | dared to | authorize | **j and as- | sociate to our | arms | 
 *"] the. | tomahawk | **J and | scalping-knife | **| of the | savage ? 
 I 1 *1 I *1 *° I ca ^ i nto I civilized al- | liance | *] the | wild 
 and in- | human in- | habitants of the | woods ? | ^ ^J | M to | 
 delegate | **| to the | merciless | Indian | **| the de- | fence of 
 dis- | puted | rights, | *| and to | wage the | horrors of his | 
 barbarous | war | *■) | against our | brethren ? | **} *i | ■*} **| I H 
 My | lords, | these e- | normities | cry a- | loud | **j for re- | 
 dress and | punishment. | **| w i | But, my | lords, | ^1 this | 
 barbarous | measure | has been de- | fended, | **i **| | not | only 
 on the | principles of | policy | *j and ne- | cessity, | ^ but | 
 also on | those of mo- | rality; j *»] ~j | " for it is | perfectly 
 al- | lowable," | ~j says | Lord | Suffolk, | h "to | use | all the 
 | means | **| which | God and | nature | **| have | put into our | 
 hands." | *"1 **j | **1 *\ | I am as- | tonished ! [ M I a-m I shocked ! 
 | **1 to | hear such | principles con- | fessed ; j *1 *"| | **] to | hear 
 them a- | vowed in | this | house, | or in | this | country. | **| 
 1 M *1 I *1 M y I lords > I 1 I I did not in - | teQ d to en- | 
 croach so | much **l | **| on your at- | tention, | *"j ^ | but I | 
 cannot re- | press my | in dig- | nation. | **| **j | **] I | feel my- 
 self im- | pelled to | speak. | *rj **} | M ~J | *| My | lords, | *] 
 we are | called upon, | ^ as | members of this | house, | H as 
 | men, **] | **j as | Christians, | **| to pro- | test against | **1 such 
 | horrible bar- | barity ! | *| «-| | *•] *] | «| " That | God and | 
 nature | ** have | put into our | hands!" | !*] h | What i- I 
 19 
 
218 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 doas of | God and | nature | that | noble | lord may | enter- | 
 tain, | **} I | know not; | **j *1 | but I | know that | such de- | 
 testable | principles | **i are | equally ab- | horrent | ^ to re- | 
 ligion | *| and hu- | inanity. | H '*| | ^ *] | What, *| | **J to 
 at- | tribute the | sacred | sanction of | God and | nature | **j 
 to the | massacres | **| of the | Indian | scalping-knife ! | *| to 
 the | savage, | torturing | ^1 and | murdering | **j his uu- | 
 happy | victims ! | **} **| J *»} "**J | Such | notions | shock *< j 
 every | sentiment of | honor. | ^ **1 | *1 **} | These a- | bomi- 
 nable | principles, | *"j and this | more a- | bominable a- | vowal 
 of them, | ^1 de- | mand the | most de- | cisive indig- | nation. 
 I *1 1 I *1 *1 M I I cal1 ll P on I taat I right *| | reverend, | ~j 
 and | this most | learned | Bench, | **j to | vindicate | **] the 
 re- | ligion of their | God — **{ | M to sup- | port the | justice of 
 their | country. | *"| **] | **| **| | **} I | call upon the | bishops | **| 
 to | inter- | pose the uu- | sullied | sanctity of their | lawn ; | 
 **]**! | *1 upon the | judges | **] to | inter- | pose the | purity 
 of their | ermine, | **J to | save us from | this pol- | lutiou. j '•J 
 
 *1 I *1 '**! 1*1 ^ I ea ^ u P on tne I honor °f y° ur I lordships, | **| 
 to | reverence the | dignity of your | ancestors, | and to main- | 
 tain your | own. | **] *j | ~] **] | **] I | call upon the | spirit | **| 
 and hu- | inanity | **J of my | country, | *1 to | vindicate the | 
 national | character. | H ~] | *| *| | I in- | voke the | genius of 
 the | British j consti- | tution. | ^| *| | *| ** | **| From the | 
 tapestry | H that a- | dorns | these | walls, | *| the im- | mortal 
 | ancestor | *j of this | noble | lord | frowns with | indig- | na- 
 tion | *| at the dis- | grace of his | country. | *j *| | *i ** | **| 
 In | vain did | he de- | fend the | liberty, | *\ and es- | tablish 
 
EXERCISES. 219 
 
 the re- | ligion of | Britain, | *«] a- | gainst the | tyranny of ! 
 Rome, | if these | worse than | popish | cruelties, | **] and | 
 inquisi- | torial | practices, | **] are en- | dured a- | mong us. | **] 
 X] M 1 I 1 To I send I f° rtn tne I merciless | Indian, | ^ **] | 
 thirsting for | blood! *"J | **l a- | gainst | whom? | **]**! | *1 
 your | protestant | brethren ! | ~| H | **| to | lay *1 | waste their 
 | country, ! **j to | desolate their | dwellings, | **] and ex- | 
 tirpate their | race and | name, | **] by the | aid and | instru- 
 ment | tality of | these un- | governable | savages ! | **| *| | ^] 
 •^ | Spain can | no | longer | boast | "*] pre- ] eminence | **] in 
 bar- | barity. | *"| **] | *| *< | She | armed herself with | blood- 
 hounds | *[ to ex- | tirpate the | wretched | natives of | 
 Mexico; | **| **j | we, | more | ruthless, | loose those | brutal | 
 warriors | **j a- | gainst our | countrymen | *| in A- | merica, 
 | ^i en- | deared to us | **] by | every | tie | *"] that can | 
 sanctify hu- | manity. | .*•] **} | y\ **} | .*[ I | solemnly | call upon 
 your | lordships, | and upon | every | order of | men in the | 
 state, | **] to | stamp upon | this **] | infamous pro- | cedure | 
 M the in- | delible | stigma | **] of the | public ab- | horrence. | 
 1 **! I *1 *1 I More par- | ticularly, | *1 I | call upon the | ven- 
 erable | prelates | *"| of our re- | ligion, | **| to | do a- | way 
 this in- | iquity : | M w j | let them per- | form a lus- | tration | 
 **] to | purify the | country | *1 from this | deep *] | **| and | 
 deadly | sin. | ~] *] | *| *| | ~] My | lords, ~ { | ~ I am | old | 
 *1 and | weak, | *"] and at | present | **j un- | able to | say | 
 more; | **] **| | but my j feelings and | indig- | nation | **| were 
 | too | strong to have al- | lowed me to | say | less. | J"] *] | *»1 
 *| | **| I | could not have | slept **[ | this **] | night in my | 
 bed, | *| nor | even re- | posed my | head upon my | pillow, | 
 
220 
 
 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 w , with- | out **j | giving | vent to my | steadfast ab- | horrence 
 | *1 of | such e- | normous | *t and pre- | posterous | princi. 
 pies. | 1 ^1 | w ^j | 
 
 TIMON'S ADDRESS TO THE THIEVES. 
 
 Timon. Why should you | want? | ~jBe-| hold, the | earth 
 hath | roots; | 
 *] With- | in this | mile break | forth a | hundred | springs : 
 **| The | oaks bear | mast, the | briars | scarlet | hips : | 
 *1 The | bounteous | housewife, | nature, | *"< on | each | bush j 
 Lays her | full | mess be- | fore you. | **} **1 | Want ? | **| **j | 
 why | want? | 
 1st Thief. *»] We | cannot | live on | grass, on | berries, 
 | water, | 
 **} As | beasts, and | birds, and | fishes. | 
 
 Tim. **| Nor | on the | beasts them- | selves, the | birds, 
 
 and | fishes : | **| "*! |" *M % | 
 *< You must | eat | men. | **j Yet | thanks I | must you | con, 
 That you are | thieves pro- | fessed ; | ^ that you | work not 
 In | holier | shapes : | **1 **j | for there is | boundless | theft 
 In | limited pro- | fessions. | ^ *"j | Rascal | thieves, | 
 Here's | gold : | Go, | suck the | subtle | blood of the | grape, | 
 **l Till the | high | fever | seethe your | blood to | froth, | 
 
EXERCISES. 2*21 
 
 ""j And | so | 'scape | hanging : | **] *"l | trust not the phy- | si- 
 
 eian ; | *■] **] | 
 His | antidotes are | poison, | **] and | he | slays | 
 More than | you | rob : | **| **] | take | wealth and | lives to- | 
 
 gether ; | **]**] | 
 Do | villany, | do, | since you pro- | fess to | do't, | 
 "*1 Like | workmen. | **J **j | I'll ex- | ample you with | thievery; | 
 **! The | sun's a | thief, and | with his | great at- | traction | 
 Robs the | vast | sea: | w ; the | moon's an | arrant | thief, | 
 *1 And her | pale | fire she | snatches from the | *•] sun : | 
 **] The j sea's a | thief, whose | liquid | surge re- | solves 
 The j moon into J salt | tears : | "•] the { earth's a j thief, | 
 ^ That feeds, | and | breeds by a com- | posture | stolen 
 From | general | excrement : | **} *"j | each | thing's a | thief: | 
 **] The | laws, | *"1 your | curb and | whip, | **[ in | their | 
 
 rough | power 
 *"] Have | un- | check'd | theft. | **] **] | Love not your- | selves : 
 
 |-]a- | way; | -j -1 | 
 Eob | one a- | nother. | *"] "^ | There's | more | gold : | **] **| | 
 
 cut | throats ; | ^ ~j | 
 All that you | meet are | thieves : | ^ To | Athens, | go, | 
 Break open | shops; ) nothing can you | steal, 
 But | thieves do | lose it. | ~| **J | «| ™ \ 
 
 Shakspeare, 
 
 19* 
 
GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CESAR'S PASSAGE OF THE RUBICON. 
 
 *| A | gentleman, | *J Mr. | Chairman, | speaking of | 
 Caesar's be- | nevolent | dispo- 1 sition, | **] and of the re- | luc- 
 tance with | which he | entered into the | civil | war, | **] ob- | 
 serves, | " How | long did he | pause upon the | brink of the 
 | Rubicon ?" | **} **J | *] **j | How | came he to the | brink of | 
 that | river ? | **} **| | M M | How | dared he | cross it ? | **j **} 
 I *1 ""I I *1 Shall | private | men re- | spect the | boundaries of | 
 private | property, | **j and shall a | man | pay no re- | spect 
 to the | boundaries of his | country's | rights f ] **] *\ | **| * J "j | 
 How | dared he | cross | that | river ? | 1 **] | **! **! | ! but 
 he | paused upon the | brink. | *"] *] | He should have | pe- 
 rished upon the | brink **| | ere he had | crossed it ! | **,**] | *j 
 **| | Why did he | pause ? | *1 H , | W j *1 | Why does a | man's | 
 heart | palpitate | when he is on the | point of com- | mitting 
 an | unlawful | deed ? | **j *\ | Why does the | murderer, | ""j his 
 | victim | sleeping be- | fore him, | **] and his | glaring | eye | 
 taking the | measure of the | blow, | strike | wide of the | mortal 
 | part ? | **| Be- | cause of | conscience ! | M ( 'Twas | that made 
 | Caesar | pause upon the | brink of the | Rubicon. |**J **] | **j **| | 
 
 *1 Com- | passion ! | **! **] | "1 *"| | What com- | passion ? | **] 
 The com- | passion of an as- | sassin, | **] that | feels a | mo- 
 mentary | shudder, | **] as his | weapon be- | gins to | cut \ 
 
EXERCISES. '226 
 
 *] *[ I Caesar | paused upon the | brink of the | Rubicon ! | H •*| 
 | -j What | was the | Rubicon? | *] The | boundary of | 
 Caesar's | province. | ^J From | what did it | separate his | pro- 
 vince? | * - | From his | country. | *] Was | that | country a | 
 desert ? | *| H | *| ~ { | No ; | **| it was | cultivated and | fertile, 
 | rich and | prosperous ! **] Its | sons were | men of | genius, | 
 spirit, -and gene- | rosity ! | H Its | daughters were | lovely, | 
 *1 sus- | ceptible, and | chaste ! | **J **| | 
 
 Friendship | *\ was its in- | habitant ! | **] H | Love was its in- 1 
 habitant ! | **] Do- | mestic af- | fection | ^j was its in- | habi- 
 tant ! J *J M I ^ ^ I Liberty | H was its in- | habitant ! |^.^| | ** 
 ^ | All | bounded by the | stream of the | Rubicon ! | **| **! | **] 
 **] | What was | Caesar | *1 that | stood upon the | bank of that 
 | stream ? | **j A | traitor, | bringing | war and | pestilence | 
 into the | heart of that | country ! j **| ^ | *[ /"I | No | wonder 
 that he | paused ! *[ *\ | No | wonder ] **j if his i- | magi- | na- 
 tion | **| ""J | wrought upon j **] by his ] conscience, | H he had 
 be- | held | blood | **] in- | stead of | water ; | *| *] | *] and | 
 heard | groans | **] in- | stead of | murmurs ! | H *] | No | 
 wonder if | some | gorgon | horror had | turned him into [ stone 
 upon the | spot ! | *\ *| | **j *j | *] But, | no ! | ~j he | cried, 
 "The | die is | cast!" | *]*-, | T|~|J M He | plunged! | ~]he | 
 crossed ! | **| and | Rome | **| was | free no | more ! 
 
 James S. Knowles. 
 
224 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION 
 
 SPEECH OF PATRICK HENRY. 
 
 Mr. I President, | m ^i | ^ It is | natural to | man | **| to 
 in- | dulge in the il- | lusions of | hope. | **j **| | **] We axe 
 apt to | shut our | eyes | ^| a- | gainst a | painful | truth, | **< 
 *| | **j and | listen to the | song of that | syren, | «*i '*1 | till she 
 trans- | forms us | *i into | beasts. | *j **[ | **| H | Tj Is j this 
 the | part of | wise | men, | *< en- | gaged in a | great and J 
 arduous | struggle | M for | liberty? | **j ""j | "■"] **] | Are we 
 dis- | posed | **| to | be of the | number of | those | **j who | 
 having | eyes | see not, | **} and | having | ears | hear not the 
 | things | **] which so | nearly con- | cern our | temporal sol- 
 vation ? | **| *] | ^1 M | *[ For | my part, [ **] what- | ever | 
 anguish of | spirit it may | cost, | **] **j | I am | willing to | 
 know the | whole | truth ; | **| **1 | **! to | know the | worst. 
 *| *] | and to pro- | vide for it. | h *| | *| *| | 
 
 **. I | have but [ one | lamp, | *\ by | which | my | feet are | 
 guided, | ^ **| | *"} and | that | *\ is the j lamp of ex- | perience. 
 I *1 *1 1 *1 *1l "1 ■"■ I know of | no | way of | judging of the | future 
 | M ~j | but by the | past. | ^ 1| ^ ^ | 1 And | judging by the | 
 past, | *"j 1 1 wish to | know | what there has | been ] *| in the 
 conduct of the | British | ministry, | *"] for the | last | ten years, 
 | **] to | justify | those | hopes | w ;with which | gentlemen *1 
 have been | pleased to | solace them- | selves j **] and the 
 
EXERCISES. 225 
 
 house '( | *| *-j | *| *\ | Is it | that in- | sidious | smile | *] with 
 | which our pe- | tition | **| has been | lately re- j ceived ? | *1 
 *"| | **| *"1 1 Trust it | not, sir j | ^ ^ | it will | prove a | snare | *"] to 
 your | feet. | *j *"| | **| **| | Suffer not your- | selves | *"1 to be 
 be- | trayed with a | kiss. | *1 **) | **f *1 | Ask yourselves | how 
 this ] gracious re- | ception | **\ of our pe- | tition | **j com- | 
 ports with those | warlike | prepa- | rations | **| which | cover 
 our | waters | **] and | darken our | land. | ^j **j | *1 *1 | ^ Are 
 | fleets and | armies | necessary | H to a | work of | love and | 
 reeoncili- | ation ? | M M | M **] | Have we | shown ourselves | 
 so un- | willing to be | reconciled, | **] that | force | *] must 
 be | called | in | H to | win | back our | love ? | M M | **j ^i j 
 Let us | not de- | ceive ourselves, | sir. | **j **j | **| *•( | These 
 are the | implements of | war | *\ and | subju- | gation ; | *| r] 
 | ^ the | last | arguments | **] to which | kings re- | sort. | *| 
 ^1 | **| I | ask | gentlemen, | sir, | what | means this | martial 
 ar- | ray, | **| if its | purpose | be not to | force us to sub- | 
 mission? | ^] M | *"j **1 | **| Cau | gentlemen as- | sign | any [ 
 other | possible | motive for it ? | **| *■?] | w | **] | **] Has | Great | 
 Britain | any | enemy | **] in | this | quarter of the | world, | 
 "•1 to | call for | all this ac- | cumu- | lation | M of | navies and 
 | armies ? | *j.>| | ^.^ | No, sir, | she has | none. | *| ^ | ^ H | 
 They are | meant for | us : | *■*] w | | **] they | can be | meant 
 for | no | other. | ^ ^, | ^ **] \ They are | sent | over | *"] to | 
 bind and | rivet upon us | those | chains, j w < which the | 
 British | ministry | *"! have been | so | long | forging. | *•] **j | 
 *] H | Shall we | try | argument ? | *| 1 M *1 | Sir, | *] we | 
 have been | trying | that | **| for the | last | ten | years. | '*] *i 
 | *"1 M | Have we | anything | new | *"j to | offer | **] upon the 
 
226 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 | subject'/ | **] ~| | M **, | Nothing. | *1 **j | *1 *", | We have | 
 held the | subject | up | **[ in eyery | light of | which it is | 
 capable; | **} w | | but it has been | all in | vain. | **|**| \ **| **] | 
 Shall we re- | sort to en- | treaty | M and | humble | suppli- | 
 cation ? | *1 *1 I 1 **! I What | terms | **| shall we | find which 
 | have not ] been al- | ready ex- | hausted ? | **{ **| | *"j *^ | Let 
 us | not, | **| I be- | seech you, sir, | '•j de- | ceive ourselves | 
 longer. | **| **j | ^| **] | Sir, | **| we have | done | everything | 
 ^] that | could be | done, | **} to a- | vert the | storm | **| which 
 is | now coming | on. | **J *1 | **| *fj | We have pe- | titioned, | 
 ^ *] | we have re- | monstrated, | *"j **] | we have | supplicated, 
 | **| M | we have | prostrated our- | selves be- | fore the | 
 throne, | **| M J and have im- | plored | its | interpo- | sition 
 | *"j to ar- | rest the ty- | rannical | hands | **j of the | ministry 
 | **| and | parliament. | "l **! | **| **] | **i Our pe- | titions | *fj 
 have been | slighted ; | *< **] | *] our re- | monstrances | **j have 
 pro- | duced ad- | ditional | violence | **| and | insult ; | *J ^j | 
 *"| our | suppli- | cations | **| have been | disre- | garded ; | **| 
 ^ | ^j and | we have been | spurned, | **] with con- | tempt, | 
 *| from the | foot of the | throne. | ^ **| | w | *| | *| In | vain, 
 | *i after | these | things, *j | may we in- | dulge the | fond | 
 hope of | peace | '•J and | reconcili- | ation. | **| *"j | *] *< | 
 There is \ no \ longer | any | room for \ hope. | *< *] | **| *| | 
 If we | wisb to be | free, | **| **| | if we | mean to pre- | serve 
 in- | violate | those in- [ estimable | privileges | *"j for | which 
 we have been | so | long con- | tending, | w , **, | if we | mean 
 not | basely to a- | bandon | *1 the | noble | struggle | ^ in j 
 which we have been | so | long en- | gaged, | *< and | which 
 we have | pledged ourselves | never to a- | bandon, j ■*] uu- 
 
EXERCISES. 227 
 
 ! til the | glorious | object of our | coutest | shall be ob- | 
 tained, | **| w ; | we must | fight : | *| M | ~j *j | I re- | peat it, 
 sir. | *] we | must *] | fight ! | «*j **| | **j *1 | *] An ap- | peal to 
 | arms, | and to the | God of | hosts, | M is | all | *| that is | 
 left us ! | *| *| | *| **| | 
 
 •] They | tell us, | sir, *[ | that we are ] weak, | *"{ un- | able 
 to | cope with so | formidable an | adversary. | **! *1 | **} **! I 
 •{'But | when shall we be | stronger ?| 1 "1 M *1 I Wil1 it( 
 be the | next | week, **J | or the | next | year ? | *1 *1 1 *1 **! I Will 
 it | be | when we are | totally dis- j armed | **] and | when a | 
 British | guard | "*| shall be | stationed in | every | house? | 
 *1 *1 ! **l *1 1 *1 Shall we | gather | strength | *"j by | irreso- 1 lution 
 J **j and in- { action? j •J*"] J **jH | *1 Shall we ac- 1 quire the | means 
 of ef- 1 fectual re- 1 sistance, J **j by | lying su- 1 pinely | *"l on our j 
 backs, j *"J and j hugging the de- | lusive J phantom of ( hope, | **] 
 un- | til our | enemies | **| shall have | bound us | hand and j foot? 
 I H i *1 I *1 *1 I Sir, ""I | M j we are | not | weak, | **] if we | make 
 a | proper | use of | those | means | **J which the | God of | 
 nature | *\ hath | placed in our | power. | H •j | •] *"j | Three 
 | millions of | people, | •] ""J | armed in the | holy | cause of | 
 liberty, | •] and in | such a | country | *) as | that which | we 
 pos- | sess, | •{ are in- | vincible | •} by | any | force | ** which 
 our | enemy | ^ can | send a- | gainst us. | ""j H | **J h | **] 
 Be- | sides, sir, | • we shall | not | fight our | battles a- | 
 lone. | ^i *1 | *J *", | There is a | just | God, | *] who pre- | 
 sides | over the | destinies of | nations ; | •j **| | •] and who will 
 | raise | up | friends | *1 to | fight our | battles | for us. | *| 
 ^ | ^j • | •! The | battle, | sir, | M is | not to the | strong a- | 
 lone ; | **, • | it is to the | vigilant, | *j the | active, | *| the | 
 
228 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 brave. | **] **| | **j *-i | M Be- | sides, sir, | ^ we have | no e- | 
 lection. | *"] ^ | **] M | If we were | base enough | **] to de- | 
 sire it, | H it is | now | too | late ] *\ to re- | tire from the | 
 contest. | ~J ~j | **j ^ | There is | no re- | treat, \*"\** t \ but in 
 sub- | mission | ^ and ] slavery. | 1 1 | *1 1 I 1 Our | chains 
 are | forged. | *< ^ | M **] | **j Their | clanking may be | heard 
 on the | plaius of | Boston. | ^ ^, | **| 1 | **! The | war | '•j is 
 in- | evitable, \**\~\\ ~J and [ let it | come ! | •} *1 | H *j \ ~< 
 I re- | peat it, | sir, \.:*\~\\ let it | come ! | ~j *»| | *| ~j | It is 
 in | vain, sir, | ^ to ex- | tenuate the | matter. | W J **] | Gen- 
 tlemen may | cry | peace, | peace ! | **j ^] | but there | is no 
 | peace. | ^ h | ~j *"j | *"j The | war is | actually be- | gun ! | 
 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 The I next I g a ^ e tnat I sweeps from the | 
 north [ **] will | bring to our | ears | ""J the | clash of re- | 
 sounding | arms ! | ^j **} | *"] *j | **] Our | brethren | ^ are al- 
 | ready in the | field ! j r) 1 1. 1 1 | Why | stand | we | here 
 | idle ? | M M | *J ^ | What | is it | ^ that | gentlemen 
 wish ? | 1 1 I 1 1 I What *| | would they | have ? ] 1 1 I 1 
 *"j | **] Is | life ^ | so | dear, [ *"J or peace | so | sweet, | as to 
 be | purchased | *] at the | price of | chains and | slavery ? | 
 wj *, i yj ^ | wj p or . | y^ i t? | *| Al- | mighty | God ! | ~ ~ | 
 ^ I | know not | what | course | others may | take ; | *\ **} | 
 H but | as for | me, | ~j *"j | give | me | liberty J | 1 *1 1 ^| or 
 | give me | death ! | 1 1 | ^; 1 1 
 
EXERCISES. 229 
 
 ADDRESS OF HENRY V. TO HIS TROOPS BEFORE 
 THE GATES OF HARFLEUR. 
 
 Once | more | unto the j breach, | dear | friends, | *| M | 
 
 once | more ; | **] **] | 
 **j Or | close the | wall up | **| with our j English | dead. | **]**! | 
 **] In | peace, | **| there's | nothing | so be- | comes a [man | 
 *"] As | modest | stillness | H and hu- | mility : | **]**! | 
 [But when the | blast of | war | , *j ^j | blows in our | ears, | 
 | ^ ^ | Then | imitate the | action of the | tiger : | **] **] | 
 Stiffen the | sinews, | ~j **j | summon | up the | blood, | 
 **| Dis- | guise | fair | nature | **J with | hard- | favor' d | 
 
 rage: |~|~j| 
 Then | lend the | eye | •» a | terrible | aspect ; | 
 **} **} | Let it | pry | ""I through the | portage of the | head, | 
 Like the | brass | cannon ; | '^M | let the | brow o'er- | whelm it, | 
 **J As | fearfully | as doth a | galled | rock | 
 **j O'er- | hang and | jutty | H his con- | founded | base, | 
 ^l^j | Swill'd with the | wild | ~\ and j wasteful | ocean, j ^^ | *»|*| | 
 Now | set the | teeth, | **| and | stretch | ^ the | nostril | wide, | 
 Hold | hard the | breath, | *j and | bend | up ] every | spirit | 
 *-j To his | full | height ! | *] -| | On, *| | on, -] | you | noble 
 
 | English, | *j*| | 
 
 •J Whose j blood is | fetfrom | fathers of | war- | proof! | *|*] | 
 20 
 
230 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Fathers, | *J *■] | *| that, | like | so many | Alex | anders, | 
 Have, in | these | parts, | **! from | morn till | even | fought, | 
 ""l And | sheathed their | swords | **] for | lack of | argu- 
 ment, i *i "i n *i i 
 
 *" Dis- | honor not your | mothers. | **] *l | Now at- | test | 
 **] That | those whom you | called | fathers, | did be- | get 
 
 you! 
 *1 Be | copy | now, | *"] to | men of | grosser | blood, | **J **] | 
 *| And | teach them ] how to | war ! | *] *] | *] *] | 
 
 **] And | you, | good | yeomen, | 
 **] Whose | limbs were | made in | England, | show us | here | 
 **j The | mettle of your ] pasture j | **j *< [ let us | swear ] 
 *| That you are | worth your | breeding : | *] *] | which I | 
 
 doubt not. | 
 *j *< | For there is | none of you | so | mean and | base | 
 w , That | hath not | noble | lustre | **j in your | eyes. | **]**] | *j*] | 
 **| 1 1 see you | stand, | like | greyhounds | '•J in the | slips, | **M 
 Straining | **| upon the | start. | ^j **j | 
 
 **| The | game's a- | foot, | *] *] | 
 
 ' Follow your | spirit : | *j *] | and upon | this | charge, | 
 
 Cry, | God for | Harry ! | g M | England ! | ~] and Saint ,' 
 
 George I | *j *| | *| *| | 
 
 Shakspeare. 
 
EXERCISES. 
 
 231 
 
 SIR WALTER RALEIGH TO HIS SON. 
 
 M A- | mongst | all I other | things m | this | world, | ^ **| 
 | take | care of thy es- | tate, | ^ which | thou shalt | ever 
 pre- | serve | if thou ob- | serve | three | things. | *1 *i | *1 *1 | 
 First, that thou | know | what thou | hast | Hj and | what | 
 everything thou | hast is | worth, | **| to | see that thou | art 
 not | wasted by thy | servants and | officers. | **j The | second 
 | is, that thou | never | spend | anything | **| be- | fore thou | 
 have it ; | *1 for | borrowing | **| is the J canker and | death of 
 | every man's es- | tate. | **| **| | **| The | third | is, that thou | 
 suffer not thy- | self to be | wounded for | other men's | faults, 
 | **] and | scourged for [ other men's of- | fences, | which is 
 the | surety for an- | other, | *"] for | thereby | millions of | 
 men have been | beggared | **| and de- | stroyed, | paying the 
 | reckoning of | other men's | riot | **j and the | charge of | 
 other men's | folly | **| and | prodi- | gality. | **| **| | If thou | 
 smart, | smart for thy | own | sins; | **| and, a- | bove | all 
 things, | ^ *1 | be not | made an | ass | **] to | carry the | 
 burdens of | other | men. | **] If | any | friend de- | sire thee 
 to | be his | surety, [ *1 ""j | give him a | part of | what thou | 
 hast to | spare ; | **] if he | press thee | further, | *| he is | not 
 thy | friend ; | *\ for | friendship | rather | chooseth | harm to 
 it- | self | *"] than | offereth it. | **] **] | If thou be | bound for a 
 
232 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 | stranger, | *| *f | thou art a | fool ; | *-*j *] | if for a | merchant, 
 | H thou | puttest thy es- | tate to | learn to | swim ; | ** **f] 
 if for a | churchman, | **| he hath | no in- | heritance ; \ **[ M| 
 if for a | lawyer, | **j he will | find a | word or a | syllable | *| 
 to a- | buse thee; | ^j ^| | if for a | poor man, | w j thou must j 
 pay it thy- | self; | **| **| | if for a | rich man, | *"1 he | needs 
 it not : | *1 *! | therefore from | suretyship, | as from a | man- 
 slayer | *1 or en- | chanter, | **] **] | bless thyself; | **j for the | 
 best | profit and re- | turn will be | this ; | **] that | if thou | 
 force | him for | whom thou art | bound | "*] to | pay it him- | 
 self, | **\ he will be- | come thine | enemy ; | *"] **] | if thou | 
 use to | pay it thy- | self, | thou wilt be a | beggar. | *"j **] | **j 
 Be- | lieve thy | father in | this, and | print it in thy | 
 thoughts; | *| that | what | virtue so- | ever thou | hast, | **j 
 be it | ever so | manifold, | **| **| | if thou art | poor withal, | 
 M *"] | thou and thy | qualities | **| shall | be des- | pised. | **J 
 Be- | sides, | poverty is | often | sent as a | curse of | God. | 
 ^ ^J | It is a ] shame among | men, | **| an im- | prisomnent 
 of the | mind, | H a vex- | ation of | every | worthy | spirit. | 
 *| ^1 | Thou shalt | neither | help thy- | self or | others. | ~[ *| | 
 Thou shalt | drown thee in | all thy | virtues, | knowing | no 
 | means to | show them ; | ~] ~] | thou shalt be a | burden | *»] 
 and an | eyesore | **| to thy | friends ; | every man will | 
 fear thy | company ; | **] *| | thou shalt be | driven | basely to 
 | beg, | *] to de- | pend on | others, | *] to | flatter un- | worthy 
 | men, | *| to | make dis- | honest | shifts; | **| ^ | and, to con- | 
 elude, | *| ^ | poverty pro- | vokes a man | ^ to | do | infamous 
 and de- | tested | deeds. \^~\\ Let no | vanity | *| nor per- | 
 
EXERCISES. 233 
 
 suasion | draw thee to that | worst of | worldly | miseries. | **] 
 ^j | If thou be | rich | *] it will | give thee | pleasure in | 
 health, | **] *"J | comfort in | sickness, | **] *< | keep thy | mind 
 and J body j free from | many | perils, J ^ re- j lieve thee in 
 thy | elder | years, | *1 re- | lieve the | poor and thy | honest 
 | friends, | *1 *1 | give | means to thy pos- J terity J ""j to j live 
 to de- | fend them- | selves | **] and thine | own | fame, j **J *"} | 
 ^1 It is | said in the | Proverbs, | " He shall be | sore ] vexed 
 who is | surety for a | stranger." | M **] | " Whoso | hateth | surety- 
 ship | ^J is | sure." | **] It is | further | said, | *"j " The | poor 
 is j hated | even of his | own | neighbor, | **] but the J rich 
 have j many | friends." j *"] **i j "Lend not to | him that is | 
 mightier than thy- | self, | *1 for | if thou | lendest him | count 
 it but | lost." 
 
 WHAT'S HALLOWED GROUND? 
 
 What's | hallowed | ground ? | **| *| | *| Has | earth a | clod 
 **| Its | Maker | meant not | **] should be | trod 
 By | man, | **] the | image of his | God, | 
 
 *1 E- | rect and | free, | 
 *!| Un- | scourged by | super- | stition's | rod, | 
 
 ~] To | bow the | knee ? | *1 *] | 
 20* 
 
234 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 What's | hallowed | ground ? j w j w j j where, | mourued and missed, 
 
 **] The | lips re- | pose our | love has | kissed, | 
 
 *| But | where's their | memory's | mansion ? | *"j *"] | Is't 
 
 Yon | church-yard's | bowers ? | *"] *»] | 
 No ! | **] in our- | selves their | souls ex- | ist, | 
 
 **] A | part of | ours. | **]**] | 
 
 **| A | kiss can | consecrate the | ground ] 
 
 **j Where | mated | hearts are | mutual | bound : | 
 
 **| The | spot where | loves | first | links were | wound | 
 
 *1 That | ne'er are | riven, | 
 **] Is | hallowed | down to | earth's pro- | found, | 
 
 ^ And | up to | heaven ! | 
 
 What | hallows | ground where | heroes | sleep ? | **} **J | 
 'Tis not the | sculptured | piles you | heap : | **] **] | 
 H In | dews that | .heavens | far- | distant | weep, 
 
 **] Their | turf may | bloom ; | 
 *"] Or | genii | twine be- | neath the | deep | 
 
 ~[ Their | coral | tomb. | *j *•] | 
 
 **! But | strew his | ashes to the | wind, 
 
 *1 Whose | sword or | voice has | saved man- | kind — | 
 
 *1 And is | he | dead, | *"] whose | glorious | mind | 
 
 Lifts | thine on | high ? | 
 *] To | live in | hearts we | leave be- | hind, | 
 
 « Is | not to | die. | *H | 
 
EXERCISES. 235 
 
 ~\ Is't I death to | fall for | freedom's | right ? | 1 1 I 
 He's | dead a- | lone that | lacks her | light ! | 
 *"] And | murder | sullies in | heaven's ] sight, | 
 
 **! The | sword he | draws : | **J *| | 
 What can a- | lone en- | noble | fight ? | 
 
 *J A | noble | cause. | 
 
 *1 Give | that : | **] and | welcome | war to | brace 
 
 Her | drums ! | **] and | rend | heaven's | reeking | space ! | 
 
 **1 The | colors | planted | face to | face, | 
 
 **] The | charging | cheer, j 
 ""j Though | death's | pale | horse | lead on the | chase, 
 
 **| Shall | still be | dear. | ~j ^ | *| ~| | 
 
 What's | hallowed | ground ? | **] 'Tis | what gives | birth 
 To | sacred | thoughts in | souls of | worth ! | **j **] [ 
 Peace, | **j inde- | pendence ! | **j *| | Truth, | **| go | forth | 
 
 Earth's | compass | round; | 
 ^J And | your | high | priesthood | ^] shall | make | earth | 
 
 All | hallowed | ground ! | **| **| | 
 
 Campbell. 
 
230 
 
 CRAM MAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 WHAT HAVE WE TO DO WITH SLAVERY? 
 
 *"] Does | any one | ask | *] at | this late | day, | when the 
 | giant | wrong, | '-l which our | country j legalizes and | 
 fights for, | threatens to | strip us | ^ of the | dearest | attri- 
 butes of | freedom and hu- | manity, | **{ does | any one | ask, 
 | What have | we to | do | **J with the in- | justice that ex- | 
 ists, | -not | here, | but in an- | other | part of the | land ? | ~i 
 I | answer | freely, | *] dis- | tinctly, | *] em- | phatically, | 
 **] **] | Nothing. | **| In | simple | justice | ~j we | have | no | 
 right to have | anything to | do with it. | **] We | have no | 
 right to | stand | guard | over it | *[ as we | do | **] with our | un- 
 just | prejudices, | more | fatal than | muskets or ar- | til- 
 lery. | *] We have | no | right to sur- | render to it | **| the | 
 sacred | principle of j freedom of | speech as we j have done. 
 | *"| "*] | We have | no | right to af- | ford it the | broad pro- | 
 tection of our j silence, | **\ as we | do. | **J We have | no | 
 right to al- 1 low it to | flourish in the | capital of the | nation, 
 | *"| as we | do. | *[ We have | no | right to | aid in ex- | tend- 
 ing, and per- | petuating, and | fighting for it, | *"] as, may | 
 God have | mercy upon us ! | **j we are | doing. | As we are | 
 doing | all | these | unjust | things, | **] we are | guilty of | 
 inter- | fering, | most im- | pertinently, | **\ with | things with 
 [ which we | have no | right to inter- | fere. | *| **] | We must 
 
EXERCISES. 237 
 
 I turn over a | new | leaf, | **j and | learn, | hard as the | les- 
 son may | be, | **] to | mind | every one his | own | business. | 
 **!**] | **1 And | what is our | business ? | *1 *1 I ^ Tnv > to | do | 
 justly. | **J *"j | **j It is | what | God | specially re- | quires of 
 us, | w | to | cease from doing | evil j | *j to main- | tain free- 
 dom of | speech, | *] **, | that | precious | thing, | **] with- | 
 out | which our | civil se- | curity | is but | stubble, | **] which 
 the | out- | bursting | fires of | violent | passions | may, at | 
 any | moment, con- | sume; | **| to | guard the | public | 
 liberties | **} in the | person of the | meanest of the | 
 | land; | h to de- | stroy in- | justice of | all kinds, | ""j and | 
 let the | voice of hu- | manity, | "■*] the | swelling | key-note 
 of the | world, | ^ be ] heard, | pleading for the | right. | ■*] 
 ""I | This is the | business, | **j **J | this the | just | thing which 
 we | have to | do, | every | man and | woman of us, | **j and 
 of | which, | **J as | surely as we are | here this | day, | **| we 
 must | give an ac- | count. | *"| ^ | **] I | caution you, | | 
 men, | as you would pos- | sess the | good which | God hath 
 | showed you | **] and | do what | he re- | quires, | *"j ~] | take 
 care | how you | meddle any | longer, | ^ or | countenance | 
 others in | meddling, | **] with the in- ] alienable | rights of 
 your | fellow men. [ **j **| | That is inter- | ference with | other 
 men's | matters, | ^\ with | which | they are | chargeable | *-i 
 who | hold | men and | women as their | property | **J to be 
 ! bought and | sold. 
 
 It is an | insult to our | common hu- | manity. | **j It | 
 must | come to an | end, | « and it | will j | *| *] | let the I 
 blood of the | nation be | poured out | ever so | freely to per- 
 | petuate it. | **] For | God hath | showed thee, | | man, | 
 
238 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 what is | good, | **| and | what does | he re- | quire of us, | 
 but that we | do | justly? | **j He has | written it | ^ in our | 
 hearts, | **j and his | providence is | bringing | out the di- | 
 vine | hand-writing | *| in | ever | clearer and | more | flaming 
 | characters, | ** un- | til it shall | flash con- | viction on the 
 | darkest | mind. 
 
 Furness. 
 
 THE OLD MAN'S SONG. 
 
 Down to the | vale | **| the | water | steers ; | 
 
 **j How [ merrily it | goes ! | 
 *| 'Twill [ murmur | on a | thousand | years, | *] ' 
 
 w l And | flow | ^ as | now it | flows. | **| *j | **J 
 
 **] And | here, | **] on | this de- | lightful | day, | 
 
 **} I | cannot | choose but | think | 
 **j How | oft, | ^| a | vigorous | man, I | lay 
 
 ~j Be- | side this | fountain | brink. 
 
 **] My | eyes are | dim with | childish | tears, | 
 
 H My | heart is | idly | stirred, | 
 *j For the | same | sound is in my | ears, J 
 
 **j Which in | those ] days I | heard. [ *j *J j 
 
EXERCISES. 239 
 
 Thus I fares it | ill in our de- | cay, | 
 
 ^J And | yet the | wiser | mind | 
 Mourns | less for | what it | takes a- | way, | 
 
 H Than | what it | leaves be- | hind. | *j **| | 
 
 ^j The | blackbird in the | summer | trees, | 
 
 *1 The | lark upon the | hill, | ~\ ~] \ 
 ""j Let | loose their | carols | when they | please, | 
 
 *1 Are | quiet | when they | will. | **! **| | 
 
 *] "With | nature | never do they | wage 
 
 A | foolish | strife : | **j they | see 
 A | happy | youth, | *"1 and their | old ( age, | 
 
 ""j Is | beautiful | •*) and | free. | H **| | 
 
 **| But | we are | pressed by | heavy | laws, | 
 
 ^| And | often | glad no | more : | 
 *"| We | wear a | face of | joy, | *"! be- | cause 
 
 We | have been | glad of | yore. | ""j *< | **| **j | 
 
 If there be | one who | need be- | moan | 
 
 ^ His | kindred | laid in | earth, | 
 **| The | household f hearts | **| that | were his | own, | 
 
 ""J It is the | man of | mirth. | **] H | 
 
 WoT?T)SWOPTJT. 
 
240 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 SOLILOQUY OF MCHAKD III. 
 
 *1 Tis | now the | dead of | night; | ~\~\ \ *\ and | half the 
 
 | world | *| *j | 
 Is in a | lonely, | solemn | darkness | hung. | 
 **| Yet | I, | ^ (so | coy a | dame is | sleep to | me,) | 
 "*] With | all the | weary | courtship | **] of my | care-tired | 
 Thoughts, | **| can't | win her to my | bed; | 
 **| Though | e'en the | stars do | wink, | **] as | 'twere with | 
 
 over- | watching. | 
 *| I'll | forth | *| and | walk a- | while; | ~] the | air's re- | 
 
 freshing; | 
 M Aud the | ripe | harvest | **j of the | new mown | hay **| | 
 Gives it a | sweet and | wholesome | odor. | 
 **| How | awful | **| is this | gloom ! | **{ and | hark ! | ~j from 
 
 | camp to | camp 
 M The | hum of | either | army | stilly | sounds ; | 
 **| That the | fixed | sentinels | almost re- | ceive | 
 *] The | secret | whispers | *[ of each | other's | watch. | *|*^ | 
 Steed | threat ci) s | steed, | *\ in | high and | boastful | neigh- 
 ing* I 1 *1 I 
 Piercing the | night's | dull ^ | ear. | -j •] | ~] -j | Hark, | -| 
 
 from the | tents, | 
 
EXERCISES* 241 
 
 ^j The | armorers ac- | complishing the | knights, | 
 **| With | clink of | hammers | closing | rivets up, | 
 *] Give | dreadful | note of | prepa- | ration; | *i while | 
 
 some, | 
 **1 Like | sacrifices, | *»| by their | fires of | watch, | 
 *\ With | patience | sit, | *] and | inly ] ruminate | 
 ^|The | morning's | danger. | By yon | heaven, my | stern 
 Im- | patience | chides this | tardy- | gaited | night, | 
 **| That like a | foul and | ugly | witch | *| doth | limp 
 So | tediously a- | way. | *"{ **} | I'll to my | couch, | 
 *] And | once more | try to | sleep her into | morning. | 
 
 Shakspeare. 
 
 OTHELLO'S ADDRESS TO THE SENATE. 
 
 **] Most | potent, | grave, | *| and | reverend | signiors, | 
 ^ My | very | noble | **| and ap- 1 proved | good | masters, | H ^j 
 That I have | taken a- 1 way | <*] this | old | man's | daughter, | *] *J 
 It is | most | true; | **| *\ | true, | *] I have | married her; 
 ^] The | very | head and | front | *•] of my of- | fending | 
 ~j Hath | this ex- | tent, | **]**] | **] no | more. | H **| | *1 *J 
 
 Rude | **] am | I in | speech, | 
 rj And J little | bless' d | *] with the | set | phrase of | peace J | *]:*$ 
 ^ For | since | these | arms of | mine | *| had | seven years' | pith, 
 
 21 
 
242 GRAMMAR OE ELOCUTION. 
 
 *| Till j now | **| some | nine | moons | wasted, | **j they have ; used 
 Their | dearest | action | *] in the | tented | field ; | 
 *] And | little of | this [ great | world | *| can | 1 1 speak, [*]^| 
 More than per- 1 tains to | feats of | broil | **| and | battle ; | *J **j | 
 **] And | therefore | little | **] shall I | grace my | cause, | 
 **| In | speaking | **j for my- | self : | **j **J | Yet, | **) by your | 
 
 gracious [ patience, | *] **] | 
 I will a | round | *\ un- | varnished | tale de- | liver j 
 ^| Of my | whole | course of | love : | **| what | drugs, | **| 
 
 what | charms, | 
 **| What | conju- | ration, | **j and what | mighty | magic, | 
 **| (For | such pro- | ceeding | **| I am | charged with- | al,) | 
 **] I | won his | daughter | with. | **] *1 | **}**! | 
 h Her | father | loved me; | **] ^ | oft in- | vited me ; 1*1*11 
 Still | questioned me | **] the | story of my | life, | 
 •j From | year to [ year; | **|**J | **! the | battles, | **J**] | sieges, 
 
 | *I *i | fortunes, | 
 That I have | past. | *) *1 j **j **J | 
 
 **| I | ran it ] through, | even from my | boyish | days, | 
 **| To the | very | moment | **] that he | bade me | tell it. | 
 **} Where- | in I | spoke | *| of | most dis- 1 astrous | chances, | 
 **1 Of | moving | accidents, | **| by | flood, and | field : | 
 *] Of | hair-breadth | 'scapes | *"] in the | imminent | deadly | 
 
 breach ; | ""i **] | 
 **l Of | being | taken | *"] by the | insolent | foe, | 
 **J And | sold to | slavery ; | **| *] | **1 of my re- | demption | 
 
 thence j | *| **| | 
 N| Of | battles | bravely, 1*1*11 hardly | fought; | *1 1 | *J 
 
 of I victories I 
 
EXERCISES. 243 
 
 *"| For | which the | conqueror | mourn' d, | *l *"j | so | many | 
 
 fell !-| *1 *1 1 *n | 
 Sometimes | **] I | told the | story of a | siege, | 
 **] Where- | in I | had to | combat | plagues and | famine, | **j *] 
 Soldiers | *\ un- | paid ; | **} **] |" fearful to | fight, | **] yet | bold 
 *1 In | dangerous | mutiny. | **! *1 | **| **| | 
 These | things to | hear, | 
 
 *"| Would | Desde- | mona | *"j *j | seriously in- | cline : | **j *1 
 *1 But | still | *< the | house af- | fairs | **] would | draw her 
 
 thence; | 
 H Which | ever | **] as she | could with | haste de- | spatch ; 
 *\ She'd | come a- | gain, | and with a | greedy | ear | 
 *] De- ] vour up | ^ my dis- | course : | **| '■j | **] which | I ob- 
 serving, 1^11 
 Took | once a | pliant | hour; | *] ^] | *1 and | found | good 
 
 means | 
 ^] To | draw from her | w . a | prayer of | earnest | heart, | **J *| 
 That I would | all my | pilgrimage | *1 di- | late, | 
 **] Where- | of by | parcels | **| she had | something | heard, 
 *] But J not dis- | tinctively : | **] *[ \ *[ **] | I did con- | sent ; 
 **| And | often | **] did be- | guile her | **J of her tears, | *| **| 
 When I did | speak of | some dis- | tressful | stroke, | 
 *] That my | youth | suffered. | ~| *\ | *] ~\ | ~j My | story 
 
 being | done, | 
 *] She | gave me | **] for my | pains | *[ a | world of | sighs : | *] *| 
 **] She | swore, — | h In | faith, | **j 'twas | strange, | **j 'twas 
 
 passing | strange ; | "**] **] | 
 *] 'Twas | pitiful, | **l 'twas | wonderous | pitiful : | *»j *| | 
 **| She | wished she | had not | heard it ; | *| **| | yet she | wished 
 
244 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 That | heaven had | made | her | such a | man ; | **] •*] | **j she 
 
 | thanked me; | *1 *1 | 
 *1 And | bade me, | *| **| | if I had a | friend that | loved her, | 
 *] I | should but | teach him | how to | tell | my | story, | 
 *| And | that would | woo her. | **| ** | ~] *| | *| Upon | this | 
 
 hint, IT I | spake : | ~] **j | ~j «| | 
 **J She | loved me | *1 for the | dangers | ^ I had | pass'd ; | **j **| | 
 ^1 And | I | loved | her, | that she did | pity them. | *l **| | 
 This | only | *| is the | witchcraft | ~j I have | used. | *1 *1| *1 *1 1 
 
 SflAKSPEARE. 
 
 FREEDOM. 
 
 He is the | freeman | ^] whom the | truth makes | free ; | *1 *1 | 
 **J And | all are | slaves be- | side. | ^ There's | not a | 
 
 chain | 
 ** That | hellish | foes, con- | federate for his | harm, | 
 **| Can | wind a- | round him, | **j but he | casts it | off | 
 **] With as | much | ease | **| as | Samson his | green | 
 
 withes. | *1 *1 | 
 *1 He | looks a- | broad | *| into the | varied | field 
 Of | nature, | ^ and | though | poor, per- | haps, com- | pared 
 With | those whose | mansions | glitter in his | sight, 1*1*11 
 Calls the de- | lightful | scenery | all his | own. 
 
EXERCISES. 246 
 
 His are the | mountains ; | *| and the | valleys [ his ; | 
 
 And the re- | splendent | rivers ! | **] *1 | his to en- | joy | 
 
 With a pro- | priety that | none can | feel | 
 
 ""] But | who with | filial j confidence in- | spired | 
 
 **| Can | lift to | heaven an | unpre- | sumptuous | eye, | 
 
 **j And, | smiling, | say, | **| " My | Father | made them | 
 
 aii r'l^i 
 
 Are they not | his | **] by a pe- | culiar | right, | 
 
 And by an | emphasis of | interest | his, | 
 
 •} "Whose | eye they | fill with | tears of | holy | joy, | 
 
 •J Whose | heart with | praise, | **] and | whose ex- | alted | 
 
 mind, | 
 ""j With | worthy | thoughts of ] that un- | wearied | love, | 
 ^ That | plan'd and | built, | ~j and | still up- | holds a | world | 
 So | clothed with | beauty, | *< for re- | bellious | man ? 
 
 Yes — | ^ ye may ] fill your | garners, | *! *| | ye that | reap 
 The | loaded | soil, 1*1*11 and ye may | waste | much | 
 
 good | 
 *1 In | senseless | riot ; | **J *| | **| but ye | will not | find 
 In | feast | **| "■*] | or in the | chase, | **) in | song | *] or | 
 
 dance, | 
 **1 A | liberty like | his, | *] who, | unim- | peached | 
 **[ Of | usur- | patiou, | *] *j | and to | no man's | wrong, | 
 **} Ap- | propriates | nature | ^j as his | Father's | work, | 
 *"] And | has a | richer | use of | yours | **] than | you. | *] *] | 
 He is in- | deed a | freeman : | *] *] | free by | birth 
 Of | no j mean | city, ] planned or | ere the j hills 
 Were | built, | **| the | fountains | opened, | *J or the | sea, | 
 
 21* 
 
246 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 *| With | all his | roaring | multitude of | waves. 1*1*11 
 
 His | freedom is the | same in | every | state, | 
 
 *] And | no con- | dition of this | changeful life, 
 
 So | manifold in | cares, | *| whose | every | day | 
 
 Brings its | own | evil | with it, | *] *] | makes it | less ; | *] *| | 
 
 For he has | wings, | *] that | neither | sickness, | pain, 
 
 Nor | penury, | *] can | cripple or con- | fine : | *| *] | 
 
 No | nook | so | narrow, | *] but he | spreads them | there 
 
 With | ease, | *j and is at | large : | *] The op- | pressor | holds 
 
 His | body | bound, | *] but | knows not | what a | range | 
 
 *] His | spirit | takes, | *] un- | conscious of a | chain ; | *] *1 | 
 
 And that to | bind | him | *| is a | vain at- | tempt, | 
 
 *] Whom | God de- 1 lights in, | and in | whom | He | dwells. | 
 
 COWPER. 
 
 LEONATO'S GRIEF AT THE LOSS OF HIS 
 DAUGHTER. 
 
 *] In I misery | counsel is of | no | weight. 
 
 *] I | pray thee, | cease thy | counsel, | 
 
 *| Which | falls into mine | ears as | profitless 
 
 As | water in a | sieve : | *| *] | give not | me | counsel : | 
 
 *] Nor | let no | comforter de- | light mine | ear, | 
 
 *] But | such a one | *i whose | wrongs do | suit with 
 
 mine. | *] *] | 
 Bring me a | father that | so | loved his | child, | 
 
EXERCISES. 247 
 
 *j Whose | joy of her is | over- | whelmed like | mine, | 
 **] And | bid [ him | speak of | patience ; | M **| | 
 Measure his | woe the | length and | breadth of | mine, 
 *"l And | let it | answer | every | strain for | strain, | 
 **] As | thus for | thus, and | such a | grief for | such, | 
 **] In | every | lineament, | branch, | shape, and | form : | 
 *[ If | such a one will | smile, and | stroke his | beard ; | 
 *| Cry — | sorrow, | wag ! | **] and | hem, | *i **j | when he should | 
 
 groan ; | *\ H | 
 Patch | grief with | proverbs; | *] **] | make mis- | fortune | 
 
 drunk 
 "With | candle-wasters : | *] *j | bring him | yet to | me, | 
 **J And | I of | him will | gather | patience. | *j *\ | **] *j | 
 w { But | there is ] no | such | man : | *\ for, | brother, | men 
 Can | counsel, and | speak | comfort to that | grief 
 Which | they them- | selves not | feel ) | *| but, | tasting it, | 
 *i Their | counsel | turns to | passion? | *| which be- | fore 
 Would | give pre- | ceptial | medicine to | rage, | *J **[ \ 
 Fetter | strong | madness in a | silken | thread, | *"] **| | 
 Charm | ache with | air, and | agony with | words. | w j '•J | 
 No, | no ; 'tis | all men's | office to | speak | patience 
 **j To | those that | wring under the | load of | sorrow : | 
 **j But | no man's | virtue, nor suf- | ficiency, | 
 *\ To | be so | moral, | when he shall en- | dure 
 The | like him- | self : | **J **! | therefore | give me no | coun- 
 sel, | 
 **} My | griefs cry | louder than ad- [ vertisement. | **| *] | *1 **| \ 
 
 Shakspeare. 
 
248 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CHARITY TO OPINION. 
 
 After | all the | expla- | nation of the | simple | principles 
 of re- | ligious | freedom, | *»] to | which the | world has j 
 listened, | *| M | men | still | find a | difficulty in | under- | 
 standing | **| how | zeal and | charity can | dwell to- | gether 
 in the | same | bosom — | *j **l | how a | man can be | warmly 
 at- | tached to his | own | views, | **j and at the | same | time 
 | kindly dis- | posed | *"1 towards | every | fair | effort that 
 | may be | made in | favor of | opposite o- | pinions. | *] The | 
 charity which | we would | cultivate | **] is | no in- | explicable 
 | feeling, | *] and, I | trust, | no | hollow pre- | tension. | *j 
 As we | seek the | truth, | **] and | as we must be | conscious 
 that our | own | views, how- | ever | warmly | held, | **| have 
 | been | formed | under a | lia- | bility to | error, | ^ *< | wo 
 have | one | interest with | all | those who | give us | reason 
 to be- | lieve that they | cherish the | same | feeling, | *1 
 what- | ever their par- | ticular o- | pinions may | be. | **j **] | 
 There is a | fellowship | ^ be- | tween | them and | us, | *| in 
 com- | parison with | which the | ties of [ sect, | **] of | creeds, 
 | **] and | articles, | **J and | written | formulas, | **] are as the 
 | dead | letter to the | un- | dying | spirit — | **i as | matter to | 
 mind. | ~] **] | *\ ^ | It is a | fellowship | **| which | no | 
 difference of o- | pinion can dis- | turb, | **! ", | no | distance 
 
EXERCISES. 249 
 
 of I space or | time de- | stroy. | **J It | gathers into | one | 
 glorious | company | all the [ real | lovers of | truth, | **j of | 
 all | time, | *■*] from a- | mong | all | people. | nations, and | 
 languages. | **J **| | 
 
 **} Al- | though the | doctrine of re- | ligious | liberty is | so 
 | plain, | **| and it is | so much for the | interest of | every 
 de- | nomi- | nation of | Christians | **] to | cling to it, | **| it 
 is im- | portant to ob- | serve | **] that there is a | spirit a- | 
 broad di- | rectly op- | posed to it. | ^J *"] | And it be- | comes 
 us ; | *] it be- | comes | every one who | cares for the | truth 
 and for | liberty, | **| to | watch that | spirit | closely. | **J It | 
 shows itself | *1 in | every | effort which is | made to in- | 
 timidate the | minds of | men — | **] to | scare them a- | way 
 from the | exami- | nation of | any par- | ticular o- | pinions, 
 | *1 in | every | dispo- | sition | *i which is e- | vinced to pre- | 
 vent them from | reading | what | others have | written, | **| 
 and from | hearing what | others | have to | say. | *i *1 1 What 
 is | this | spirit but the | same that in | former | times | mani- 
 fested it- | self in | still | grosser vio- | lations of | common | 
 justice; | *"| that was | not | satisfied with over- | powering 
 men's | minds | **] by | denunci- | ations of | future | woe, | **] 
 by ap- | pealing to their re- | ligious | fears, | **] but | aimed | 
 also to | visit them with the ] swift | vengeance of the | tem- 
 poral | power, | *"j when- | ever they | ventured to | think | 
 differently | M , from the es- | tablished | way. | *< And to | 
 what but the | same un- | hallowed | practices | **] would | 
 this | spirit | lead | now, | were it al- | lowed to [ strengthen 
 itself a- | gain ? | ^j It would | bring | back | ages of | igno- 
 rance, | ^!^| | ages of | mental and po- I litical | servitude. 1*1^1 
 
250 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 **] But | not to | mention the in- | fringement of the | sacred | 
 rights of the | mind with | which it is | chargeable, | *] are | 
 they who | cherish it | *"] at | all a- | ware | **j how di- | rectly 
 it is | calculated to | injure their | own | cause and | ruin 
 their J own | best | hopes ? | **| *1 | You are in pur- | suit of 
 the | truth. | **] *1 | **j **| | When you | seek to | terrify your | 
 fellow-men | **] from | going in a | certain di- | rection in o- | 
 pinion, | ~] **] | how do you | know but | that you are | shut- 
 ting out | their | souls | **| and your | own | *1 from the | 
 ways of | light and | glory? | ^ **] | **] **j | " Ah ! but we are 
 con- | vinced that we are | right/ ' | *\ you | say, | **j " and | 
 if we | were to con- | sent, that | what we con- | sider er- | 
 roneous | views should | have as | fair a | hearing as we | give 
 to cor- | rect o- | pinions, | **J the | former | ^ would be- 1 come 
 as | prevalent as the | latter." 1*1*11*1*11 What a | miser- 
 able i- | dea you must | have of the | truth ! | **| *\ | **] **] | Is 
 it | so, that | truth and | error | **| are so | little dis- 1 tinguish- 
 able ? | **j **| | **J **] | How, | then, do | you | happen to | be 
 so | confident ? | *j *?] | *| **| | Be as- | sured that | if they are 
 | freely and | closely ex- | amined, | **| as they | never | have 
 been and | never | will be, ex- 1 cept where | perfect | freedom 
 of | mind is es- | tablished, | **J that | truth will ex- | eel in | 
 beauty and | power | everything | **] that is op- | posed to it, | 
 **i as | much as the un- | measured | dome of the | heavens | ^ 
 trans- | cends this | humble | fabric | **] which | human | 
 hands have | reared. | *1 1 | *1 *1 | 
 
 W. H. Furnesf. 
 
EXERCISES- 251 
 
 BARNES ON SLAVERY. 
 
 *l In I estimating the | influence of the | church | **| on the 
 | subject of | slavery, | **| and the | tendency of the | represen- 
 | tations | made on the | subject, | **| it de- | serves to be con- 
 | sidered | how much is | done by | these j represen- | tations 
 | **] to pro- | mote infi- ] delity. | **j *"i | **| **j | There is a | deep 
 and | growing con- | viction in the | minds of the | mass of 
 man- | kind | **} that | slavery | violates | great | laws of our | 
 nature ; | *1 that it is | contrary to the [ dictates of hu- | ina- 
 nity ; | *] that it is es- | sentially un- | just, | *J op- | pressive, 
 and | cruel ; [ *| that it in- | vades the | rights of | liberty | ~\ 
 with | which the | Author of our | being has en- | dowed | 
 all | human | beings; | and that, in | all the | forms in | 
 which it has | ever ex- 1 isted, **j | it has | been im- 1 possible to 
 | guard it from | what its | friends and | advocates would | 
 call " a- \ buses of the | system." | ^ *] | *] *j | It is a | vio- | 
 lation of the | first | sentiments ex- | pressed in our | Decla- | 
 ration of | Inde- | pendence, | *1 and on [ which our | fathers 
 | founded the | vindi- | cation of their | own | conduct | **J in 
 an ap- | peal to | arms ; | ^ *| | it is at | war with | all that a 
 | man | claims for him- | self and for his | own | children ; | 
 ** **j | and it is op- | posed to | all the | struggles of man- | 
 kind, in | all | ages, | **J for freedom. | **j The | claims of hu- 
 
252 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 | inanity | plead a- | gainst it. | **| The | struggles for | freedom 
 | everywhere in our | world con- | demn it. | *j The in- | 
 stinctive | feeliDg in | every man's | own | bosom in re- | gard 
 to him- | self | *j is a | condem- | nation of it. | *] The \ 
 noblest | deeds of | valor and of | patriotism | ^ in our | own 
 | land, and in | all | lands where | men have | struggled for | 
 freedom, | *»| are a | condem- | nation of the | system. | **] ^ 
 | **!*] | All that is | noble in | man is op- | posed to it. | **1 **| | 
 All that is | base, | **] op- | pressive, | Tj and | cruel, | pleads for 
 it. | "T*] | ^ *1| It is con- 1 demned by the in- | stinctive | feel- 
 ings of the | human | soul ; | **] w j | it is con- | demned by the 
 | principles | laid | down in the | books on mo- | rality that 
 are | placed in the | hands of the | young; | **| it is con- | 
 demned by the | uni- | versal | voice of | history. | **\ There 
 is | nothing on | which the | sentiments of | men out- | side 
 of the [ church are | coming to be | more har- | monious | *! 
 than in re- [ gard to the es- | sential | evil of | slavery; | *j 
 there is [ nothing to | which the | course of | things in the | 
 world, | under the | promptings of hu- | manity, | *j is | more 
 | certainly | tending | **j in | all | lands, | than to the con- | 
 viction that | slavery is es- | sentially | evil and | wrong, | *< 
 and that | every | human | being, | *"1 un- | less con- | victed 
 of | crime, | ^ has a | right to | freedom. | *| There is | no- 
 thing that | finds a | more | hearty appro- | bation from the I 
 world at | large | *\ than an | act of e- | manci- | pation | *| b^ 
 a | government j | *j there is | nothing that | goes | more | per- 
 manently | into the | history of a | nation, | **] than the | changes 
 in | public af- | fairs | **| which re- | suit in | such an | act. | 
 ~| There | has been | nothiug that has | more | definitely | 
 
EXERCISES. 253 
 
 marked the | course of | history, | **| or | constituted | more | 
 marked | epochs in | history, | **J than the sue- | cessive | 
 steps which | break the [ bonds of | slavery, | **| and | elevate 
 j men to the | rank and | dignity of | freemen. | 
 
 *"] It is | now im- | possible to con- | vince the | world that 
 | slavery is | right, | **| ""j | or is in ac- | cordance with the | 
 will of | God. | ^1 ^1 | No de- | cisions of | councils or | synods, 
 j ^| and | no ] teachings of a | hierarchy, | **] will | change 
 the | onward | course of o- | pinion on | this | subject. | No 
 al- | leged au- | thority of the | Bible will | satisfy | men at | 
 large | ^J that the | system is | not | always a | vio- | lation 
 of the | laws that | God had en- | stamped on the | human | 
 soul. | **| *"| | No a- 1 pologies | for it | **| will | take it | out of the 
 | category of | crime | **j in the | esti- | mation of man- | kind 
 at | large, and | place it in the | category of | virtues. | **] **] | 
 **j M | *\ The | sentiment | **] that it is | wrong | M**i | — always 
 I wrong | "*j ^1 | — that it is a | vio- | lation of the | great | 
 laws of our | being, | — **| that it is | contrary to the be- 1 nevo- 
 lent ar- | rangements of the | Maker of the | race, | — H is be- 
 ! coming as | fixed as the | ever- | lasting | hills; | **| and | 
 nothing can e- | radicate this ] sentiment *1 | **| from the | 
 hearts of man- | kind. | *i ^ | ^ *-| | 
 
 This | sentiment is be- | coming | deeper and | deeper in 
 the con- | victions of the | world | every | year ; | *j and, what- 
 j* ever may | change, | ** t **l | this is | destined to re- | main 
 un- | changeably | fixed. | *] There is | nothing | more | cer- 
 tain | ""j *} | than that the | world will | not be | brought to 
 ap- | prove of | slavery, j *] "\ | and that the | male- | diction 
 of | all | good | men will | rest upon the | system. | **| **| | No 
 22 
 
254 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 | matter on | what this | sentiment im- | pinges, | *»J it will 
 be | held ; | *| and | nothing will be | long | held | **| that is 
 op- | posed to this | deep con- | viction | **| of the es- | sential 
 | evil of the | system. | *1 **| | *] **; | 
 
 CREDIBILITY OF MIRACLES. 
 
 If there is a | sound | principle of | thought and in- 1 quiry, 
 | '•J it | is that a | new j fact is | not to be re- | jected | simply 
 be- | cause it is | new | **] and un- | precedented ; | *i nor | is 
 it to be ac- | counted an | inter- | ruption of the | laws of | 
 nature ; | **| ""i | but we are to | take it for | granted | ^ that 
 it | is to be re- | ferred to | some | law of | which we | have 
 as | yet | no | knowledge. | **]**! | *| *] | This is the | princi- 
 ple | ** which is ob- | served by | all in- | quirers in the | 
 fields of | science. | **] They | do not re- | ject | new | facts 
 be- | cause they are | new, | **| nor | do they pro- | nounce them 
 | vio- | lations of the | laws of | nature | **| be- | cause they | 
 contra- | diet their ex- | perience. | **! *, | **i **, | It is the | 
 mark of an | un- | cultivated | mind, | **| * , | that it re- | jects | 
 all j facts, | no matter | how well au- | thenticated, | **] which 
 | do not ac- | cord with its | own ex- | perience. | **| A | true 
 phi- | losophy | teaches us to ex- | pect | new and un- | prece- 
 dented | facts in | this | great | universe, | *J where the j 
 circle of | man's | knowledge is | so | small ; | *| and the | 
 
EXERCISES. 255 
 
 history of | science | *] is con- | tinually | bringing us ac- | 
 quainted with. | new | facts. | *\ **| | What | new | glimpses 
 are | men ob- | taining | *] of the | wondrous re- | lations of | 
 mind to | mind, | *| and of | mind to | matter ! | *| ~] | ** I | 
 say, | therefore, | H that we are | bound to | come to the | 
 exami- | nation of the | wonders of the | life of | Jesus, | H 
 with | no pre- | sumption a- | gainst them | **| a- | rising | out 
 of their | novelty. I **| *"| | **| Our | sole | business is to | ascer- | 
 tain the | facts, | **| and | we must en- | deavor to | see | 
 whether | they are in | harmony with the | character of | 
 Christ. | *J *j | ~\ H | 
 
 m t The | Gospels, it is | evident, | repre- | sent | Christ as 
 pos- | sessed | naturally of a | wonder-working | power. | ^ **j | 
 All that we | have to de- | termine | is, | **! **| [ Did he | ex- 
 ercise this | power in | harmony with | all his [ own and | all 
 the | other | powers of | nature ? | **J *"j | "Was the | action of 
 this | power | marked by the | style, | genius, | spirit | *"j of | 
 nature and of | God ? | **] """j | *| But my | meaning will be | 
 best | shown by an ex- | ample. | *"] •*] | **] **| | Take the | 
 incident of the | cure of the | withered | hand. | **j *"j | Just 
 con- | sider the | case. | *1 **j | Jesus | went into a | synagogue, 
 | **] a | Jewish | place of | worship — | *\ a | Jewish | church. | **j 
 The | people | crowded to | see and | hear him. | *\ *"| | M **j | 
 There was a | man | present | who had a | withered | hand. | 
 
 1 *1 I *1 1 I Jesus I bade tim I stand I fortn - 1 *1 1 I 1 There 
 were | present, | also, | some of the | higher | class of the | 
 Jews, | **j indi- | viduals who | under- | took to | guide and | 
 rule in | matters of re- | ligion. | **| *"| | **| They were | jealous 
 of the | power | **j and | popu- | larity of this | young Naza- | 
 
256 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 rene; | *] and | so | blinded and de- | praved | were they, | *"! 
 that they | watched | Jesus to | see | if he would per- | form 
 a | cure on the | Sabbath, | *| and | thus | violate the | 
 sanctity of the | day. | *\ *| | *| M | 
 
 *1 To | these indi- | viduals, | who, | no doubt, | occupied | 
 **| a con- | spicuous | place in the | synagogue, | **| **] | Jesus | 
 turned and | said, | *i **] | *1 " Is it | lawful to | do I well or to | 
 do | ill on the | Sabbath [ day, | *i to | save | life or to | kill ?" 
 I **1 *1 1 *1 *1 I Mark what a | cutting | force there | was in | this 
 | question. | It is as | if he had | said, | ^ *l | " Which is | 
 violating the | Sabbath, | you or | I? | *| **] | **| *i | I who | 
 seek to | do an | act of | mercy, | **| or | you who are | cherish- 
 ing an | evil | purpose ? | **| **J | I who would | save | life, | **j or 
 you who would | kill me?" | ^j^ | **| **] | *i They | made | no 
 re- | ply. M *1 | 1 **] | How | could they? | *| And | then, 
 when | Jesus had | looked upon them with | indig- | nation, | 
 *] being | grieved for the | hardness of their | hearts, | **] he | 
 said to the | man, | ~] *\ | " Stretch | forth thine | hand." | •*] 
 *\ | *| *] | ^ And he | stretched it | forth, | ■*] and it was | 
 made | whole, as the | other. | *j *i | *] **] | **| And | how 
 could he I help j stretching it | out? 1*1*11 Just | put 
 your- | self in the | place of | that | man. | **] Im- | agine 
 your- | self | standing in | so com- | manding a | presence, | *1 
 with a | gazing, | **| ex- | cited | crowd a- | round you; | **| 
 and the | rich and | honorable and | great | quailing be- | fore 
 the | eye and | silenced by the | words of the | young | peasant 
 of | Nazareth, | *1 *1 | and you will | see how the | inmost | 
 springs of your | life | must have been | stirred, | *1 and [ how 
 you | would have been | prompted to | put forth | new and 
 
EXERCISES. 257 
 
 un- | wonted | power. | **] I | cannot but be- | lieve such an | 
 incident as | this, | **| **] | it is so | perfectly in | harmony with 
 the | dignified | character of | Christ. | *| M \*\ <-| | *J It | 
 shows him to us | **| in a | character- | istic and com- | mand- 
 ing | attitude. | ^ It is | not the | physical ef- | feet which he 
 | wrought upon the | man's | limb | "*} that ex- | cites my | 
 wonder, | **| but it is his | own im- | perial and | god-like | 
 air. | *| *] | This it | is that re- | veals to | me | *J the Di- | 
 vinity | **] that was in | Jesus. | **!**! | **■ **1 | 
 
 W. H. Furness. 
 
 COST OF WAR. 
 
 Here | figures ap- | pear to | lose their | functions. | **j **] | 
 **j They | seem to | pant | **] as they | toil ] vainly to | repre- | 
 sent the e- | normous | sums con- | sumed in | this un- | 
 paralleled | waste. | **| **| | **] Our [ own ex- | perience, | mea- 
 sured | **l by the con- | cerns of | common | life, | **j **j | does 
 not al- | low us | adequately to con- | ceive | **j these | sums. 
 | *" 1 **j | *1 Like the | periods of | geo- | logical | time, | "*! or 
 the | distances | **] of the | fixed | stars, | **] they | bafile | **] the 
 im- | agi- | nation. | **j **] | Look, for | instance, | **j at the | cost 
 of this | system | *| to the U- | nited | States. | **] *1 | **] With- 
 | out making | any al- 1 lowances | *] for the | loss sus- | tained 
 by the with- | drawal of | active | men from pro- | ductive j 
 22* 
 
258 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 industry, | **] we | find that | from the a- | doption of the | 
 Federal | consti- | tution | down to | eighteen | hundred and 
 | forty- | eight, | **j **] | there has been | paid di- | rectly from 
 the | national | treasury | **j *< | ^ for the | army and | fortifi- 
 | cations | *•] w j | two | hundred and | sixty- | six | millions | 
 seven | hundred and | thirteen | thousand | *"] **} | two | hun- 
 dred and | nine | dollars. | **[ **| | **j for the | navy | *\ and | its 
 ope- | rations, | *] **J | two | hundred and | nine | millions | 
 nine | hundred and | ninety- | four | thousand | **J **} | six | 
 hundred and | eighty- | seven | dollars. | **! *1 | **j **| | This 
 a- | mount, of it- | self, | *| is im- | mense. | *\ **] | **] But 
 | this is not | all. | *] **! | **| Re- | garding the mi- | litia | **] 
 as | part of the | war | system, | *\ **] | *»] we must | add a | 
 moderate | estimate | *i for its | cost | during this | period, | 
 ^| **] | which, ac- | cording to a | calcu- | lation of an | able 
 and | accurate e- | conomist, | **| may be | placed at | one | 
 million | five | hundred | thousand | dollars. | **] The | whole 
 pre- | sents an | incon- | ceivable | sum | total | **| of | more than 
 | two | thousand | millions of | dollars, | *i which have | been | 
 dedicated | *\ by our | government | **j to the sup- | port of 
 the | war | system; | **j **j | more than | seven | times as | 
 much as was | set a- | part by the | government | during the 
 | same | period | **] to | all | other | purposes | *■*] whatso- | 
 ever. | ^ *| | *| **| j 
 
 Look | now at the | common- | wealth of | Euro- | pean | 
 states. | *J *1 j *3 X | do not in- | tend to | speak of the | war 
 | debt | under | whose ac- | cumulated | weight | these | 
 states are | now | pressed to the | earth. | *| *] | These are 
 the | terrible | legacy | ^ of the | past. | *| *| | ~j I re- | fer 
 
EXERCISES. 259 
 
 di- | rectly to the ex- | isting | war | system, | **] the es- | ta- 
 blishment | **] of the | present. | **]**] | **] Ac- | cording to | 
 recent | calcu- | lations, | *j its | annual | cost is | not | less than 
 a | thousand | million | dollars. | *| **] | **| En- | deavor, for a 
 I moment, | **| by a com- | parison with | other | interests, ] 
 *| to | grapple with | this | sum. | ^j *] | 
 
 *[ It is | larger than the en- | tire | profit of | all the | 
 commerce and | manu- | factures of the | world. | *1 ^ | 
 
 **] It is | larger than | all the ex- | penditure | "*j for ] agri- 
 | cultural | labor, | **| for the pro- | duction of | food for | man, 
 | *] upon the | whole | surface of the ] globe. | **| **j | 
 
 **| It is | larger, by a | hundred | millions, | *| than the a- | 
 mount of | all the | exports of | all the | nations of the | 
 earth. | *j ~] | 
 
 ^| It is | larger, by | more than | five | hundred | millions, 
 | **| than the | value of | all the | shipping | *"| of the | civil- 
 ized | world. 
 
 ^ It is | larger, | ^by | nine | hundred and | ninety- 1 seven 
 millions, | **] than the | annual com- | bined | charities of | 
 Europe and A- | merica for | preaching the | Gospel to the | 
 heathen. | ^ ^J | **] *] 
 
 Yes ! | **j the | common- | wealth of | Christian | states, | *"] 
 in- | eluding our | own | country, | **| ap- | propriates, | "*] with- | 
 out hesi- | tation, | **] as a | matter of | course, | **] **| | up- 
 wards of a | thousand | millions of | dollars | annually | **j to 
 the | maintenance of the | war system, | *1 and | vaunts its | 
 two | millions of | dollars, | *| la- | boriously col- | lected, | **| 
 for dif- | fusing the | light of the | Gospel in | foreign j land? ! 
 j *] With | un- | told | prodi- j gality of | cost \ **| it per- | petu- 
 
260 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION'. 
 
 ates the | worst ] heathenism of | war, | **| «*} | while by | 
 charities, | insig- 1 nificant | ^ in com- 1 parison, | **] it | doles to the 
 | heathen the | message of | peace ! | *i At | home it | breeds 
 and | fattens a | cloud of | eagles and | vultures | ^ **| | 
 trained to | swoop upon the | land; | *1 **i | **j to | all the | 
 gentiles a- | cross the | sea | *| it dis- | misses a | solitary | 
 dove! 
 
 ^j Con- | sider the pro- | digious | sums, | **] ex- | ceeding 
 in | all | two | thousand | millions of | dollars, | **!**] | squan- 
 dered | **j by the U- | nited | States | **| **] | since the a- | dop- 
 tion of the | Federal | consti- | tution, | **1 in sup- | port of 
 the | war | system. | •] **| | Surely, if | these | means had | 
 been de- | voted to | railroads | *< and ca- 1 nals, | *< to schools 
 and | colleges, | **| our | country | **| would pos- | sess, at the 
 | present | moment, | *\ an ac- | cumulated ma- | terial | power, 
 | **| *"1 | grander | far | *\ than | any she | now | boasts. | **] **| 
 | But there is an- | other | power of | more un- | failing | 
 temper, | *1 which would | also be | hers. | **] **] | Over- | 
 flowing | **| with in- | telligence, | ^| with | charity, | ** with 
 | civili- | zation, | ""J with | all that | constitutes a | generous | 
 state, | **! **! | she would be | able to | win | peaceful | triumphs, 
 | **] trans- | cending | all she has | yet a- | chieved ; | *j sur- | 
 rounding the | land with an in- | vincible | self-de- | fensive 
 | might, | ^J and | in their un- | fading | brightness | render- 
 ing | all | glory from | war | **j im- | possible. 
 
 Sumner. 
 
EXERCISES. 261 
 
 MAROT'S ODE TO HIS MISTRESS. 
 
 TRANSLATED FROM CLEMENT MAROT, A FRENCH POET OF THE SIXTEENTH 
 CENTURY. 
 
 t 
 
 A gentleness spread over a fair face, 
 
 Passing in beauty the most beautiful ; 
 
 A chaste eye, in whose light there lies no stain ; 
 
 A frank discourse, so simple and so true 
 
 That who should hear it, through an hundred years, 
 
 Would never weary in that century; 
 
 A lively wit ; a learning which makes marvel ; 
 
 And such sweet gracefulness diffused o'er all, 
 
 And ever present in her speech or silence ; 
 
 That fain I would my power did suffice 
 
 To pen her merit on this paper down, 
 
 Even as it is written in my heart. 
 
 And all these precious gifts, and thousands more, 
 
 Cling to a body of high parentage ; 
 
 And tall, and straight ; and formed in its fair stature 
 
 As if it were to be at once adored 
 
 By men and gods. ! would I were a prince ! 
 
 That I might proffer to thee my poor service. 
 
 Yet why a prince? Is not the gentle mountain 
 
262 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Often of aspect fairer than the crag ? 
 
 Do not low olive-tree and humble rose 
 
 Charm rather than the oak ? Is't not less peril 
 
 To swim the streamlet than to stem the river ? 
 
 I know I levy and defray no armies, 
 
 I launch no fleets, whose prize might be a Helen' 
 
 But if my fortune had endowed me so, 
 
 I would have died or else have conquered thee. 
 
 And if I am in fact no conqueror, 
 
 Yet do my will and spirit make me one. 
 
 My fame, like that of kings, fills provinces. 
 
 If they o'ercome men in fair feats of arms, 
 
 In my fair verse I overcome in turn. 
 
 If they have treasure, I have treasure also ; 
 
 And of such things as lie not in their coffers. 
 
 If they are powerful, I hold more power, 
 
 For I have that to make my love immortal. 
 
 Nor this I say in vaunt, but strong desire 
 
 That thou shouldst understand how never yet 
 
 I saw thy match in this life of this world : 
 
 Nor breathing being who the power owned 
 
 Thus to make subject mine obedience. 
 
EXERCISES. 263 
 
 THE STUDY OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 It may be proper, in this place, to notice and briefly answer 
 the objections which some excellent but prejudiced persons 
 urge against the study of elocution. Some allege the study 
 of this art generally induces a stiff, formal, mechanical, and 
 affected manner of reading and speaking, at variance with the 
 ease and truthfulness of nature. It is obvious that th j im- 
 perfect, not to say preposterous, manner in which elocution is 
 often taught, has given rise to this grave objection; for here, 
 as in other arts and sciences, the baleful influence of quackery 
 has been felt. The minds of youthful students are bewildered 
 and quite repelled from the prosecution of this delightful 
 study, in their attempts to comprehend the complicated dia- 
 grams which teachers have framed for the purpose, no doubt, 
 of displaying their inventive genius, and gaining popularity. 
 The ambitious system of notation, how perplexiug to the mind 
 of the neophyte ! and how repugnant to that genuine simpli- 
 city and naturalness which lies at the foundation of all solid 
 instruction. Hear the judicious Dr. Porter on this point: — 
 
 " The reasonable prejudice which some intelligent men have 
 felt against any system of notation, arises from the preposter- 
 
264 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 ous extent to which it has been carried by a few popular 
 teachers, and especially by their humble imitators. A judi- 
 cious medium is what we want; five characters in music and 
 six vowels in writing, enter into an infinitude of combinations, 
 melody, and language. So the elementary modifications of 
 voice, in speaking, are few, and easily understood; and to 
 mark them, so far as distinction is useful, does not require a 
 tenth part of the rules which some have thought necessary." 
 
 Now, in view of these facts, we cease to wonder that even 
 intelligent people should urge the objection under considera- 
 tion. But let the objectors fully understand that the system 
 they condemn is a "counterfeit presentment," a meretricious 
 thing tricked out with tinsel ornaments to conceal its deformity 
 and impose upon the credulous and unreflecting. How dif- 
 ferent from that noble art which Cicero admired and practiced, 
 and Quintilian taught — and which a few rare spirits in our 
 own land have introduced in its native grandeur, efficiency, 
 and grace ! 
 
 Another objection to the study of elocution, which has fre- 
 quently been made, is that it tends to produce a theatrical 
 manner; and we know that a dread of incurring this imputa- 
 tion acts as a powerful restraint on many public speakers. If 
 by theatrical is meant " the start and stare practiced at the 
 glass" — " noise and fury signifying nothing" — mouthing the 
 words and " tearing the passion to tatters," I say, emphati- 
 cally, "pray you, avoid it," for this is rank affectation, and an 
 outrage upou the modesty of nature. The term theatrical 
 has come by association, in the minds of many, to be con- 
 
EXERCISES. 265 
 
 sidered as equivalent to rant and bluster, and violent gesticu- 
 lation. 
 
 Now, elocution teaches to observe a just medium between 
 the sing-sing voice, the see-saw gesture, and the unimpas- 
 sioned delivery which is sometimes witnessed in the senate 
 and at the bar, but more generally in the pulpit, and the 
 strong, diversified display of the theatre. 
 
 By a proper attention to the study of elocution, is it not 
 possible to acquire a just, impressive, and pleasing manner 
 of delivery, consistent with the dignity of the senate, with 
 the solemnity of the pulpit, yet perfectly free from that which 
 is reprobated as theatrical ? 
 
 By elocution the vocal organs are to be trained, and a pleas- 
 ing and efficient delivery is to be acquired. To succeed in 
 imparting these graces, the living teacher, a proficient in his 
 art, must exemplify the tones and inflections of his voice in 
 their endless variety, and the appropriate gestures used in 
 reading and in speaking — and this will supersede, to a great 
 extent, the necessity of ingenious but perplexing notations, 
 and of all but a few important rules. 
 
 Elocution labors to remove whatever is stiff, formal, affected, 
 or artificial — whatever hinders the tone and graceful expres- 
 sion of feeling, and makes every tone of the voice, and gesture 
 of the body true to nature. Elocution is but the handmaid of 
 nature, whose glory it is to follow this supreme directress ! 
 Elocution makes all its teachings subservient to the expression 
 of feeling — of genuine emotion. It teaches the reader and 
 the speaker that the art he employs to secure the object he 
 has in view, be it instruction, persuasion, or entertainment, 
 23 
 
266 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 must be carefully concealed. It teaches him that art is but 
 the organ through which nature speaks, and that the highest 
 achievement of art is to conceal art.* 
 
 Dr. Longmore. 
 
 REFLECTIONS AT SEA. 
 
 Then, with her white sails courting the gale, did the 
 queenly ship launch upon the deep, and as the breeze came 
 lightly leaping the crested billows, she spread her white arms 
 to meet it, and then a right merry race they ran over "the 
 open sea." Or should the gale in maddened mood come 
 lashing the waves in fury, and hurling them mountain high, 
 as he rushed onward, shrieking in his rage, she bent meekly 
 to his wrath, and gathering her white robes about her, passed, 
 sighing, over the rough pathway his rage had wrought ! 
 
 But now the proud ship bids defiance both to the angry 
 winds and transverse seas, and with her iron will she walks 
 the mighty deep, strong in her strength. Oh, the grandeur 
 of the scene as I cast my eyes around — one mighty mass of 
 waters ! and my heart thrilled with an awful sense of the 
 majesty of God ! For a moment I closed my eyes — I could 
 not look — I could not have spoken. 
 
 * Ars est celare artem. 
 
EXERCISES. 267 
 
 " The heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament 
 showeth his handy work." 
 
 u Who layeth the beams of his chambers in the waters, who 
 maketh the clouds his chariot, who walketh upon the wings 
 of the wind I" 
 
 I raised my eyes and looked upon this glorious expanse ; 
 and I could not believe it possible for any one to doubt the 
 existence of a God ! Let the skeptic, if such there be, stand 
 here with me. Would he seek a more grand display of His 
 power? — would he look for a higher manifestation of the 
 Almighty ? 
 
 Who is there that can view this broad, fathomless ocean, 
 and not feel in his inmost soul that God is here ? That He 
 rides in majesty upon the waves, upholding that glorious 
 heaven above us ! That He setteth bounds to these rushing 
 waters and sayeth to the winds, " Be still \" 
 
 Mrs. C. H. Butler. 
 
 ST. PETER'S. 
 
 It is the sanctuary of space and silence. No throng can 
 crowd these aisles ; no sound of voices or of organs can dis- 
 place the venerable quiet that broods here. The Pope, who 
 fills the world with all his pompous retinue, fills not St. Peter's ; 
 and the roar of his quired singers, mingling with the sonorous 
 chant of a host of priests and bishops, struggles for an instant 
 
268 'grammar of elocution. 
 
 against this ocean of stillness, and then is absorbed into it like 
 a faint echo. The mightiest ceremonies of human worship — 
 celebrated by the earth's chief Pontiff, sweeping along in the 
 magnificence of the most imposing array that the existing 
 world can exhibit — seem dwindled into insignificance within 
 this structure. They do not explain to our feelings the uses 
 of the building. As you stand within the gorgeous, celestial 
 dwelling — framed not for man's abode — the holy silence, the 
 mysterious fragrance, the light of ever-burning lamps, suggest 
 to you that is the home of invisible spirits — an outer court of 
 Heaven, visited, perchance, in the deeper hours of a night 
 that is never dark within its walls, by the all-sacred Awe 
 itself. When you enter St. Peter's, Religion, as a local 
 reality and a separate life, seems revealed to you. At every 
 hour, over some part of the floor, worshippers may be seen 
 kneeling, wrapt each in solitary penitence or adoration. The 
 persons mystically habited, who journey noiselessly across the 
 marble, bow and cross themselves, as they pass before this or 
 that spot, betoken the recognition of something mysterious that 
 is unseen, invisible. By day illuminated by rays only from 
 above, by night always luminous within — filled by an atmo- 
 sphere of its own, which changes not with the changing cold or 
 heat of the seasons without — exhaling always a faint, delight- 
 ful perfume — it is the realm of piety — the clime of devotion — 
 a spiritual globe in the midst of the material universe. 
 
 H. B. Wallace. 
 
EXERCISES 269 
 
 "SHE HAD OUTLIVED HER USEFULNESS." 
 
 Not long since, a good-looking man, in middle life, came 
 to our door, asking for " the minister." When informed that 
 he was out of town, he seemed disappointed and anxious. On 
 being questioned as to his business, he replied, " I have lost 
 my mother; and as this place used to be her home, and my 
 father lies here, we have come to lay her beside him." 
 
 Our heart rose in sympathy, and we said, " You have met 
 with a great loss." "Well, yes," replied the strong man, 
 with hesitancy; "a mother is a great loss in general; but our 
 mother had outlived her usefulness. She was in her second 
 childhood, and her mind was grown as weak as her body, so 
 that she was no comfort to herself, and was a burden to every- 
 body. There were seven of us sons and daughters ; and as we 
 could not find anybody who was willing to board her, we 
 agreed to keep her among us a year about. But I've had 
 more than my share of her ; for she was too feeble to be moved 
 when my time was out, and that was more than three months 
 before her death. But then she was a good mother in her 
 day, and toiled very hard to bring us all up." 
 
 Without looking at the face of the heartless man, we directed 
 him to the house of a neighboring pastor, and returned to our 
 nursery. We gazed on the merry little faces which smiled or 
 23* 
 
^70 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 grew sad in imitation of ours — those little ones to whose ear 
 no word in our language is half so sweet as "mother;" and 
 we wondered if that day would ever come when they would 
 say of us, " She has outlived her usefulness ; she is no comfort 
 to herself, and a burden to everybody else ;" and we hoped 
 that before such a day should dawn, we might be taken to our 
 rest. God forbid that we should outlive the love of our child- 
 ren. Rather let us die while our hearts are a part of their 
 own, that our grave may be watered with their tears, and our 
 love linked with their hopes of heaven. 
 
 When the bell tolled for the mother's burial, we went to the 
 sanctuary to pay our only token of respect to the aged stranger ; 
 for we felt that we could give her memory a tear, even though 
 her own children had none to shed. 
 
 " She was a good mother in her day, and toiled hard to 
 bring us all up !" " She was no comfort to herself, and a 
 burden to everybody else !" These cruel, heartless words 
 rang in our ears as we saw the coffin borne up the aisle. The 
 bell tolled long and loud, until its iron tongue had chronicled 
 the years of the toil-worn mother. One, two, three, four, five ! 
 How clearly, and almost merrily, each stroke told of -her once 
 peaceful slumber on her mother's bosom, and of her seat at 
 nightfall on her weary father's knees. Six, seven, eight, nine, 
 ten ! rang out the tale of her sports upon the green sward, in 
 the meadow and by the brook. Eleven, twelve, thirteen, 
 fourteen, fifteen ! spoke more gravely of school days, and little 
 household joys and cares. Sixteen, seventeen, eighteen ! 
 sounded out the enraptured visions of maidenhood, and the 
 dream of early love. Nineteen brought before up the happy 
 
EXERCISES. 271 
 
 bride. Twenty spoke of the young mother, whose heart was 
 full to bursting with the new strong love which God had 
 awakened in her bosom. And then stroke after stroke told of 
 her early womanhood — of the love, and cares, and hopes, and 
 fears, and toils, through which she had passed during these 
 long years, till fifty rang out harsh and loud. From that to 
 sixty, told of the warm-hearted mother and grandmother, liv- 
 ing over again her own joys and sorrows in those of her child- 
 ren. Every family of all the group wanted grandmother then, 
 and the only strife was who should secure the prize. But, 
 hark ! the bell tolls on ! Seventy, seventy-one, two, three, 
 four ! She begins to grow feeble, requires some care, is not 
 always perfectly patient or satisfied ; she goes from one child's 
 house to another, so that no one place seems like home. She 
 murmurs in plaintive tones, that after all her toil and weari- 
 ness, it is hard she cannot be allowed a home to die in ; that 
 she must be sent, rather than invited, from house to house. 
 Eighty, eighty-one, two, three, four ! Ah ! she is now a second 
 child — now "she has outlived her usefulness; she has ceased 
 to be a comfort to herself or anybody;" that is, she has ceased 
 to be profitable to her earth-craving and money-grasping 
 children. 
 
 Now sounds out, reverberating through our lovely forest, 
 and echoing back from our " hill of the dead," eighty-nine ! 
 There she lies now in the coffin, cold and still. She makes no 
 trouble now, demands no love, no soft words, no tender little 
 offices. A look of patient endurance, we fancied also an ex- 
 pression of grief for unrequited love, sat on her marble fea- 
 tures. Her children were there, clad in weeds of woe j and 
 
272 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 in irony we remembered the strong man's words, u She was a 
 good mother in her day." 
 
 When the bell ceased tolling, the strange minister rose in 
 the pulpit. His form was very erect, and his voice strong, 
 but his hair was silvery white. He read several passages of 
 Scripture expressive of God's compassion to feeble man, and 
 especially of his tenderness when gray hairs are on him, and 
 his strength faileth. He then made some touching remarks 
 on human frailty, and of dependence on God, urging all present 
 to make their peace with their Maker while in health, that 
 they might claim his promises when heart and flesh should fail 
 them. "Then," said he, "the eternal God shall be thy 
 refuge, and beneath thee shall be the everlasting arms." 
 Leaning over the desk, and gazing intently on the coffined 
 form before him, he then said reverently, " From a little child 
 I have honored the aged ; but never till gray hairs covered my 
 own head did I know truly how much love and sympathy this 
 class have a right to demand of their fellow-creatures. Now 
 I feel it. Our mother," he added most tenderly, " who now 
 lies in death before us, was a stranger to me, as are all these, 
 her descendants. All I know of her is what her son told me 
 to-day — that she was brought to this town from afar, sixty- 
 nine years ago, a happy bride ; that here she passed most of 
 her life, toiling, as only mothers ever have strength to toil, 
 until she had reared a large family of sons and daughters ; that 
 she left her home here clad in the weeds of widowhood, to 
 dwell among her children ; and that till health and vigor left 
 her, she lived for you her descendants. 
 
 " You, who together have shared her love and her care, 
 
EXERCISES. 273 
 
 know how well you have requited her. God forbid that con- 
 science should accuse any of you of ingratitude or murmuring 
 on account of the care she has been to you of late. When 
 you go back to your homes, be careful of your words and your 
 example before your children, for the fruit of your own doing 
 you will surely reap from them when you yourselves totter on 
 the brink of the grave. 
 
 "I entreat you as a friend — as one who has himself entered 
 the ' evening of life' — that you may never say, in the presence 
 of your families, nor of Heaven, ' our mother had outlived her 
 usefulness — she was a burden to us/ Never ! Never ! A 
 mother cannot live so long as that ! No ; when she can no 
 longer labor for her children, nor yet take care of herself, she 
 can fall like a precious weight upon their bosoms, and call 
 forth by her helplessness all the noble, generous feelings of 
 their natures. 
 
 "Adieu, then, poor toil-worn mother; there are no more 
 sleepless nights, no more days of pain for thee. Undying 
 vigor and everlasting usefulness are part of the inheritance of 
 the redeemed. Feeble as thou wert on earth, thou wilt be no 
 burden on the bosom of Infinite Love ; but there thou shalt 
 find thy longed-for rest, and receive glorious sympathy from 
 Jesus and his ransomed fold." 
 
274 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 ABOU BEN ADHEM. 
 
 Abou Ben Adhem (may his tribe increase !) 
 Awoke one night from a deep dream of peace, 
 And saw within the moonlight of his room, 
 Making it rich, and like a lily in bloom, 
 An angel writing in a book of gold : — 
 Exceeding peace had made Ben Adhem bold, 
 And to the presence in the room he said, 
 " What writest thou V 1 The vision raised its head, 
 And with a look made of all sweet accord, 
 Answered, " The names of those who love the Lord !" 
 "And is mine one?" said Abou. "Nay, not so," 
 Replied the angel. Abou spoke more low, 
 But cheerly still ; and said, " I pray thee, then, 
 Write me as one who loves his fellow men !" 
 
 The angel wrote and vanished. The next night 
 It came again, with a great wakening light, 
 And showed the names whom love of God had bless' d, 
 And lo ! Ben Adhem's name led all the rest. 
 
 Leigh Hunt. 
 
EXERCISES, 275 
 
 MY NATIVE LAND. 
 
 Adieu ! adieu ! my native shore 
 
 Fades o'er the waters blue, 
 The night winds sigh, the breakers roar, 
 
 And shrieks the wild sea-mew. 
 Yon sun that sets upon the sea, 
 
 We follow in his flight : 
 Farewell awhile to him and thee, 
 
 My native land, good night. 
 
 With thee, my bark, I'll swiftly go 
 
 Athwart the foaming brine, 
 Nor care what land thou bear'st me to, 
 
 So not again to mine. 
 Welcome, welcome, ye dark blue waves I 
 
 And when ye fail my sight, 
 Welcome, ye deserts and ye caves ! 
 
 My native land, good night. 
 
 Byron. 
 
276 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 SPEAK GENTLY. 
 
 Speak gently ; it is better far 
 
 To rule by love than fear ; 
 Speak gently ; let not harsh words mar 
 
 The good we might do here. 
 
 Speak gently; love doth whisper low, 
 The vow that true hearts bind ; 
 
 And gently friendship's accents flow, — 
 Affection's voice is kind. 
 
 Speak gently to the little child, 
 
 Its love be sure to gain; 
 Teach it in accents soft and mild, 
 
 It may not long remain. 
 
 Speak gently to the aged one, 
 Grieve not the care-worn heart ; 
 
 The sands of life are nearly run — 
 Let such in peace depart. 
 
 Speak gently to the young, for they 
 Will have enough to bear ; 
 
EXERCISES. 277 
 
 Pass through this life as best they may, 
 'Tis full of anxious care. 
 
 Speak gently, kindly, to the poor, 
 
 Let no harsh tones he heard ; 
 They have enough they must endure, 
 
 Without an unkind word. 
 
 Speak gently to the erring ; know 
 
 They may have toiled in vain ; 
 Perchance unkindness made them so — 
 
 Oh, win them back again. 
 
 Speak gently; He who gave his life 
 
 To bend man's stubborn will, 
 When elements were in fierce strife, 
 
 Said to them, " Peace, be still I" 
 
 Speak gently; 'tis a little thing 
 
 Dropped in the heart's deep well ; 
 The good, the joy, which it may bring, 
 
 Eternity shall tell. 
 
 Anonymous. 
 
 24 
 
278 ORAM MAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 JAFFAR. 
 
 INSCRIBED TO THE MEMORY OF SHELLEY. 
 
 Shelley, take this to thy dear memory : — 
 To praise the generous is to think of thee. 
 
 Jaffar the Barmecide, the good vizier, 
 
 The poor man's hope, the friend without a peer, 
 
 Jaffar was dead ! slain by a doom unjust; 
 
 And guilty Haroun, sullen with mistrust 
 
 Of what the good and e'en the bad might say, 
 
 Ordained that no man living from that day 
 
 Should dare to speak his name on pain of death.— 
 
 All Araby and Persia held their breath. 
 
 All but the brave Mondeer. He, proud to show 
 How far for love a grateful soul could go, 
 And facing death for very scorn and grief, 
 (For his great heart wanted a great relief,) 
 Stood forth iu Bagdad, daily, in the square 
 Where once had stood a happy house ; and there 
 Harangued the tremblers at the scymitar, 
 On all they owed to the divine Jaffar. 
 
EXERCISES. 279 
 
 " Briug me this man," the caliph cried. The man 
 
 Was brought — was gazed upon. The mutes began 
 
 To bind his arms. " "Welcome, brave cords!" cried he; 
 
 " From bonds far worse Jaffar delivered me ; 
 
 From wants, from shames, from loveless household fears. 
 
 Made a man's eyes friends with delicious tears; 
 
 Restored me — loved me — put me on a par 
 
 With his great self. How can I pay Jaffar V 
 
 Haroun, who felt that on a soul like this 
 
 The mightiest vengeance could but fall amiss, 
 
 Now deigned to smile, as one great lord of fate, 
 
 Might smile upon another half as great. 
 
 He said, " Let worth grow frenzied, if it will ; 
 
 The caliph's judgment shall be master still. 
 
 Go : and since gifts thus move thee, take this gem, 
 
 The richest in the Tartar's diadem, 
 
 And hold the giver as thou deemest fit." 
 
 " Gifts !" cried the friend. He took ; and holding it 
 High towards the heavens, as though to meet his star, 
 Exclaimed, " This, too, I owe to thee, Jaffar !" 
 
 Leigh Hunt 
 
280 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 CLARENCE'S DREAM. 
 
 Brakenbury. Why looks your grace so heavily to-day ? 
 
 Clarence. 0, I have passed a miserable night, 
 So full of fearful dreams, of ugly sights, 
 That as I am a Christian faithful man, 
 I would not spend another such a night, 
 Though 'twere to buy a world of happy days; 
 So full of dismal terror was the time. 
 
 Brak. What was your dream, my lord ? I pray you, tell 
 me. 
 
 Clar. Methought, that I had broken from the Tower, 
 And was embarked to cross to Burgundy , 
 And, in my company, my brother Gloster; 
 Who from my cabin tempted me to walk 
 Upon the hatches ; thence we looked toward England, 
 And cited up a thousand heavy times, 
 During the wars of York and Lancaster 
 That had befall'n us. As we paced along 
 Upon the giddy footing of the hatches, 
 Methought, that Gloster stumbled ; and, in falling, 
 Struck me, that thought to stay him, overboard, 
 Into the tumbling billows of the main. 
 O Lord ! methought, what pain it was to drown ! 
 
EXERCISES. 281 
 
 What dreadful noise of water in mine ears ! 
 What sights of ugly death within mine eyes ! 
 Methought, I saw a thousand fearful wrecks ; 
 A thousand men, that fishes gnawed upon; 
 Wedges of gold, great anchors, heaps of pearl, 
 Inestimable stones, unvalued jewels, 
 All scattered in the bottom of the sea. 
 Some lay in dead men's skulls; and, in those holes 
 Where eyes did once inhabit, there were crept 
 (As 'twere in scorn of eyes) reflecting gems, 
 That wooed the slimy bottom of the deep, 
 And mocked the dead bones that lay scattered by. 
 
 Brak. Had you such leisure in the time of death 
 To gaze upon these secrets of the deep ? 
 
 Clar. Methought, I had ; and often did I strive 
 To yield the ghost ; but still the envious flood 
 Kept in my soul, and would not let it forth 
 To seek the empty, vast, and wandering air ; 
 But smothered it within my panting bulk, 
 Which almost burst to belch it in the sea. 
 
 Brak. Awaked you not with this sore agony ? 
 
 Clar. 0, no, my dream was lengthened after life; 
 0, then began the tempest to my soul ! 
 I passed, methought, the melancholy flood, 
 With that grim ferryman, which poets write of, 
 Unto the kingdom of perpetual night. 
 The first that there did greet my stranger soul 
 Was my great father-in-law, renowned Warwick, 
 Who cried aloud, — What scourge for perjury 
 24* 
 
282 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Can this dark monarchy afford false Clarence '( 
 And so he vanished. Then came wandering by 
 A shadow like an angel, with bright hair 
 Dabbled in blood ; and he shrieked out aloud, — 
 Clarence is come, false, fleeting, perjured Clarence, 
 That stabbed me in the field by Tewksbury : — 
 Seize on him, furies, take him to your torments ! — 
 "With that, methought a legion of foul fiends 
 Environed me, and howled in mine ears 
 Such hideous cries, that, with the very noise, 
 I trembling waked, and for a season after, 
 Could not believe but that I was in hell ; 
 Such terrible impression made my dream. 
 
 Beak. No marvel, lord, that it affrighted you ; 
 I am afraid, methinks, to hear you tell it. 
 
 Clar. 0, Brakenbury, I have done these things, — 
 That now give evidence against my soul, — 
 For Edward's sake ; and, see, how he requites me ! — 
 I pray thee, gentle keeper, stay by me ; 
 My soul is heavy, and I fain would sleep. 
 
 Brak. I will, my lord. — 
 Sorrow breaks seasons, and reposing hours, 
 Makes the night morning, and the noon-tide night. 
 Princes have but their titles for their glories, 
 An outward honor for an inward toil ; 
 And, for unfelt imaginations, 
 They often feel a world of restless cares ; 
 So that, between their titles, and low name, 
 There's nothing differs but the outward fame. 
 
 SHAK^rEARE. 
 
EXERCISES. 283 
 
 KING CLAUDIUS' SOLILOQUY. 
 
 O, my offence is rank, it smells to heaven ; 
 
 It hath the primal eldest curse upon 't, 
 
 A brother's murder ! — Pray can I not, 
 
 Though inclination be as sharp as will ; 
 
 My stronger guilt defeats my strong intent ; 
 
 And, like a man to double business bound, 
 
 I stand in pause where I shall first begin, 
 
 And both neglect. What if this cursed hand 
 
 Were thicker than itself with brother's blood ? 
 
 Is there not rain enough in the sweet heavens, 
 
 To wash it white as snow ? Whereto serves mercy, 
 
 But to confront the visage of offence ? 
 
 And what's in prayer, but this two-fold force, — 
 
 To be forestalled, ere we come to fall, 
 
 Or pardoned, being down ? Then I'll look up ; 
 
 My fault is past. But, 0, what form of prayer 
 
 Can serve my turn ? Forgive me my foul murder !- 
 
 That cannot be -, since I am still possessed 
 
 Of those effects for which I did the murder, 
 
 My crown, mine own ambition, and my queen. 
 
 May one be pardoned, and retain the offence ? 
 
284 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 In the corrupted currents of this world, 
 
 Offence's gilded hand may shove by justice; 
 
 And oft 'tis seen, the wicked prize itself 
 
 Buys out the law : But 'tis not so above : 
 
 There is no shuffling, there the action lies 
 
 In his true nature ; and we ourselves compelled, 
 
 Even to the teeth and forehead of our faults, 
 
 To give in evidence. What then ? what rests? 
 
 Try what repentance can : What can it not ? 
 
 Yet what can it, when one cannot repent ? 
 
 wretched state ! bosom, black as death ! 
 
 limed soul ', that struggling to be free, 
 
 Art more engaged ! Help, angels, make assay ! 
 
 Bow, stubborn knees ! and, heart, with strings of steel, 
 
 Be soft as sinews of the new-born babe j 
 
 All may be well ! 
 
 Shakspeare. 
 
 HAMLET'S SOLILOQUY. 
 
 0, what a rogue and peasant slave am I ! 
 Is it not monstrous, that this player here, 
 But in a fiction, in a dream of passion, 
 Could force his soul so to his own conceit, 
 That from her working all his visage wanned ; 
 
EXERCISES. 285 
 
 Tears in his eyes, distraction in 's aspect, 
 
 A broken voice, and his whole function suiting 
 
 With forms to his conceit ? and all for nothing ! 
 
 For Hecuba ! 
 
 What's Hecuba to him, or he to Hecuba, 
 
 That he should weep for her ? What would he do, 
 
 Had he the motive and the cue for passion, 
 
 That I have ? He would drown the stage with tears, 
 
 And cleave the general ear with horrid speech ; 
 
 Make mad the guilty, and appal the free, 
 
 Confound the ignorant ; and amaze, indeed, 
 
 The very faculties of eyes and ears. 
 
 Yet I, 
 
 A dull and muddy-mettled rascal, peak, 
 
 Like John-a-dreams, unpregnant of my cause, 
 
 And can say nothing ; no, not for a king, 
 
 Upon whose property, and most dear life, 
 
 A damn'd defeat was made. Am I a coward ? 
 
 Who calls me villain ? breaks my pate across ? 
 
 Plucks off my beard, and blows it in my face ? 
 
 Tweaks me by the nose ? gives me the lie i' the throat, 
 
 As deep as to the lungs ? Who does me this ? 
 
 Ha! 
 
 Why, I should take it : for it cannot be, 
 
 But I am pigeon-livered and lack gall, 
 
 To make oppression bitter ; or, ere this, 
 
 I should have fatted all the region kites 
 
 With this slave's offal : 
 
28(5 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 * * * * * * 
 
 ****** 
 
 Fye upon't ! foh ! About my brains ! Humph ! I have heard, 
 
 That guilty creatures sitting at a play, 
 
 Have by the very cunning of the scene 
 
 Been struck so to the soul, that presently 
 
 They have proclaimed their malefactions ; 
 
 For murder, though it have no tongue, will speak 
 
 With most miraculous organ. I'll have these players 
 
 Play something like the murder of my father, 
 
 Before mine uncle : I'll observe his looks ; 
 
 I'll tent him to the quick ; if he do blench, 
 
 I know my course. The spirit that I have seen, 
 
 May be a devil : and the devil hath power 
 
 To assume a pleasing shape ; yea, and, perhaps, 
 
 Out of my weakness, and my melancholy, 
 
 (As he is very potent with such spirits,) 
 
 Abuses me to damn me : I'll have grounds 
 
 More relative than this : the play's the thing, 
 
 Wherein I'll catch the conscience of the king. 
 
 Shakspeare. 
 
EXERCISES, 287 
 
 GARDEN SCENE FROM ROMEO AND JULIET. 
 
 Enter Romeo. 
 Romeo. He jests at scars, that never felt a wound. — 
 
 (Juliet appears above, at the window.') 
 But, soft ! what light through yonder window breaks ? 
 It is the east, and Juliet is the sun ! — 
 Arise, fair sun, and kill the envious moon, 
 Who is already sick and pale with grief, 
 That thou her maid art far more fair than she. 
 Be not her maid, since she is envious ; 
 Her vestal livery is but sick and green, 
 And none but fools do wear it ; cast it off. — 
 It is my lady ; O, it is my love : 
 O, that she knew she were ! — 
 She speaks, yet she says nothing ; What of that ? 
 Her eye discourses, I will aDswer it. 
 I am too bold, 'tis not to me she speaks : 
 Two of the fairest stars in all the heaven, 
 Having some business, do entreat her eyes 
 To twinkle in their spheres till they return. 
 What if her eyes were there, they in her head ? 
 The brightness of her cheek would shame those stars, 
 As daylight doth a lamp; her eye in heaven 
 
288 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Would through the airy region stream so bright, 
 That birds would sing, and think it were not night. 
 See, how she leans her cheek upon her hand ? 
 0, that I were a glove upon that hand, 
 That I might touch that cheek ! 
 
 Jul. Ah me ! 
 
 Rom. She speaks : — 
 
 0, speak again, bright angel ! for thou art 
 As glorious to this night, being o'er my head, 
 As is a winged messenger of heaven 
 Unto the white-upturned wondering eyes 
 Of mortals, that fall back to gaze on him, 
 When he bestrides the lazy-pacing clouds, 
 And sails upon the bosom of the air. 
 
 Jul. 0, Romeo, Romeo ! wherefore art thou Romeo ? 
 Deny thy father, and refuse thy name : 
 Or, if thou wilt not, be but sworn my love, 
 And I'll no longer be a Capulet. 
 
 Rom. Shall I hear more, or shall I speak at this ? [Aside. 
 
 Jul. 'Tis but thy name, that is my enemy. 
 # * # * 
 
 What's in a name ? that which we call a rose, 
 
 By any other name would smell as sweet ; 
 
 So Romeo would, were he not Romeo called, 
 
 Retain that dear perfection which he owes, 
 
 Without that title : — Romeo, doff thy name ; 
 
 And for that name, which is no part of thee, 
 
 Take all myself. 
 
 Rom. I take thee at thy word : 
 
EXERCISES. 289 
 
 Call me but love, and I'll be new baptized; 
 Henceforth I never will be Romeo. 
 
 Jul. What man art thou, that, thus bescreened in night, 
 So stumblest on my counsel ? 
 
 Rom. By a name 
 
 I know not how to tell thee who I am : 
 My name, dear saint, is hateful to myself, 
 Because it is an enemy to thee ; 
 Had I it written, I would tear the word. 
 
 Jul. My ears have not yet drunk a hundred words 
 Of that tongue's utterance, yet I know the sound ; 
 Art thou not Romeo, and a Montague ? 
 
 Rom. Neither, fair saint, if either thee dislike. 
 
 Jul. How cam'st thou hither, tell me ? and wherefore ? 
 The orchard walls are high, and hard to climb ) 
 And the place death, considering who thou art, 
 If any of my kinsmen find thee here. 
 
 Rom. With love's light wings did I o'er-perch these walls ; 
 For stony limits cannot hold love out ; 
 And what love can do, that dares love attempt ; 
 Therefore thy kinsmen are no let to me. 
 
 Jul. If they do see thee, they will murder thee. 
 
 Rom. Alack ! there lies more peril in thine eye, 
 Than twenty of their swords ; look thou but sweet, 
 And I am proof against their enmity. 
 
 Jul. I would not for the world, they saw thee here. 
 
 Rom. I have night's cloak to hide me from their sight ; 
 And, but thou love me, let them find me here *. 
 My life were better ended by their hate, 
 25 
 
290 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Than death prorogued, wanting of thy love. 
 
 Jul. By whose direction found'st thou out this place ? 
 
 Rom. By love, who first did prompt me to inquire ; 
 He lent me counsel, and I lent him eyes. 
 I am no pilot; yet, wert thou as far 
 As that vast shore washed with the furthest sea, 
 I would adventure for such merchandise. 
 
 Jul. Thou know'st, the mask of night is on my face ; 
 Else would a maiden blush bepaint my cheek, 
 For that which thou hast heard me speak to-night. 
 Fain would I dwell on form, fain, fain deny 
 What I have spoke ; But farewell compliment ! 
 Dost thou love me ? I know, thou wilt say — Ay ; 
 And I will take thy word : yet, if thou swear* st, 
 Thou niay'st prove false ; at lovers' perjuries, 
 They say, Jove laughs. O, gentle Romeo, 
 If thou dost love, pronounce it faithfully : 
 Or if thou think'st I am too quickly won, 
 I'll frown, and be perverse, and say thee nay, 
 So thou wilt woo; but, else, not for the world. 
 In truth, fair Montague, I am too fond ; 
 And therefore thou may'st think my haviour light : 
 But trust me, gentleman, I'll prove more true 
 Than those that have more cunning to be strange. 
 I should have been more strange, I must confess, 
 But that thou over-heard'st, ere I was ware, 
 My true love's passion : therefore pardon me ; 
 And not impute this yielding, to light love, 
 Which the dark ni^ht hath so discovered. 
 
^ EXERCISES. 291 
 
 Rom. Lady, by yonder blessed moon I swear, 
 That tips with silver all these fruit-tree tops, — 
 
 Jul. 0, swear not by the moon, the inconstant moon 
 That monthly changes in her circled orb, 
 Lest that thy love prove likewise variable. 
 
 Rom. What shall I swear by ? 
 
 Jul. Do not swear at all; 
 
 Or, if thou wilt, swear by thy gracious self, 
 Which is the god of my idolatry, 
 And I'll believe thee. 
 
 Rom. If my heart's dear love — 
 
 Jul. Well, do not swear : although I joy in thee, 
 I have no joy of this contract to-night : 
 It is too rash, too unadvised, too sudden ; 
 Too like the lightning, which doth cease to be, 
 Ere one can say — It lightens. Sweet, good night ! 
 This bud of love, by summer's ripening breath, 
 May prove a beauteous flower when next we meet. 
 Good night, good night ! as sweet repose and rest 
 Come to thy heart, as that within my breast ! 
 
 Rom. 0, wilt thou leave me so unsatisfied ? 
 
 Jul. What satisfaction canst thou have to-night? 
 
 Rom. The exchange of thy love's faithful vow for mine. 
 
 Jul. I gave thee mine before thou didst request it : 
 And yet I would it were to give again. 
 
 Rom. Would' st thou withdraw it ? for what purpose, love ? 
 
 Jul. But to be frank, and give it thee again. 
 And yet I wish but for the thing I have : 
 My bounty is as boundless as the sea, 
 
292 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 My love as deep ; the more I give to thee, 
 The more I have, for both are infinite. 
 
 [Nurse calls within. 
 I hear some noise within ; Dear love, adieu ! 
 Anon, good nurse ! — Sweet Montague, be true. 
 Stay but a little, I will come again. [Exit. 
 
 Rom. O blessed, blessed night ! I am afeard, 
 Being in night, all this is but a dream, 
 Too flattering-sweet to be substantial. 
 
 Re-enter Juliet, above. 
 
 Jul. Three words, dear Romeo, and good night, indeed. 
 If that thy bent of love be honorable, 
 Thy purpose marriage, send me word to-morrow, 
 By one that I'll procure to come to thee, 
 Where, and what time, thou wilt perform the rite; 
 And all my fortunes at thy foot I'll lay, 
 And follow thee my lord throughout the world. 
 
 Nurse. [ Within.'] Madam. 
 
 Jul. I come, anon : — But if thou mean'st not well, 
 I do beseech thee, — v 
 
 Nurse. [ Within.] Madam. 
 
 Jul. By and by, I come : — 
 
 To cease thy suit, and leave me to my grief : 
 To-morrow will I send. 
 
 Rom. So thrive my soul, — 
 
 Jul. A thousand times good night ! [Exit. 
 
 Rom. A thousand times the worse, to want thy light. — 
 
EXERCISES. 293 
 
 Love goes towards love, as school-boys from their books ; 
 But love from love, toward school with heavy looks. 
 
 [Retiring slowly. 
 
 Re-enter Juliet, above. 
 
 Jul. Hist ! Borneo, hist ! — 0, for a falconer's voice, 
 To lure this tassel-gentle back again ! 
 Bondage is hoarse, and may not speak aloud j 
 Else would I tear the cave where echo lies, 
 And make her airy tongue more hoarse than mine 
 "With repetition of my Romeo's name. 
 
 Bom. It is my soul, that calls upon my name : 
 How silver sweet sound lovers' tongues by night, 
 Like softest music to attending ears ! 
 
 Jul. Borneo ! 
 
 Bom. My sweet ! 
 
 Jul. At what o'clock to-morrow 
 
 Shall I send to thee ? 
 
 Bom. At the hour of nine. 
 
 Jul. I will not fail ; 'tis twenty years till then. 
 I have forgot why I did call thee back. 
 
 Bom. Let me stand here till thou remember it. 
 
 Jul. I shall forget, to have thee still stand there, 
 Bemembering how I love thy company. 
 
 Bom. And I'll still stay, to have thee still forget, 
 Forgetting any other home but this. 
 
 Jul. "lis almost morning, I would have thee gone : 
 And yet no further than a wanton's bird; 
 Who lets it hop a little from her hand, 
 25* 
 
294 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 Like a poor prisoner in his twisted gyves, 
 And with a silk thread plucks it back again, 
 So loving-jealous of his liberty. 
 
 Rom. I would I were thy bird. 
 
 Jul. Sweet, so would I : 
 
 Yet I should kill thee with much cherishing. 
 Good night, good night ! parting is such sweet sorrow, 
 That I shall say — good night, till it be morrow. 
 
 Shakspeare. 
 
 HEADING WITH SPECTACLES. 
 
 A certain artist — I've forgot his name — 
 
 Had got for making spectacles a fame ; 
 
 Or " Helps to read," as, when they first were sold, 
 
 Was writ upon his glaring sign, in gold; 
 
 And, for all uses to be had from glass, 
 
 His were allowed by readers to surpass. 
 
 There came a man into his shop one day : — 
 
 "Are you the spectacle contriver, pray?" 
 
 "Yes, sir," said he; "I can in that affair 
 
 Contrive to please you, if you want a pair." 
 
 "Can you? — pray do, then." So, at first, he chose 
 
 To place a youngish pair upon his nose : 
 
 And book produced, to see how they would fit; 
 
EXERCISES. 295 
 
 " These, sir, I fancy, if you please to try, 
 
 These in my hand will better suit your eye." 
 
 " No, but they don't." " Well, come, sir, if you please, 
 
 Here is another sort; we'll e'en try these; 
 
 Still somewhat more they magnify the letter. 
 
 Now, sir !" " Why, now I'm not a bit the better." 
 
 " No ! — here, take these, that magnify still more. 
 
 How do they fit ?" " Like all the rest before." 
 
 In short, they tried a whole assortment through, 
 
 But all in vain, for none of 'em would do. 
 
 The operator, much surprised to find 
 
 So odd a case, thought, sure the man is blind : 
 
 "What sort of eyes can you have got?" said he. 
 
 " Why, very good ones, friend, as you may see." 
 
 " Yes, I perceive the clearness of the ball ; — 
 
 Pray, let me ask you, can you read at all ?" 
 
 " No, you great blockhead ! If I could, what need 
 
 Of paying you for any ' Helps to read ?' " 
 
 And so he left the maker in a heat, 
 
 Resolved to post him for an arrant cheat. 
 
 Anonymous. 
 
296 GRAMMAR OF ELOCUTION. 
 
 THE APPLE-DUMPLINGS AND GEORGE III. 
 
 Once in the chase, this monarch drooping, 
 
 From his high consequence and wisdom stooping, 
 Entered, through curiosity, a cot, 
 Where an old crone was hanging on the pot. 
 
 The wrinkled, blear-eyed, good old granny, 
 
 In this same cot, illumed by many a cranny, 
 Had apple-dumplings ready for the pot; 
 
 In tempting row the naked dumplings lay, 
 
 When, lo ! the monarch, in his usual way, 
 
 Like lightning asked, " What's here ? — what's here ?- 
 what ? — what ? — what ? — what V 
 
 Then, taking up a dumpling in his hand, 
 
 His eyes with admiration did expand — 
 
 And oft did majesty the dumpling grapple; 
 "'Tis monstrous, monstrous, monstrous hard," he cried; 
 " What makes the thing so hard ?" The dame replied, 
 Low courtesying, "Please your majesty, the apple." 
 " Very astonishing, indeed ! strange thing I" 
 (Turning the dumpling round) rejoined the king; 
 " 'Tis most extraordinary now, all this is — 
 It beats the conjurer's capers all to pieces^ 
 
EXERCISES. 297 
 
 Strange I should never of a dumpling dream. — 
 
 But, G-oody, tell me, where, where, where' s the seam V* 
 
 " Sire, there's no seam," quoth she. " I never knew 
 
 That folks did apple-dumplings sew V 
 
 a No !" cried the staring monarch, with a grin, 
 
 u Then where, where, where, pray, got the apple in ?" 
 
 WOLCOT. 
 
 THE END. 
 
SQL 
 
■UUlSLSE c °ngre™ 
 
 1227211 3749